Draft DCPR

Maharashtra State Road Development Corporation Ltd.
DRAFT DEVELOPMENT CONTROL AND

PROMOTION REGULATIONS
FOR
71 Villages along the Mumbai Pune Expressway
NOVEMBER, 2018
SPECIAL PLANNING AUTHORITY

FOR
71 VILLAGES ALONG MUMBAI PUNE EXPRESSWAY
Appointed by Government of Maharashtra under Section 40(1B) of MR and TP Act, 1966 on 18 th March, 2016
DRAFT DCPR FOR THE DEVELOPMENT PLAN OF SPA MSRDC
INDEX
REGULATION PAGE
CONTENTS
NO. NO
PART I-ADMINISTRATION
1.0 Short Title, Extent and Commencement 1
2.0 Definitions 2
3.0 Applicability of Regulations 15
3.1 Applicability of Regulations to the Building Works 15
Development of sites or/and subdivision or amalgamation of
3.2 15
land
3.3 Construction / Part Construction 15
3.4 Change of Occupancy / Users 15
3.5 Reconstruction 16
3.6 Revised permission 16
3.7 Permission Required 16
4.0 Interpretation 16
5.0 Development permission and Commencement certificate 16
Procedure for Obtaining Development Permission/ Building
6.0 17
Permission and Commencement Certificate
6.1 Application/ Notice 17
6.2 Information accompanying Notice / Application 17
6.2.1 Ownership title and area 17
6.2.2 Plans to be submitted along with Application / Notice 18
6.2.3 Fees and Charges 21
6.2.4 Clearances from Other Departments 21
6.2.5 Supervision 22
6.3 Size of drawing sheets and colouring of plans 22
6.4 Signing of the plan 23
Qualification and competence of the Architect / Licensed
6.5 23
engineer / Structural engineer/ Supervisor
7.0 Grant or Refusal of Permission 23
8.0 Deemed Permission 23
Commencement of Work & Extension of Period of
9.0 24
Permission
10.0 Procedure during Construction 25
Owner / Architect / Developer / Engineer / Structural
10.1 engineer / Supervisor or any licensed technical persons‘ 25
liability
10.2 Documents at Site 25
10.3 Checking of plinth, columns upto plinth level 25
10.4 Deviation during Constructions 25
10.5 Completion Certificate 26
10.6 Occupancy Certificate 26
10.7 Part Occupancy Certificate 26
11.0 Inspection 26
12.0 Unsafe Buildings 26
13.0 Revocation of Permission 26
14.0 Development undertaken on behalf of Government 27
i|Draft DCPR- SPA MSRDC

November 2018
Items of operational construction by some authorities to be

15.0 27
excluded
16.0 Discretionary Powers 28
16.1 Interpretation 28
16.2 Relaxation in Specific Cases 29
16.3 Delegation of powers 29
17.0 Temporary Construction 29
Unauthorised Development - Liability for Offences and
18.0 30
Penalties
19.0 Amendment to Appendices 30
20.0 Provisions of NBC 30
21.0 Clarification 30
PART II- GENERAL LAND DEVELOPMENT REQUIREMENTS
22.0 Requirements of Sites 31
22.1 Sites not eligible for construction of Building 31
22.2 Distance of site from electric lines 31
22.3 Construction within Blue and Red flood line 32
22.4 Development within 30 m from Railway boundary 32
22.5 Environmental Clearance 32
22.6 Development along Highways / Classified roads 32
22.7 Distances from Land Fill sites 33
22.8 Restrictions in the vicinity of Airport 33
22.9 Restrictions in the vicinity of Ancient Monuments 33
22.10 Development along gas pipelines 33
22.11 Restrictions by other departments 33
22.12 Authorities to supply complete information to the Authority 33
23.0 Means of access 34
24.0 Regulations for land sub -division and layout 34
24.1 Obligation to prepare layout 34
24.2 Roads/ streets in land subdivision or layout 34
Amenity space for layouts of larger areas in Residential
24.4 39
/Commercial
24.5 Provision for Electric Sub-Station 41
24.6 Minimum plot area, plot width for various uses 41
24.7 Provision of plots / tenements for EWS/LIG 42
24.8 Amalgamation of plots 42
24.9 Net plot area for computation of FSI 43
Relocation of DP sites/DP proposals while approving the
24.10 43
subdivision of land
PART III- LAND USE CLASSIFICATION AND PERMISSIBLE USES.
25.0 General 45
25.1 Land use classification 46
25.2 Residential Zone (R) 46
25.3 Commercial Zone 52
25.4 Central Business District Zone (CBD Zone) 52
25.5 Industrial Zone 53
ii|Draft DCPR- SPA MSRDC

November 2018
25.5.1 Conditions for allowing uses in industrial zone 53

Regulations for permitting Residential /commercial use in
25.5.2 53
Industrial zone (I to R Policy)
25.6 Public Semi-Public Zone 55
25.7 Theme Based Zone 56
25.8 Logistics Park Zone 58
25.9 Agriculture /Green Zone/No Development Zone 58
25.1 Green Belt / Recreational Open Space along Water bodies 67
25.11 Transportation Zone 68
25.12 Forest Zone 68
25.13 Eco-Sensitive Zone of Western Ghat 68
25.14 Buffer of Matheran Eco-Sensitive Zone 68
25.15 Uses Permissible in Reservations 68
25.16 Additional Uses 70
PART IV-GENERAL BUILDING REQUIREMENTS SET BACKS, MARGINAL
DISTANCES, HEIGHT, PERMISSIBLE FSI
26.0 General 77
26.1 Regulation for congested area 77
26.1.1 Residential and mix user buildings 77
Public semi-public, Educational, Medical, Institutional,
26.1.2 78
Commercial, Mercantile and Other Buildings
26.2 Regulation for Outside Congested Area 78
Marginal distances for residential buildings height 15 m and
26.2.1 78
below.
26.2.2 Other buildings 81
26.2.3 Characteristic specified areas 83
26.2.4 Marginal distances for buildings of higher heights 83
26.3 Permissible FSI 84
26.4 Industrial buildings 85
26.5 Height of building 85
26.6 High Rise Committee 86
26.7 Interior and Exterior chowk 87
26.8 Permissible Structures / Projections in marginal open spaces 87
26.9 Exclusion of Structures / Projections for FSI calculation 88
26.10 FSI of Green Belt / ROS along water bodies 89
Special Regulations for land pooling schemes under
26.11 89
Maharashtra Highway Act 1965
PART V-ADDITIONAL FSI IN CERTAIN CATEGORIES
27.0 General 90
Permissible Marginal Spaces, Permissible basic FSI,
27.1 90
Additional FSI for buildings in non-congested area
27.2 Road Widening and construction of new roads 98
Development / Redevelopment for construction of staff
27.3 98
quarters of the State Government or its statutory bodies
Development/ Redevelopment of housing schemes of
27.4 Maharashtra Housing & Area Development Authority 99
(MHADA)
Redevelopment of existing buildings belonging to EWS / LIG
27.5 102
groups
iii|Draft DCPR- SPA MSRDC

November 2018
27.6 Redevelopment of old dilapidated/dangerous buildings 103

Regulations for development of information technology
27.7 104
establishment
27.8 Regulation for development of Biotechnology parks 106
PART VI-SPECIAL SCHEMES AND THEIR REGULATIONS
28.0 Integrated township projects 108
29.0 Tourism development activities 108
Conservation of Heritage Buildings / Precincts / Natural
30.0 110
features
30.1 Applicability 110
Preparation of list of Heritage Buildings, Heritage Precincts
30.2 110
and Natural features
30.3 Restriction on development, redevelopment/repairs etc 111
30.4 Incentive uses for Heritage buildings 111
Grant of Transferable Development Rights to owners/lessees
30.5 111
of heritage buildings/heritage precincts
30.6 Maintaining skyline 111
30.7 Restrictive covenants 111
30.8 Grading of the listed buildings/listed precincts 112
30.9 Signs and outdoor display structures 113
30.10 Composition of Heritage Conservation Committee 113
30.11 Power to alter, modify or relax regulations 115
PART VII-REGULATION OF SPECIAL ACTIVITIES
31.0 Erection of Mobile Towers 116
31.2 Control over development 116
31.3 Procedure for obtaining development permission 116
31.4 Leviable charges 118
31.5 Planning norms for erection of TCS /BS 118
31.6 Electro-Magnetic Field (EMF) Radiation Norms 120
31.7 Miscellaneous provisions 121
31.9 Powers of interpretation and removal of doubt 122
32.0 Quarrying operations 123
PART VIII-SPECIAL PROVISIONS IN CERTAIN BUILDINGS
33.0 Provisions of facilities for differently abled persons 125
34.0 Rain Water Harvesting 128
Special provisions for installation of solar assisted water
35.0 130
heating system
Regulations for Sewerage Treatment Plant ,Waste Water
36.0 131
Recycling and other provisions
36.1 Types of waste water 131
36.3 Regulations 131
36.3.1 (C-1) For layout approval/building permission 131
36.3.2 (C-2) Group housing/apartment building 132
(C-3) Educational, Industrial, Commercial, Government,
36.3.3 132
Semi-Government Organizations, Hotels, Lodgings etc
36.3.4 (C-4) Hospitals 132
iv|Draft DCPR- SPA MSRDC

November 2018
36.3.5 (C-5) Vehicle servicing garages 132

36.3.6 (C-6) Other Hazardous uses 132
36.4 Incentive 133
36.5 Penalty Clause 133
36.6 Disposal of industrial and chemical effluents 133
36.7 Other Provisions 133
36.7.1 Provision of Water Retention Pond/ Holding Pond 133
36.7.2 Solid Waste Management 133
36.8 Installation of Solid Waste management 134
36.8.1 Energy Efficient Buildings / Green Buildings 135
36.8.2 Energy Conservation 135
36.9 Building Facades and urban design elements 135
37.A Regulation for Inclusive housing 135
37.B Regulation for ―Pradhan Mantri Awas Yojana‖ 137
Special Regulations for Development / Redevelopment of
38.0 building falling within Transit Oriented Development Corridor 139
(TOD)
38.1 Definitions 139
38.2 Maximum permissible FSI 139
38.2.1 Premium to be paid 140
38.2.2 Impact Assessment and Integrated Mobility Plan 140
38.3 Permissible mixed use in TOD Belt 141
38.5 Marginal Spaces 141
38.6 Parking 141
PART IX-ACQUISITION/DEVELOPMENT OF RESERVED SITES IN DEVELOPMENT
PLAN
Manner of Development of reserved sites in development
39.0 144
plan (Accommodation Reservation Principle)
40.0 Transferable Development Rights (TDR ) 155
40.2 Cases eligible for Transferable Development Rights ( TDR ) 155
Cases not eligible for Transferable Development Rights (
40.3 156
TDR )
40.4 Generation of the Transferable Development Rights (TDR ) 156
Transferable Development Rights (TDR) against surrender of
40.4.1 156
land
Transferable Development Rights (TDR ) against
40.4.2 157
construction of amenity
40.5 Utilisation of Transferable Development Rights ( TDR ) 158
Utilisation of Transferable Development Rights (TDR ) and
40.5.4 158
road width relation
40.6 General stipulation 160
40.7 Vesting of land 161
PART X-REQUIREMENTS OF PARTS OF BUILDINGS
41.1 Plinth 162
41.2 Habitable Room 162
41.2.1 Size and Dimension of Habitable Rooms 162
41.2.2 Height of Habitable Rooms 163
41.3 Kitchen 164
v|Draft DCPR- SPA MSRDC

November 2018
41.3.1 Size of kitchen 164

41.3.2 Height of kitchen 164
41.3.3 Other requirements of kitchen 164
41.3.4 Requirements regarding pantry 164
Bath rooms, water closets, combined bath room plus water
41.4 164
closet
41.4.1 Size of bath room and water closet 164
41.4.2 Height of bath room and water closet 165
41.4.3 Other requirement of bath room and water closet 165
41.4.4 Restriction on use of room containing water closet 165
41.5 Ledge or Tand / Loft 166
41.6 Mezzanine floor 166
41.6.1 Size of Mezzanine floor 166
41.6.2 Height of Mezzanine floor 166
41.6.3 Other requirements of Mezzanine floor 166
41.7 Store room 167
41.7.1 Size of Store room 167
41.7.2 Height of Store room 167
41.8 Garage 167
41.8.1 Size of private garage 167
41.8.2 Size of public garage 167
41.8.3 Height of private garage 167
41.8.4 Plinth of private garage 167
41.8.5 Set Back of private garage 167
41.9 Location of garage in case of corner plot 167
41.10 Roofs 167
41.11 Basements 168
41.12 Ramp 169
41.13 Podium 169
41.14 Balcony 170
41.15 Stilt 170
41.16 Chimneys 170
41.17 Letter box 171
41.18 Meter room 171
41.19 Lighting and ventilation of room 171
41.20 Overhead tanks 172
41.21 Parapet 172
41.22 Cabin 172
41.23 Boundary /Compound wall 172
41.24 Society office 172
41.25 Exit requirements 172
41.25.1 General exit requirements 172
41.25.2 Type of exits 173
41.25.3 Number and size of exits 173
41.25.4 Arrangement of exits 173
vi|Draft DCPR- SPA MSRDC

November 2018
41.25.5 Occupant load 173

41.25.6 Capacity of exits 174
41.25.7 Provision for staircase 175
41.25.8 Width of stair case 175
41.25.9 Corridors 175
41.25.10 Lifts and Escalators 175
41.25.11 Fire Lift 176
41.26 Requirements of individual exit at each floor 176
41.26.1 Doorways 176
41.26.2 Revolving doors 177
41.26.3 Stairways 177
41.26.4 Fire escape or external stairs 178
41.26.5 Corridors and passageways 178
41.27 Refuge area 178
41.28 Water supply and drainage arrangement 179
41.29 Wells 179
41.30 Sub soil dispersion system/septic tank 179
Structural safety, water supply, drainage and sanitary
41.31 180
requirement, outdoor display and other services
41.32 Additional requirements in case of housing schemes 180
PART XI-PARKING, LOADING AND UNLOADING SPACES
42.0 Parking, Loading and Unloading spaces 182
42.1 Parking spaces 182
42.2 General space requirement 182
PART XII-FIRE PROTECTION REQUIREMENTS
43.0 Fire protection requirements 187
43.1 Construction materials 187
43.2 Lifts 187
43.3 Basements 189
43.4 Service Ducts/Shafts 190
43.5 Refuse chutes 190
43.6 Refuge area 191
43.7 Electrical services 191
43.8 Gas supply 191
43.9 Illumination of means of exit 192
43.10 Stand-by electric generator 192
43.11 Transformers 193
43.12 Air-conditioning 193
43.13 Provisions of boiler and boiler rooms 194
43.14 Provision of first-aid and fire-fighting appliances 195
43.15 Fire alarm system 195
43.16 Lightening protection of buildings 195
43.17 Fire control room 195
Fire officer for hotels, business and mercantile buildings with
43.18 195
height more than 30 m
vii|Draft DCPR- SPA MSRDC

November 2018
43.19 Housekeeping 196

43.20 Fire drills and fire orders 196
43.21 Compartmentation 196
43.22 Materials for interior decoration / furnishing 196
PART XIII-STRUCTURAL SAFETY, STRUCTURAL DESIGN, STABILITY AND
STRUCTURAL AUDIT
PART XIV-WATER SUPPLY, DRAINAGE & SANITARY REQUIREMENT, OUTDOOR
DISPLAY AND OTHER SERVICES
45.1 Quality of materials and workmanship 198
Alternative materials, methods of design & construction and
45.2 198
tests
45.3 Building Services 199
45.4 Water supply, drainage and sanitary requirements 199
45.4.1 Requirements of water supply in building 199
45.4.2 Drainage and sanitation requirements 201
45.4.3 Sanitation requirements for various uses / occupancies 202
45.5 Signs and outdoor display structures 209
PART XV-MISCELLANEOUS PROVISIONS
46.2 Uses permissible under flyovers 210
46.3 Innovative Development Proposal 210
APPENDICES 211
viii|Draft DCPR- SPA MSRDC

November 2018
LIST OF APPENDICES
APPENDIX
DESCRIPTION PAGE NO
NO
Form for construction of building or layout of building /
A-1 212
group housing
A-2 Form for sub-division of land as plotted layout 221
B Form of supervision 226
Qualification, competence, duties and responsibilites
etc. of Licensed technical personnel or Architect for
C 227
preparation of schemes for development permission
and supervision
Form for sanction of building permission and
D-1 231
commencement certificate
Form for tentative approval for demarcation of
D-2 232
land / sub-division layout
Form for final approval to the land sub-division
D-3 233
/ layout
Form for refusal of building permit / commencement
E-1 234
certificate
E-2 Form for refusal of land sub-division / layout 235
Form for intimation of completion of work upto Plinth
F 236
Level
Form of approval / disapproval of development work
G 237
upto plinth level
H Form for Completion Certificate 238
I Form for Occupancy Certificate 239
J Form for refusal of Occupancy Certificate 240
K Form for indemnity of Occupancy Certificate 241
Regulation for development along the periphery of the
L 242
Gaothan
M Notification for Matheran Eco Sensitive Zone 243
N Maharashtra Highway (Amendment) Act, 2016 259
Structural Safety, Structural Design, Stability and
O 267
Structural Audit
P Outdoor advertising policy for MSRDC SPA 276
Q Urban Design Controls 297
ix|Draft DCPR- SPA MSRDC

November 2018
LIST OF FIGURES
Figure
Description Page No
No.
1 Balcony to the exterior of the wall 3
Rounding off Intersections at junctions of roads meeting at
2 37
right angles
Rounding off Intersections at junctions of roads meeting at
3 37
acute and obtuse angles
4 Amalgamation of plot 43
5 Schematic Shop Layout 50
LIST OF TABLES
Table
No. Description Page No
1 Drawing sheets 22
2 Colouring of plans 22
3 Distance from electric lines 32
4 Means of access 34
4a Means of Access for other than Residential Development 35

4b Means of Access for Group Housing Schemes 35
5 Minimum plot area, plot width for various uses 42
Service Industries- Schedule of Permissible Service Industrial

6 uses in Resedential Zone (R-2) ,Commercial & Industrial 71
Zones
7 Setback (road side margin/s) 77
8 Side & Rear marginal distances 77
Marginal distances for residential buildings height 15 m and
9 79
below
9a Marginal Distances for other buildings 81
10 Side & Rear marginal distances for buildings of higher heights 83
11 Permissible FSI 84
Minimum plot area, marginal space, permissible fsi for
12 85
industrial buildings
13 Constitution of High Rise Committee 86
Permissible Marginal Spaces, Permissible Basic FSI,

14 91
Additional Fsi for Buildings in Non-Congested Area
Rehabilitation Area Entitlement as per MHADA Housing
15A 100
Scheme
Incentive FSI admissible against the FSI required for
15B 100
rehabilitation
Sharing of the Balance FSI between the Co-operative Housing
15C 101
Society and MHADA
x|Draft DCPR- SPA MSRDC

November 2018
LIST OF TABLES
Table
No. Description Page No
Norms for setting up of ground-based towers and roof-top

16 119
towers
17 Size and Dimension of Habitable Rooms 162

18 Height of Habitable Rooms 163
19 Provision of Loft 166
20 Ventilation shaft 171
21 Occupant load 174
22 Occupants per unit exit width 174
23 Width of stair case 175
24 Size of parking space 182
25 Off street parking spaces 184
26 Requirements of water supply in building 199
27 Per capita water requirement of various uses / occupancies 200
28 Flushing storage capacities 201

29 Sanitation requirement for shops and commercial offices 202
Sanitation Requirements for Institutional (Medical) Occupancy
30 203
- (Staff Quarters & Hostels)
Sanitation requirements for government and public / business
31 203
occupancies and offices
32 Sanitation requirements for residence 204
Sanitation requirements for assembly occupancy buildings
33 205
(cinemas, theatres and auditoria)
Sanitation requirements for assembly occupancy buildings- (art

34 206
galleries, libraries museums)
35 Sanitation requirements for restaurants
207
36 Sanitation requirements for factories 208
37 Sanitation requirements for large stations and air-ports 209
xi|Draft DCPR- SPA MSRDC

November 2018
PART I- ADMINISTRATION
1.0 Short Title, Extent and Commencement
i. Title: These Regulations shall be called as ―Development Control and Promotion

Regulations‖ for the notified area of Maharashtra State Road Development
Corporation – Special Planning Authority (MSRDC –SPA) along Mumbai-Pune
Expressway (MPEW), hereinafter called as ―these Regulations‖.
ii. Extent: These Regulations shall apply to the building activity and development works
on the lands notified for the area between Mumbai –Pune Expressway and Mumbai –
Pune old Highway and for the lands between two kilometres south west from Mumbai
Pune Expressway excluding the area of Pune district, area covered under IDP –I –
Project of NAINA and local Authority if any, area under proposed Khalapur SPV and
area for which MIDC is a Special Planning Authority.
iii. All development work shall conform to the respective provisions made under these
Regulations. If there is any conflict between the requirements of these Regulations
and those of any other rules or bye- laws, ―these Regulations‖ shall prevail.
iv. Commencement: These Regulations shall come into force from the date of
publication of notification in official gazette, being the date on which they are
sanctioned by the State Government under the relevant provisions of the Act and till
the time the State Government finally sanctions these Regulations, the Regulations in
force, if any, shall be applicable.
v. Savings: Not withstanding anything contained herein, any permission granted or any
action taken under the Regulations in force prior to these Regulations shall be valid
and continue to be so valid, unless otherwise specified in these Regulations. Provided
that, permissions granted earlier shall be eligible for renewal as per the provisions of
the Act. Provided further that, the words ‗action taken‘ in this Regulation shall also
include the issuance of demand note for granting the development permission.
vi. Validity of Development permission: If any development permission has been
issued before the date of coming into force of these Regulations and if work not
commenced within validity period and such permission is not renewed, then the said
development permission shall be deemed to have been lapsed.
vii. Purpose and Intent: The purpose of these Regulations is to implement the
development plan and to promote health, safety and general welfare of the present
and future inhabitants living within the jurisdiction of the notified area.
1|Draft DCPR- SPA MSRDC

November 2018
2.0 Definitions
2.1 General
In these Regulations, unless the context otherwise requires, the definitions given hereunder
shall have meaning indicated against each of them.
2.2 Words and expressions which are not defined in these Regulations shall have
the same meaning or sense as in –
i. The Maharashtra Regional and Town Planning Act, 1966,
ii. National Building Code (2016 or amended from time to time)
2.3 Act
Act in these Regulations shall mean -The Maharashtra Regional and Town Planning Act,
1966.
2.4 Authority
Authority means Maharashtra State Road Development Corporation Ltd. MSRDC, constituted
as a Special Planning Authority, under Section 40(1B) of Maharashtra Regional and Town
Planning Act (MR&TP Act) 1966.
2.5 Alteration
Any change in existing authorized building or change from one occupancy to another, or a
structural change, such as an addition to the area or height, or the removal of part of a
building, or any change to the structure, such as the construction of, cutting into or removal of
any wall, partition, column, beam, joist, floor, roof or other support or a change to or closing of
any required means of ingress or egress or a change to the fixtures of equipment as provided
under these Regulations. However, modification in regards to gardening, white washing,
painting, plastering, pointing, paving and retiling shall not be deemed to be alteration.
2.6 Advertising Sign

Any surface of structure with characters, letters or illustrations applied thereto and displayed in
any manner whatsoever outdoor for purposes of advertising or to give information regarding or
to attract the public to any place, for public performance, article or merchandise whatsoever,
or is attached to, or forms a part of building, or is connected with any building or is fixed to a
tree or to the ground or to any pole, screen, fence or hoarding or displayed in space.
2.7 Air-conditioning
The process of treating air so as to control simultaneously its temperature, humidity,
cleanliness and distribution to meet the requirement of conditioned space.
2.8 Accessory Building

A building separate from the main building on a plot and containing one or more rooms for
accessory use such as servant quarters, garage, store rooms etc.
2.9 Accessory / Ancillary Use

Any use of the premises subordinate to the principal use and incidental to the principal use.
2.10 Amenity space

Amenity space means a statutory space provided under the provision of these Regulations in
any layout to be used for any of the amenities specified in these Regulations.

November 2018
2.11 Access
Clear approach to a plot or a building.
2.12 Architect
An Architect is a person registered with Council of Architecture as per Architects Act, 1972 as
an Architect.
2.13 Architectural projection

Chajja, Cornice, Ledge etc. which is a protrusion from the building facade or window line of
the building used for non-habitable uses.
2.14 Atrium
A sky lighted, naturally/mechanically ventilated area in buildings, with no intermediate floors,
used as circulation space or entrance foyer.
2.15 Balcony
A Horizontal projection cantilever or otherwise shown in the Figure below, including parapet
and handrail balustrade to serve as a passage or sitting out place atleast one side fully open,
except provided with railing or parapet wall for safety.
Figure 1: Balcony to the exterior of the wall
2.16 Basement
The lower storey of a building below or partly below the ground level.
2.17 Building
Any structure for whatsoever purpose and of whatsoever materials constructed and every part
thereof whether used as human habitation or not and includes foundation, plinth, walls, floors,
roofs, chimneys, wells, door steps, fencing, plumbing and building services, fixed -platforms,
verandas, balcony; cornice or projection, part of a building or anything affixed thereto or any
wall fence enclosing or intended to enclose any land or space and signs and outdoor display
structures. However, tents, shamiyanas and the tarpaulin shelters erected for temporary and
ceremonial occasions with the permission of the Authority shall not be considered as building.
2.18 Built up Area

The area covered by a building on all floors including cantilevered portion, mezzanine floors, if
any, except the areas excluded specifically from FSI under these Regulations.
2.19 Building Line

The line up to which the plinth of a building adjoining a street or an extension of a street or on
a future street may lawfully extend.

November 2018
2.20 Building Height

The vertical distance measured in the case of flat roofs, from the average level of the ground
around and contiguous to the building or as decided by the Authority to the terrace of last
liveable floor of the building adjacent to the external walls; to the highest point of the building
and in the case of pitched roofs, up to the point where the external surface of the outer wall
intersects the finished surface of the sloping roof; and in the case of gable facing road, the
mid-point between the eaves level and the ridge. Architectural features serving no other
function except that of decoration shall be excluded for the purpose of measuring heights.
2.21 Builder/Developer
Builder/ Developer means the person who is legally empowered to construct or to execute
work on a building unit, building or structure and / or land development, or where no person is
empowered, the owner of the building unit, building or structure.
2.22 Cabin
A non - residential enclosure constructed of non - load bearing, non-masonry partitions having
area not exceeding 3.00 sq.mt.
2.23 Carpet Area

Carpet Area means the net usable floor area of an apartment, excluding the area covered by
the external walls, areas under services shafts, exclusive balcony or veranda area and
exclusive open terrace area, but includes the area covered by the internal partition walls of the
apartment.
Explanation: For the purpose of this clause, the expression ―exclusive balcony or veranda
area‖ means the area of the balcony or veranda, as the case may be, which is appurtenant to
the net usable floor area of an apartment, meant for the exclusive use of the allottee; and
―exclusive open terrace area‖ means the area of open terrace which is appurtenant to the net
usable floor area of an apartment, meant for the exclusive use of the allottee.
2.24 Chajja
A sloping or horizontal structural overhang usually provided over openings on external walls to
provide protection from sun and rain and for purpose of architectural appearance.
2.25 Chimney
An upright shaft containing one or more flues provided for the conveyance to the outer air of
any product of combustion resulting from the operation of heat producing appliance or
equipment employing solid, liquid or gaseous fuel.
2.26 Cluster
Any defined area with proper access.
2.27 Combustible Material

A material, if it burns or adds heat to a fire when tested for combustibility in accordance with
IS - 3808 - 1966 Method of Test for combustibility of building materials, National Building
Code.
2.28 Congested Area

Congested Area means the area included within the Revenue Gaothan boundary as shown in
the Development Plan.

November 2018
2.29 Control Line

A line on either side of a highway or part of highway beyond the building line fixed in respect
of such highway by the Highway Authority.
2.30 Courtyard or Chowk

A space permanently open to sky enclosed on sides fully or partially by buildings and may be
at ground level or any other level within or adjacent to a building.
2.31 Canopy
A projection over any entrance.
2.32 Convenience Shopping

Convenience Shopping means the shops for domestic needs each with a carpet area not
exceeding 10 sq.mt.
2.33 Corridor
A common passage or circulation space including a common entrance hall.
2.34 Detached Building

A building whose walls and roofs are independent of any other building with open space on all
sides as specified.
2.35 Development
Development with its grammatical variations means the carrying out of buildings, engineering,
mining or other operations in, or over, or under, land or the making of any material change, in
any building or land or in the use of any building or land or any material or structural change in
any Heritage building or its precinct and includes demolition of any existing building, structure
or erection of part of such building, structure of erection and reclamation, redevelopment and
layout or sub-division of any land and to develop shall be construed accordingly.
2.36 Development Plan

―Development Plan‖ means a plan for the development or the area within the jurisdiction of a
Planning Authority and includes revision of a development plan and proposals of a special
planning Authority for development of land within its jurisdiction.
2.37 Drain
Drain means a system or a line of pipes, with their fittings and accessories, such as manholes,
inspection chambers, traps, gullies, floor traps used for the drainage of building, or number of
building or yards appurtenant to the buildings within the same cartilage. A drain shall also
include open channel for conveying surface water or a system for the removal of any liquid.
2.38 Dwelling Unit /Tenement

An independent housing unit with separate facilities for living, cooking and sanitary
requirements.
2.39 Density
The residential density expressed in terms of the number of dwelling units per hectare.
2.40 Enclosed Stair- case

A stair case separated by fire resistant walls and door (s) from the rest of the building.

November 2018
2.41 Existing Building or Use

A building, structure or its use existing authorisedly.
2.42 Exit
A passage, channel or means of egress from any building, storeys or floor area to a street or
other open space of safety.
2.43 Vertical Exit

A vertical exit is a means of exit used for ascension or dissension between two or more levels
including stairways, smoke proof towers, ramps, escalators and fire escapes.
2.44 Horizontal Exit

A horizontal exit is protected opening through or around a firewall or a bridge connecting two
buildings.
2.45 Outside Exit

An outside exit is an exit from the building to public way, to an open area leading to public
way, to an enclosed fire resistive passage to a public way.
2.46 External Wall

An outer wall of a building not being a party wall even though adjoining to a wall of another
building and also means a wall abutting on an interior open space of any building.
2.47 Escalator
A power driven, inclined, continuous stairway used for raising or lowering passengers.
2.48 Fire and/ or Emergency Alarm System

An arrangement of call points or detectors, sounders and other equipment for the transmission
and indication of alarm signals, for testing of circuits and, whenever required, for the operation
of auxiliary services. This device may be workable automatically or manually to alert the
occupants in the event of fire or other emergency.
2.49 Fire lift

Fire lift means a lift specially designed for use by fire service personnel in the event of fire.
2.50 Fire Proof Door

A door or shutter fitted to a wall opening, and constructed and erected with the requirement to
check the transmission of heat and fire for a specified period.
2.51 Fire Resisting Material

A material which has certain degree of fire resistance.
2.52 Fire Resistance

The time during which a material fulfils its function of contributing to the fire safety of a building
when subjected to prescribed conditions of heat and load or restraint. The fire resistance test
of structures shall be done in accordance with "IS -3809 - 1966 Fire Resistance Test of
Structures".

November 2018
2.53 Fire Separation

The distance in meters measured from any other building on the site, or from other site, or
from the opposite side of a street or other public space to the building.
2.54 Fire Service Inlets

A connection provided at the base of a building for pumping up water through in-built fire-
fighting arrangements by fire service pumps in accordance with the recommendations of the
Fire Services Authority.
2.55 Fire Tower

An enclosed staircase which can only be approached from the various floors through landings
or lobbies separated from both, the floor areas and the staircase by fire resisting doors and
open to the outer air.
2.56 Floor
The lower surface in a storey on which one normally walks in a building. The general term
floor unless otherwise specifically mentioned shall not refer to a mezzanine floor.
Note: The sequential numbering of floor shall be determined by its relation to the determining
entrance level. For floor at or wholly above ground level the lowest floor in the building with
direct entrance from / to road or street shall be termed as ground floor. The other floors above
ground floor shall be numbered in sequence as Floor 1, Floor 2, etc., with number increasing
upwards.
2.57 Floor space index (F.S.I)

The quotient obtained by dividing the total covered area (plinth area) on all floors, excluding
exempted areas as given in Regulation No.26.8 by the area of the plot.
F.S.I. = Total covered areas on all floors

Plot area
2.58 Footing
A foundation unit constructed in brick work, masonry or concrete under the base of a wall or
column for the purpose of distributing the load over a large area.
2.59 Foundation
That part of the structure which is in direct contact with transmitting loads to the ground.
2.60 Front
The space between the boundary line of plot abutting the means of access / road / street and
the building line. In case of plots facing two or more means of accesses / roads / streets, the
plot shall be deemed to front on all such means of access / road / streets.
2.61 Gallery
An intermediate floor or platform projecting from a wall of an auditorium of a hall providing
extra floor area, additional seating accommodation etc. These shall also include the structures
provided for seating in stadia.
2.62 Gaothan
Settlement areas as defined under Section 122 of the Maharashtra Land Revenue Code 1966
and as shown on the proposed Land Use Plan of the Draft Development Plan.

November 2018
2.63 Garage-Private
A building or portion thereof designed and used for parking of private owned motor driven or
other vehicles.
2.64 Garage-Public
A building or portion thereof designed as other than a private garage, operated for gain,
designed or used for repairing, servicing, hiring, selling or storing or parking motor driven or
other vehicles.
2.65 Group Housing Scheme

Group housing scheme means a building or a group of buildings constructed or to be
constructed with one or more floors, consisting of more than one dwelling units and having
common service facilities. Common service facilities, means facilities like stair case, balcony,
corridor, and veranda, lift, etc.
2.66 Ground Level

The average level of the ground in a plot.
2.67 Habitable Room

Habitable room or living room means, a room constructed or intended for human habitation.
2.68 Home Occupation

Customary home occupation other than the conduct of an eating or a drinking place offering
services to the general public, customarily carried out by a member of the family residing on
the premises without employing hired labour, and for which there is no display to indicate from
the exterior of the building that it is being utilized in whole or in part for any purpose other than
a residential or dwelling use, and in connection with which no article or service is sold or
exhibited for sale except that which is produced therein, which shall be non-hazardous and
not affecting the safety of the inhabitants of the building and the neighborhood and provided
that no mechanical equipment is used except that as is customarily used for purely domestic
or household purposes and / or employing licensable goods. If motive power is used, the total
electricity load should not exceed 0.75 KW. Home Occupation may also include such similar
occupations as may be specified by the Authority with the approval of Director of Town
Planning and subject to such terms and conditions as may be prescribed.
2.69 Information Technology Establishment (ITE)

An establishment which is in the business of developing either software or hardware relating
to computers or computer technology as approved by Director of Industries.
2.70 Layout Open Space / Recreational Open Space

Shall mean a statutory common open space kept in any layout exclusive of margins and
approaches, at a height not more than ground level of the building unit.
2.71 Ledge or Tand

A shelf like projection, supported in any manner whatsoever, except by vertical supports within
a room itself but not having projection wider than half meter.
2.72 Licensed Engineer / Structural Engineer / Supervisor

A Qualified Engineer/Structural Engineer / Supervisor licensed by the VC&MD.

November 2018
2.73 Lift
An appliance designed to transport persons or materials between two or more levels in
vertical or substantially vertical directions, by means of a guided car platform.
2.74 Lift Machine

Part of the lift equipment comprising the motor(s) and the control gear there with, reduction
gear (if any), brakes and winding drum or sheave, by which the lift car is raised or lowered.
2.75 Lift Well

Unobstructed space within an enclosure provided for the vertical movement of the lift car(s)
and any counter weights, including the lift pit and the space for top clearance.
2.76 Loft
Shall mean, an intermediate floor between two floors which is constructed and used for
storage purpose, as defined in Regulation No. 41.5.
2.77 Laying out of New Street

Includes provision of road for levelling, formation, metalling or paving of a road and footpaths,
etc. including layout of the services such as water supply, drainage, etc.
2.78 Mall
A large enclosed shopping area at any floor other than Basement Floor.
2.79 Marginal distance/ Set back

Minimum distance required to be left open to sky between boundary of the building plot and
the building excluding court yard/chowk, which is an integral part of the plot.
2.80 Mezzanine floor

An intermediate floor between two floors of any story, forming an integral part of floor below,
overhanging or overlooking a floor beneath, not being a loft between the floor and ceiling of
any storey.
2.81 Means of Access

These shall include the road/ street/ vehicular access way, pathway upto the plot and to the
building within a plot as defined in Regulation No. 23.0 and 24.0.
2.82 Net plot area

The net plot area shall be as defined in Regulation No.24.9.
2.83 Non -Combustible Material

A material which does not burn nor add heat to a fire when tested for combustibility in
accordance with IS: 3808 - 1966 'Method of Test for Combustibility of Building Materials'.
2.84 Non-conforming User

Any lawful use / building existed on the site but which does not conform to the zoning shown
on the Development Plan.
2.85 Occupancy or Use Group

The principal occupancy or use for which a building or a part of a building is used, or intended
to be used, for the purposes of classification of a building according to the occupancy, an

November 2018
occupancy shall be deemed to include subsidiary occupancies which are contingent upon it.
Buildings with mixed occupancies are those buildings in which more than one occupancy are
present in different portions of the building. The occupancy classification shall have the
meaning given from Regulation No 2.85.1 to 2.85.12 unless otherwise spelt out in
Development Plan.
2.85.1 Assembly Buildings

These shall include any building or part of building where groups of people congregate or
gather for amusement, recreation, social, religious, patriotic, civil, travel and similar purposes,
e.g. theatres, motion picture house, drive-in-theatres, multiplexes, assembly halls, city halls,
town halls, auditoria, exhibition halls, museums, mangal karyalaya, cultural centre, skating
rinks, places of worship, dance theatres, club & gymkhana, passenger stations and terminals
of air, surface and other public transportation services, recreation piers and stadia.
2.85.2 Business Buildings

These shall include any building or part of building, which is used for transaction of business
for the keeping of accounts and records for similar purposes; offices, banks, professional
establishments, I.T. establishments, call centre, offices for private entrepreneurs, court
houses, libraries shall be classified in this group in so far as principal function of these is
transaction of public business and the keeping of books and records.
2.85.3 Educational Buildings

A building exclusively used for a school or college recognized by the appropriate Board or
University, or any other competent Authority involving assembly for instruction, education or
recreation incidental to educational use, and including a building for such other users
incidental thereto such as library, coaching class or a research institution. It shall also include
quarters for essential staff required to reside in the premises and a building used as a hostel
attached to an educational institution situated in its campus and, also includes day care
purposes more than 8 hours per week.
2.85.4 Hazardous Buildings

These shall include any building or part of a building which is used for the storage, handling,
manufacture or processing of highly combustible or explosive materials or products which are
liable to burn with extreme rapidity and / or which may produce poisonous gases or
explosions during storage, handling, manufacturing or processing, which involve highly
corrosive, toxic or noxious alkalis, acids or other liquids or chemicals producing flames, fumes
and explosive, mixtures of dust or which result in the division of matter into fine particles
subject to spontaneous ignition.
2.85.5 Industrial Buildings

These shall include any building or part of a building or structure, in which products or
materials of all kinds and properties are fabricated assembled or processed like assembling
plants, laboratories, power plants, smoke houses, refineries, gas plants, mills, dairies,
factories etc.
2.85.6 Institutional Buildings

A building constructed or used by Government, Semi - Government organization or registered
trusts or persons and used for medical or other treatment, or an auditorium or complex for
cultural and allied activities or for an Hospice care of persons suffering from physical or mental
illness, handicap, disease or infirmity, care of orphans, abandoned women, children and
infants, convalescents, destitute or aged persons and for penal or correctional detention with
restricted liberty of the inmates ordinarily providing sleeping accommodation, and includes

November 2018
hospitals, sanatoria, custodial and penal institutions such as jails, prisons, mental hospitals,
houses of correctional detention and reformatories.
2.85.7 Mercantile Buildings

These shall include any building or part of a building, which is predominantly used as shops,
stores, market, malls for display and sale of merchandise either wholesale or retail, office,
storage and service facilities incidental to the sale of merchandise and located in the same
building shall be included under this group.
2.85.8 Office Building / Premises

The premises whose sole or principal use is to be used as an office or for office purpose;
"office purposes" shall include the purpose of administration, clerical work, handling money,
telephone/ telegraph/ computer operations and "clerical work" shall include writing, book-
keeping, sorting papers, typing, filing, duplicating, drawing of matter for publication and the
editorial preparation of matter for publication.
2.85.9 Public Semi-public Building

A building constructed or used by Government, Semi Government Organization, Government
Undertaking, Local Authorities, for conducting public semi-public use like municipal office, post
office, telephone office, etc.
2.85.10 Residential Buildings

These shall include any building in which sleeping accommodation is provided for normal
residential purposes with or without cooking or dining or both facilities. It includes one or two
or multi-family dwellings, lodging or rooming houses, residential hotels, hostels, dormitories,
dharmshalas, apartment houses, flats, service apartment, studio apartment and private
garages incidental thereto.
2.85.11 Storage Buildings

These shall include any building or part of a building used primarily for the storage or
sheltering of goods, wares or merchandise, like ware houses, cold storage, freight depots,
transit sheds, godowns, store houses, public garages, hangars, truck terminals, grain
elevators, barns and stables.
2.85.12 Wholesale Establishments

These shall include establishments wholly or partly engaged in wholesale trade,
manufactures, wholesale outlets including related storage facilities, A.P.M.C. establishments,
warehouses and establishments engaged in truck transport including truck transport booking
agencies.
2.86 Owner
The person who has legal title for land or building.
2.87 Premium FSI

FSI that may be available on payment of premium as may be prescribed under these
Regulations.
2.88 Parapet
A low wall or railing built along the edge of a roof, terraces, balcony, verandah etc.

November 2018
2.89 Parking Space

An enclosed or unenclosed, covered or open area sufficient in size to park vehicles. Parking
space shall be served by a driveway connecting them with a street or alley and permitting
ingress or egress of vehicles.
2.90 Permit / Permission

A permission or authorization in writing by the Authority to carry out the work regulated by
these Regulations.
2.91 Plinth
The portion of a structure between the surface of the surrounding ground and surface of the
floor immediately above the ground.
2.92 Plot / Site

A parcel or piece of land enclosed by definite boundaries and approved by an Authority as a
building site, under these Regulations.
2.93 Pandals/ Shamiyanas

Pandals/Shamiyanas means a temporary structure with roof or walls made of canvas, cloth
other like material which is not adopted for permanent or continuous occupancy.
2.94 Podium
A continuous projecting base or pedestal under or around the building, generally used for
parking and movement of vehicle within the permissible area as specified in Regulation.
2.95 Porch
A covered surface supported on pillars or otherwise for the purpose of pedestrian or vehicular
approach to a building.
2.96 Partition
An interior non long bearing divider one storey or part storey in height.
2.97 Restaurant
Premise used for serving food items on commercial basis including cooking facilities and
seating arrangements in residential building. And for commercial premises restaurant may be
allowed of any built up area situated on any floor with a separate parking and garbage
disposal facility.
2.98 Road / Street

Any highway, street, lane, pathway, alley, stairway, passageway, carriageway, footway,
square place or bridge, whether a thoroughfare or not, over which the public have a right of
passage or access or have passed and had access uninterruptedly for a specified period,
whether existing or proposed in any scheme, and includes all bunds, channels, ditches, storm-
water drains, culverts, sidewalks, traffic islands, roadside trees and hedges, retaining walls,
fences, barriers and railings within the street lines.
2.99 Road / Street Line

The line defining the side limit of a road / street.

November 2018
2.100 Room Height

The vertical distance measured from the finished floor surface to the finished ceiling/ slab
surface. In case of pitched roofs, the room height shall be the average height between bottom
of the eaves and bottom of ridge.
2.101 Row Housing

A row of houses with only front and rear open spaces.
2.102 Semi Detached Building

A building detached on three sides with open spaces as specified.
2.103 Service Floor

A floor provided for facilitating maintenance and/or termination/ diversion of services like water
supply, drainage, electricity supply, telecommunication lines and accommodating
mechanical/electrical devices, apparatus like air handling units, air conditioning ducts etc.
Height of such floor shall not be more than 1.8m. from floor level to soffit of outer beam and
shall not be counted in FSI.
2.104 Site, corner

The side at the junctions of and fronting on two or more intersecting streets.
2.105 Site, Depth of

The mean horizontal distance between the front and rear side boundaries.
2.106 Site, Double Frontage

A site, having a frontage on two streets other than a corner plot.
2.107 Site, Interior or Tandem

A site, access to which is by a passage from a street whether such passage forms part of the
site or not.
2.108 Smoke Stop Door

A door for preventing or checking the spread of smoke from one area to another.
2.109 Special building

This shall mean building as specified in Regulation No.6.2.2 (g).
2.110 Stairs
A built form/structure designed to bridge large vertical distance be dividing it into smaller
vertical convenient distances, called steps. A set of steps is called Stair.
2.111 Stair Cover

A structure with a covering roof over a stair case and its landing built to enclose only the stair
for the purpose of providing protection from weather and not used for human habitation.
2.112 Stilts or Stilt Floor

The portion of a building above ground level consisting of structural column supporting the
super structure with at least two sides open and without any enclosures for the purpose of
parking vehicles, scooters, cycles, etc.

November 2018
2.113 Storage
A place where goods are stored.
2.114 Store Room

A room used as storage space.
2.115 Storey
The portion of a building included between the surface of any floor and the surface of the floor
next above it, or if there be no floor above it, then the space between any floor and the ceiling
next above it.
2.116 Stall
A small shop, floor area of which does not exceed 5.0 sq.mt.
2.117 Tenement
An independent dwelling unit with a kitchen or cooking alcove.
2.118 Terrace
A flat roof, of a building or a part of a building, open to sky having parapet not being a
cantilever structure.
2.119 Telecommunication Cell Site/Base Station (TCS/BS)

Tower of requisite height and dimensions, delta, single pole antennae, microwave antenna,
cabin of requisite dimensions for housing equipment, telecom transceiver machinery, related
civil work, requisite wires and cables, power supply equipment, Diesel Generator (DG) Set/
Alternate power supply mechanism, cabin /cupboard for housing any or all of the aforesaid
items as necessary;
2.120 To Erect
To erect a building means
(a) to erect a new building on any site whether previously built upon or not;
(b) to re-erect any building of which portions above the plinth level have been pulled down,
burnt or destroyed; and
(c) conversion from one occupancy to another.
2.121 Travel Distance

The distance from the remotest point on a floor of a building to a place of safety, be it a
vertical exit, horizontal exit or an outside exit measured along the line of travel.
2.122 Tower like structure

A structure in which the height of the tower like portion is at least twice the width of the
broader base.
2.123 Unsafe Building

Unsafe buildings are those which are structurally unsafe, unsanitary or not provided with
adequate means of ingress or egress which constitute a fire hazard or are otherwise
dangerous to human life or which in relation to existing use constitute a hazard to safety or
health or public welfare, by reason of inadequate maintenance, dilapidation or abandonment.

November 2018
2.124 Veranda
A covered area with at least one side open to the outside with the exception of 1mt. high
parapet on the upper floors to be provided on the open side.
2.125 Water Closet (WC)

A privy with arrangement for flushing the pan with water. It does not include a bathroom.
2.126 Water Course

A natural channel or an artificial one formed by draining or diversion of a natural channel
meant for carrying storm and wastewater.
2.127 Width of Road

The whole extent of space within the boundaries of road when applied to a new road, as laid
down in the city surveys map or development plan or prescribed road lines by any Act or Law
and measured at right angles to the course or intended course of direction of such road
whichever is more.
2.128 Window
An opening to the outside other than the door which provides all or part of the required natural
light, ventilation or both, to the interior space.
3.0 Applicability of regulations
3.1 (a) These Regulations shall apply to all development, redevelopment, erection and/or re-
erection of a building, change of user etc. as well as to the design, construction or
reconstruction of, and additions and alteration to a building. These Regulations shall also apply
to any revision of the development permissions/building permissions granted earlier under any
Development Control Regulations. Further, these Regulations shall apply to development work
defined in Regulation No. 3.2 to 3.7.
(b) For the area where MIDC is a Special Planning Authority u/s Section 40 of MR&TP Act,
1966, for such area the Development Control and Promotion Regulations of MIDC Area shall
be applicable.
3.2 Development of sites or/and subdivision or amalgamation of land:

Where land is to be developed, subdivided, or two or more plots are to be amalgamated, or a
lay-out is to be prepared; these Regulations shall apply to the entire area under development,
sub-division, amalgamation and layout. Provided that, where part of an existing lay-out / sub-
division plan is being altered, these Regulations shall apply only to that part which is being
altered without adversely affecting the requirements of layout roads, recreational open space
etc. of the earlier sanctioned layout.
3.3 Construction / Part Construction:

Where the whole or part of a building is demolished or altered or reconstructed, removed,
except where otherwise specifically stipulated, or part is proposed to be newly constructed or
revised, these Regulations apply only to the extent of the work involved.
3.4 Change of Occupancy / User:

Where the occupancy or the user of a building is changed, except where otherwise specifically
stipulated, these Regulations shall apply to all parts of the building, affected by the change.

November 2018
3.5 Reconstruction:
The reconstruction, in whole or part of a building which has ceased to exist due to an
accidental fire, natural collapse or demolition, having been declared unsafe, or which is likely
to be demolished by or under an order of the Authority and for which the necessary certificate
has been given by the said Authority, shall be allowed subject to the provisions in these
Regulations.
3.6 Revised permission:

Any development permission granted earlier may be revised. While granting the revised
permission, the approved plans and commencement certificate of the earlier permission with
the owner and office, shall be stamped as ‗CANCELLED‘ by the Authority.
3.7 Permission Required:

Subject to exemptions mentioned in Section 43 of the Act, no person shall erect or re-erect a
building or alter any building or carry out any development or redevelopment including
temporary construction, on any plot / lot or land or cause the same to be done without
obtaining prior development permission from the Authority.
4.0 Interpretation
4.1 In these Regulations, the use of present tense includes the future tense, the masculine gender
includes the feminine and the neutral, the singular number includes the plural and the plural
includes the singular. The word "person" includes a corporation/company, ―writing" includes
"printing and typing" and "signature'' includes thumb impression made by a person who cannot
write if his name is written near such thumb impression or digital signature in case of e-
submissions.
4.2 Whenever sizes and dimensions of rooms and spaces within buildings are specified, they shall
mean clear dimensions unless otherwise specified in these Regulations. However, sizes and
dimensions may not be disputed with reference to finished/unfinished surfaces unless it differs
overall dimensions of the building.
4.3 Whenever prescribed dimensions and areas are to be compared with the actual dimensions
and areas, actual dimensions and areas shall be rounded to the nearest one tenth of a meter or
one tenth of a square meter.
5.0 Development permission and commencement certificate
(a) No person shall carry out any development work in contravention of the development
plan proposals.
(b) No person shall carry out any development work including development of land by
laying out into suitable plots or amalgamation of plots or development of any land as
group housing scheme or to erect, re-erect or make alterations or demolish any building
or cause the same to be done without first obtaining a separate building permit /
commencement certificate for each such development work / building from the
Authority.
(c) No temporary construction shall be carried out without obtaining prior approval of the
Authority, which may be granted subject to such conditions as may be deemed
necessary by the Authority. However, temporary site office/watchman cabin/labour-
material shed/toilet may be constructed without permission after the development
permission is granted. These temporary constructions shall be removed after the
completion of construction under development permission.

November 2018
6.0 Procedure for Obtaining Development Permission/ Building Permission

and Commencement Certificate
6.1 Application/ notice

Every person who intends to carry out development and erect, re-erect or make alterations in
any place in a building or demolish any building, shall give notice/submit application in writing
through registered Architect/ Licensed Engineer/Structural Engineer/ Supervisor, to the
Authority of his said intention in the prescribed form (See Appendix-A1 or A2) and such notice
/application shall be accompanied by the following requirements and plans wherever
necessary.
Minimum four copies of plans and statements shall be made available along with the notice. In
case of building schemes, where clearance is required from other agencies like Fire Services
and other, number of copies of plans required shall be as decided by the Authority. The plans
may be submitted in the form of soft copy as may be specified by the Authority from time to
time.
6.2 Information accompanying notice / application

6.2.1 Ownership title and area
Every application for development permission and commencement certificate shall be
accompanied with the following documents for verifying the ownership and area etc. of the
land.
I. Latest 7/12 extracts or property register card of a date not more than six months prior to
the date of submission. Attested copy of original registered sale / lease – deed, if
required. A copy of power of attorney, wherever applicable.
ii. A certified copy of the Measurement Plan of the property under development proposal
issued by Land Record Department, of a date not more than 2 years old.
iii. Statement of area of the holding by triangulation method from the qualified licensed
technical personnel or architect with an affidavit from the owner in regard to the area in
the form prescribed by the Authority.
iv. Any other document prescribed by the Authority.
v. Wherever third party interest is created by way of agreement to sale or mortgage etc.
the registered consent of such interested persons shall be submitted with the
application.
vi. A certified copy of approved sub-division / amalgamation / layout of land from the
concerned Authority.
vii. In case of land leased by the Government or local authorities, no objection certificate of
Government or such authorities shall be obtained if there is deviation from lease
conditions and shall be attached to the application for development permission in
respect of such land.
viii. Title and search report for last 30 years and title clearance certificate from advocate on
record.
6.2.2 Plans to be submitted along with application / notice:
(a) Key Plan or Location Plan: The key plan drawn to a scale of not less than 1:10,000
shall be submitted along with the application for a building permit and Commencement
Certificate showing the boundary and locations of the site with respect to neighbourhood

November 2018
landmarks or with respect to the area within a radius of 200 meters from the site
whichever is more.
(b) Site Plan: The site plan shall be submitted with an application for building permission
drawn to a scale of 1:500 or more, as may be decided by the Authority. This plan shall
be based on the measurement plan duly authenticated by the appropriate officer of the
Department of Land Records. This plan shall have following details-
i. The boundaries of the site and of any contiguous land belonging to the
neighbouring owners;
ii. The position of the site in relation to neighbouring streets;
iii. The name of the street, if any, from which the building is proposed to derive
access;
iv. All existing buildings contained in the site with their names (where the buildings
are given names) and their property (survey) numbers;
v. The position of the building and of other buildings, if any, which the applicant
intends to erect, upon his contiguous land referred to in (i) above in relation to;
(a) The boundaries of the site and, in a case where the site has been partitioned,
the boundaries of the portions owned by others;
(b) All adjacent streets, buildings (with number of storeys and height) and
premises within a distance of 12 m. of the work site and of the contiguous
land (if any) referred to in (i),
vi. The means of access from the street to the building and to all other buildings (if
any) which the applicant intends to erect upon.
vii. The space to be left around the building to secure free circulation of air, admission
of light and access.
viii. The width of the street (if any) in front and the street (if any) at the side or near the
building, including proposed roads;
ix. The direction of the north line relative to the plan of the building;
x. Any existing physical features, such as wells, tanks, drains, pipe lines, high tension
line, railway line, trees, etc.;
xi. The ground area of the whole property and the break-up of the covered area on
each floor;
xii. A plan indicating parking spaces as required and provided under these
Regulations;
xiii. Overhead electric supply lines, if any, including space for electrical transformer /
substation according to the requirements of the electric distribution company;
xiv. Any water course existing on site or adjacent to the site;
xv. Existing alignments of water supply and drainage line / gas pipeline;
xvi. Such other particulars as may be prescribed by the Authority.
(c) Sub - Division/ Layout Plan: In the case of development of land, the notice shall be
accompanied by the sub -division/ layout plan which shall be drawn to a scale of not less
than 1: 500, however, for layout having areas 4.0 ha. and above, the plan shall be drawn
at a scale of not less than 1:1000, containing the following:
i. Scale used and north point;
ii. The location of all proposed and existing roads with their existing /proposed widths
within the land;
iii. Dimension of plots;

November 2018
iv. The location of drains, sewers, public facilities and services, electrical lines, natural
watercourses, water bodies and streams etc;
v. Table indicating size, area and use of all plots in the sub-division/ layout plan;
vi. The statement indicating the total area of the site, area utilized under roads,
recreational open spaces, amenity spaces, playground, recreation spaces and
development plan reservations/roads, schools, shopping and other public places
along with their percentage with reference to the total area of the site proposed to
be sub-divided / laid out;
vii. In case of plots which are sub-divided in built-up areas, in addition to the above,
the means of access to the sub-division from existing streets;
viii. Contour plan of site, wherever necessary.
(d) Amalgamation Plan: Where two or more plots / holdings are to be amalgamated, plan
showing such amalgamation drawn to a scale not less than 1:500. Instead of submitting
a separate plan, such amalgamation may be allowed to be shown on building / layout-
plan. itself. However, 7/12 extract or property card of amalgamated plot shall be
submitted before occupation certificate.
(e) Service Plan: Plans, elevations and sections of water / grey-water supply, sewage
disposal system and details of building services, where required by the Authority, shall
be made available to a scale not less than 1:100 and for layouts 1:1000.
(f) Building plan: The plans of the building with elevations accompanying the
notice/application shall be drawn to a scale of 1: 100 or more and shall;
i. Include floor plans of all floors together with the built-up /covered area clearly
indicating the sizes of rooms and the position and width of staircases, ramps and
other exit ways, lift wells, lift machine room and lift pit details. It shall also include
ground floor plan as well as basement plan and shall indicate the details of parking
space and loading and unloading spaces provided around and within the building
as also the access ways and the appurtenant open spaces with projections in
dotted lines, distance from any building existing on the plot in figured dimensions
along with accessory building;
ii. show the carpet area of every flat or shop or any unit, along with proportionate
common built up area attached to it and area of balcony and double height
terraces if any attached to the said unit.
iii. show the use or occupancy of all parts of the buildings;
iv. show exact location of essential services, such as water closet (W.C.), bath, sink
and the like;
v. include sectional drawings showing clearly the size of the footings, thickness of
basement walls, wall construction size and spacing of framing members, floors,
slabs, roof slabs with the materials. The section shall indicate the height of the
building, rooms and parapet, drainage and slope of the roof. At least one section
should be taken through the staircase provided further that the structure plan
giving details of all structural elements and materials used along with structural
calculations shall be submitted separately but in any circumstances before the
issue of the building permit or commencement certificate;
vi. include sectional drawings of the building showing all sectional details including
staircase.
vii. show all street elevations.
viii. give dimensions of the projected portion beyond the permissible building line.

November 2018
ix. include terrace plan indicating the drainage and the slope of the roof.
x. give indication of the north line relative to the plan.
xi. give dimensions and details of doors, windows and ventilators.
xii. give such other particulars as may be required to explain the proposal.
(g) Building Plans for Special Buildings: For,
i. multi-storeyed buildings which are more than 15 m height; or
ii. buildings like educational, assembly, mercantile, institutional, public and semi-
public, industrial, storage and hazardous material, buildings having built up area
more than 500 sq.mt. on each floor; or
iii. buildings with mixed occupancies with any of the aforesaid occupancies
mentioned in (ii) above, having built-up area more than 500 sq.mt. on each floor.
The following additional information shall be furnished / indicated on the Building

Plans in addition to the items (i) to (xii) of Regulation No. 6.2.2(f)
(a) access to fire appliances/vehicles with details of vehicular turning circle and clear
motor able access way around the building except front margin, which should be of
atleast 6 mtr. or as decided by the Authority in consultation with the fire officer
(whichever is more);
(b) size (width) of main and alternate staircases, wherever necessary along with
balcony approach, corridor, ventilated lobby approach;
(c) location and details of lift enclosures;
(d) location and size of fire lift;
(e) smoke stop lobby/door, where provided;
(f) refuse chutes, refuse chamber, service duct, etc.;
(g) vehicular parking spaces;
(h) refuge area, if any;
(i) details of Building Services: - Air-conditioning system with position of fire dampers,
mechanical ventilation system, electrical services, boilers, gas pipes etc.,
(j) details of exits including provision of ramps, etc. for hospitals and buildings
requiring special fire protection measures,
(k) location of generator, transformer and switch gear room;
(l) smoke exhauster system, if any;
(m) details of fire alarm system network;
(n) location of centralized control, connecting all fire alarm systems, built in fire
protection arrangements and public address system etc;
(o) location and dimensions of static water storage tank and pump room alongwith fire
service inlets for mobile pump and water storage tank;
(p) location and details of fixed fire protection installations such as sprinklers, wet
risers, hose reels, drenchers, CO2 installation etc.;
(q) Location and details of first aid, fire-fighting equipment /installations;
(r) certificate of structural engineer about structural and earth-quake safety.
Provided further that the provision of fire escape staircase shall be made as per
Regulation No 41.25.7.

November 2018
6.2.3 Fees and Charges:

(a) Building/ layout permission application/Scrutiny Fee: The notice shall be
accompanied by an attested copy of receipt of payment of Building/ layout permission
application fee. These fees shall be as decided by the VC&MD from time to time subject
to Government orders, if any. Such fee shall be increased by 5 % per year. Provided
that, such fees shall not be applicable for the development proposals implemented by
Government / Government departments or Public Authorities of State or Central
Government.
(b) Security Deposit Fee: For ensuring the faithful compliance of Regulations and the
directions given in the sanctioned plan and other terms and conditions, a security fee
shall be charged at rates as specified by the VC&MD. The same shall be returned to the
owner after the issue of the full occupancy certificate for the building by the VC&MD.
(c) Development Charges: Development charges as required under Section 124 A of the
Maharashtra Regional and Town Planning Act, 1966 shall be deposited with the
Authority before issue of development permission/commencement certificate. In case of
revised permission, where no development is carried out in pursuance of the earlier
permission, amount of difference of development charges, if any, shall be levied and
recovered. In case of revised permission, where development is commenced in
pursuance of earlier permission, development charges shall be levied on the land and
built-up area, over and above the area covered in the earlier permission.
(d) Premium Charges: Premium charges as may be required to be recovered under these
Regulations shall be paid to the Authority before issue of development permission /
commencement certificate. The amount of premium collected shall be kept in a separate
account and it shall be utilised for developing new or upgradation of infrastructure as
well as implementation of development plan proposals and creation of civic amenities
etc as may be decided by the Authority from time to time.
(e) FSI Linked Premium (FLP): FSI Linked Premium (FLP) shall be payable to the
Authority for developments in the Development Plan area unless otherwise exempted
under these Regulations. The FLP shall be paid at the time of grant of Commencement
Certificate.
(f) Land Linked Premium: In order to recover the loss of revenue by way of premium
through GES, it is proposed to levy a nominal premium @ 5% of Market Value for land
as per Annual Statement of Rates (ASR) applied on entire land holding on Basic
Permissible FSI which is termed as "Land Linked Premium". The percentage of this
Premium is subject to change from time to time.
6.2.4 Clearances from Other Departments:
In case of development / construction of buildings requiring clearance from the authorities like
Civil Aviation Authority, Railways, Directorate of Industries, Maharashtra Pollution Control
Board, District Magistrate, Police Authority, Inspectorate of Boilers and Smoke Nuisance,
Defence Department, Maharashtra Coastal Zone Management Authority, State Environment
Impact Assessment Authority, Archaeological Department, Directorate of Explosives etc. the
relevant no objection certificates from these authorities, applicable to the occupancy, shall
also accompany the application.
In case of building identified in Regulation No.6.2.2.(g) the building scheme shall also be
subject to the norms of Maharashtra Fire Prevention and Life Safety Act, 2006 and shall also
be subject to the scrutiny of the Chief Fire Officer of SPA or in absence of such officer, officer
from the Directorate of the Maharashtra State Fire Services.

November 2018
6.2.5 Supervision
The notice /application shall be further accompanied by a certificate of supervision in the
prescribed form as given in Appendix-B, by a licensed Architect/ Engineer/ Structural
Engineer, as the case may be. In the event of the said licensed technical personnel ceasing
to be employed for the development work, further development work shall stand suspended
till a new licensed technical person is appointed.
6.3 a) Size of drawing sheets and colouring of plans:

The size of drawing sheets shall be any of those specified in Table No. 1.
TABLE 1: DRAWING SHEETS
Sr. No. Designation Trimmed Size, mm

1 A0 841 X 1189
2 A1 594 X 841
3 A2 420 X 594
4 A3 297 X 420
5 A4 210 X 297
i. If necessary, submission of plans on sheets bigger than A0 size is also permissible.

ii. All dimensions on plans shall be indicated only in metric units.
b) Colouring notations for plans

The plan shall be colour as specified in Table No.2 given below and prints of plan shall be on
one side of the paper only.
TABLE 2: COLOURING OF PLANS
Site Plan Building Plan
Sr.
Item Ammonia
No. White Plan White Plan Ammonia Print
Print
(1) (2) (3) (4) (5) (6)
1 Plot lines Thick Black Thick Black Thick Black Thick Black
2 Existing street Green Green ..... .....
Future street, if any Green dotted Green dotted ..... .....
3
Permissible building Thick dotted Thick dotted ..... .....
4 lines black Black
5 Existing work Black (Outline) Blue Black Blue
Work proposed to Yellow Yellow Yellow Hatched Yellow Hatched

6
be demolished Hatched Hatched
7 Proposed work Red (Outline) Red Red Red
Drainage & Red dotted Red dotted Red dotted Red dotted
8
Sewerage work
Water supply work Black dotted Black dotted Black dotted Black dotted
9
thin thin thin thin
Deviations from Red hatched Red hatched Red hatched Red hatched
10
sanctioned plan
Recreation ground Green wash Green wash Green wash Green wash
11
Note- For land development/sub-division/layout/building plan, suitable colouring notations

shall be used which shall be indexed.
6.4 Signing of the plan

All the plans shall be duly signed by the owner, co-owner, if any, and the architect or licensed
engineer / structural engineer / supervisor and shall indicate his name, address and license
number allotted by the Authority.

November 2018
6.5 Qualification and competence of the architect / licensed engineer / structural

engineer/ supervisor:
Engineer/structural engineer/ supervisor shall be registered / licensed by the Authority as
competent to sign plan and carry out various works as given in Appendix-C. The qualification
and procedure for registration and licensing of the engineer / structural engineer / supervisor /
shall be as given in Appendix-C. Architects registered with council of architecture shall not be
required to register with the Authority.
7.0 Grant or Refusal of Permission
i. After receipt of the notice/ application as mentioned in Regulation No.6.1 above, the Authority
may either sanction or refuse the plans or may sanction them with such modifications or
directions as it may deem necessary after having recovered the necessary charges and there
upon shall communicate its decision to the person giving the notice in the prescribed form
given in Appendix-D1/ D2/ D3 and E1/ E2 as the case may be within the time limit prescribed
in the Act.
ii. The building plans for buildings identified in Regulation No 6.2.2.(g) the building scheme shall
also be subject to the norms of Maharashtra Fire Prevention and Life Safety Act, 2006 and
shall also be subject to the scrutiny of the Chief Fire Officer, of the Authority/ officer of
Directorate of Fire Services, Maharashtra and the sanction / development permission shall be
issued by the Authority after the clearance from the Chief Fire Officer.
iii. In case of land subdivision or plotted layout, tentative layout shall be approved for demarcation
at first instance. After having demarcated the layout by the Land Records Department, the
owner shall submit the demarcated layout for final approval to the Authority and the Authority
shall examine, as per the provision laid down in Regulation No.9.0 (ii) and grant final approval
if it is in accordance with the tentative layout approved for demarcation or with minor changes
confirming to the Regulations. This shall also be mandatory to Group Housing Scheme/
Education Campus Planning or similar type of development where roads in the adjoining
layouts/ Development Plan roads are to be coordinated and/or amenity space is to be
earmarked.
iv. After the plan has been scrutinized and objections have been pointed out, the owner giving
notice shall modify the plan, comply with the objections raised and resubmit it. The prints of
plans submitted for final approval, shall not contain superimposed corrections. The Authority
shall grant or refuse the commencement certificate / building permit within 60 days from the
date of resubmission. No new objections may generally be raised when they are resubmitted
after compliance of earlier objections, except in circumstances to be quoted for additional
compliances.
8.0 Deemed Permission
If within sixty (60) days of receipt of the notice, along with necessary fees/ deposit under the
Regulations, the Authority fails to intimate in writing to the person, who has given the notice; of
its refusal or sanction or sanction with such modifications or directions, the notice with its
plans and statements shall be deemed to have been sanctioned, provided nothing shall be
construed to authorise any person to do anything on the site of the work in contravention or
against the terms of lease or titles of the land.
Provided further that, the development proposal, for which the permission was applied for, is
strictly in conformity with the requirements of provisions of these Regulations, or Regulations
framed in this behalf under any law for the time being in force and the same in no way violates

November 2018
either provisions of any draft or final plan or proposals published by means of notice,
submitted for sanction under the Act.
Provided further that, any development carried out in pursuance of such deemed permission
which is in contravention of the provisions mentioned above, shall be deemed to be an
unauthorized development for purposes of Sections 52 to 57 of the Maharashtra Regional and
Town Planning Act, 1966 and other relevant Acts.
Provided further that, upon receipt of intimation of any claim for deemed permission, the
VC&MD shall within fifteen days from the date of receipt of such claim, communicate its
remarks, if any, regarding deemed permission to the applicant, failing which, the proposal
shall be approved and commencement certificate and one set of duly approved plans for
proposed development shall be issued to the applicant within fifteen days thereafter.
Provided further that, necessary explanation shall be called from the concerned officer of the
Authority for not processing and disposing of the proposal within 60 days.
9.0 Commencement of Work & Extension of Period of Permission
i. The Commencement certificate/development permission shall remain valid for 4 years in the
aggregate but shall have to be renewed every year from the date of its issue. The application
for renewal shall be made before expiry of one year if the work is not already commenced.
Such renewal can be done for three consecutive terms of one year after which proposals shall
have to be submitted to obtain development permission afresh. If application for renewal is
made after expiry of the stipulated period during which commencement certificate is valid, then
the VC&MD may condone the delay for submission of application for renewal by charging
necessary fees; but in any case, commencement certificate shall not be renewed beyond 4
years from the date of commencement certificate/ development permission. Provided that no
such renewal shall be necessary if the work is commenced within the period of valid
permission.
ii. For the purpose of this Regulation, "Commencement" shall mean as under:
For a building work including Construction of basement upto ground level slab or
additions and alterations construction of building at plinth level, whichever is
minimum
For bridges and overhead Foundation and work up to the base floor under ground
tanks construction floor
For underground works/ Foundation and work upto floor level of underground floor
For layout, sub-division and Final demarcation and provision of water bound
amalgamation macadam roads complete
iii. In case of land subdivision / group housing schemes, it shall be the responsibility of the owner
/developer to construct all infrastructure including roads with asphalting, storm water drains,
sewer lines, water supply lines, development of recreational open spaces etc. In case of land
subdivision, these works shall generally be completed within two years and phase wise
building permission shall be granted depending upon the percentage of infrastructure work
completed. The layout plots should be released for construction in stages according to
infrastructure work completed. The condition to that effect shall be incorporated in the
commencement certificate. In case of group housing scheme, these works shall be completed
before completion of the project and occupancy certificate shall be granted phase wise as per
completion of infrastructure work.
iv. Only after handing over roads and infrastructure to the Authority after completion of scheme,
the responsibility of maintenance shall lie with the Authority in such cases these roads shall be

November 2018
treated as public road. Otherwise internal roads and infrastructures in the group housing
scheme shall be maintained by the owner / society.
10.0 Procedure During Construction
10.1 Owner / architect / developer / engineer / structural engineer / supervisor or any

licensed technical persons‟ liability:
Neither granting of the development permission nor the approval of the drawings and
specifications, nor the inspections, made by the VC&MD during erection of the building shall,
in any way relieve the Owner / Architect / Developer / Engineer / Structural Engineer /
Supervisor or any licensed technical person, of such building from full responsibility for
carrying out the work in accordance with the requirements of these Regulations. Every owner
shall, Permit the SPA MSRDC to enter the building or premises for which the permission has
been granted at any reasonable time for the purpose of enforcing these Regulations.
10.2 Documents at site:

i. Development Permission: The Person to whom development permission is issued shall,
during construction, keep;
(a) Posted in a conspicuous place, on the site in respect of which the permission is issued,
a copy of the Development permissions and
(b) A copy of the approved drawings and specifications referred to in Regulation No.7.0 on
the site in respect of which the development permission was issued.
ii. Display board mentioning name of the owner, name of architects, name of structural
engineer, details as per approved plan, except for small individual plot holders.
10.3 Checking of plinth, columns upto plinth level

The owner through his licensed surveyor, engineer, structural engineer or supervisor or his
architect, as the case may be, shall give notice in the form of Appendix-F to the VC&MD on
completion of work upto plinth level and where there is no plinth, construction above general
ground level upto 0.60 m to enable and ensure that the work conforms to the sanctioned
plans. The VC&MD may inspect the work jointly with the licensed technical personnel or
architect within 15 (fifteen) days from the receipt of such notice and either grant or refuse
permission for further construction as per the sanctioned plans in the form in Appendix-G. If
within this period, the permission is not refused it shall be deemed to have been granted,
provided the work is carried out strictly according to the sanctioned plans.
10.4 Deviation during constructions

If during construction of a building any deviation of a substantial nature from the sanctioned
plans is intended by way of internal or external additions, sanction of the VC&MD shall be
necessary. A revised plan showing such deviation shall be submitted and the procedure laid
down for the original plans shall apply to all such amended plans. Any work done in
contravention of the sanctioned plans, without prior approval of the VC&MD shall be deemed
as unauthorized. However, any changes made within the internal layout of a residential or
commercial unit, which do not violate FSI or other Regulations, shall not be treated as
unauthorised. Such changes shall be incorporated in plan along with completion certificate.
10.5 Completion certificate

The owner through his licensed surveyor / engineer / structural engineer/ supervisor or his
architect, as the case may be, who has supervised the construction, shall furnish a building

November 2018
completion certificate to the VC&MD in the form in Appendix-H this certificate shall be
accompanied by three sets of plans of the completed development.
10.6 Occupancy certificate

The VC&MD after inspection of the work and after satisfying himself that there is no deviation
from the sanctioned plans, issue an occupancy certificate in the form in Appendix-I or refuse
to sanction the occupancy certificate in Appendix-J within 21 days from the date of receipt of
the said completion certificate, failing which the work shall be deemed to have been approved
for occupation, provided the construction conforms to the sanctioned plans. One set of plans,
certified by the VC&MD, shall be returned to the owner along with the occupancy certificate.
Where the occupancy certificate is refused or rejected, the reasons for refusal or rejection
shall be given in intimation of the rejection or the refusal.
In case of building identified in Regulation No.6.2.2.(g), the occupancy certificate shall be

issued by the VC&MD, only after the clearance from the Chief Fire Officer, regarding the
completion of the work from fire protection point of view.
10.7 Part occupancy certificate

When requested by the holder of the development permission, the VC&MD may issue a part
occupancy certificate for a building or part thereof, before completion of the entire work, as per
development permission, provided sufficient precautionary measures are taken by the holder
to ensure public safety and health. The occupancy certificate shall be subject to the owners
indemnifying the VC&MD in the form in Appendix-K.
11.0 Inspection
The VC&MD shall have the power to carry out inspection of the work under the provisions of
the Act, at various stages to ascertain whether the work is proceeding as per the provisions of
Regulations and sanctioned plan.
12.0 Unsafe Buildings
All unsafe buildings shall be considered to constitute danger to public safety and hygiene and
sanitation and shall be restored by repairs or demolished or dealt with as otherwise directed
by the VC&MD. The redevelopment of such building shall be as per provisions mentioned in
these Regulations.
13.0 Revocation of Permission
(a) Without prejudice to the powers of revocation conferred by Section 51 of the Maharashtra
Regional and Town Planning Act, 1966, the VC&MD, after giving the opportunity of being
heard, revoke any development permission issued under these Regulations where it is
noticed by him that there had been any false statement or any misrepresentation of material
fact in the application on the basis of which the development permission was issued and
thereupon the whole work carried out in pursuance of such permission shall be treated as
unauthorized.
(b) In the case of revocation of the permission under above Regulation No.13.0 (a), no
compensation shall be payable.
14.0 Development Undertaken on Behalf of Government
As per the provisions of Section 58 of The Maharashtra Regional and Town Planning Act,
1966 the office in-charge of the Government Department shall inform in writing to the Authority

November 2018
of the intention to carry out its purpose along with details of such development or construction
as specified below:
(a) An official letter by the authorized officer of Government Department addressed to the
Authority, giving full particulars of the development work or any operational construction.
(b) Ownership document and measurement plan issued by the Competent Authority of Land
Records Department.
(c) Development / building plans conforming to the provisions of Development Plan and
these Regulations for the proposed development work to the scale specified in these
Regulations.
(d) The proposals of the Development Plan or Town Planning Scheme affecting the land.
(e) A Site Plan (in required no. of copies) of the area proposed to be developed to the scale.
(f) Detailed plan (of required copies) showing the plan, sections and elevations of the
proposed development work to the scale, including existing building specifying either to
be retained or to be demolished.
15.0 Items of Operational Construction by Some Authorities to be Excluded:
Construction for operational purpose, including maintenance of operational structures, by the

following organizations, authorities or departments, whether temporary or permanent, may be
exempted by the special permission of the VC&MD in each case from the purview of these
Regulations, except those relating to floor space index and fire precautions:
(a) Railway;
(b) National Highway;
(c) National Waterway;
(d) Airway and Aerodromes and Major Ports
(e) Posts and Telegraphs, Telephones, Wireless, Broadcasting and other like forms of
Communication;
(f) Regional grid for electricity;
(g) Defence Authorities and
(h) Any other services which the State Government may, if it is of opinion that the operation,
maintenance, development for execution of such services are essential to the life of the
community, by notification in the Official Gazette, declare to be a service for the purpose
of this Regulation
All such constructions shall, however, conform to the prescribed requirements for the
provision of essential services, water supply connections, drains, etc. to the satisfaction of the
VC&MD.
However, the following constructions of the Government Departments do not come under the
purview of operational construction for the purpose of exemption.
i. New residential building (other than gate lodges, quarters for limited essential operational
staff and the like), roads and drains in railway colonies, hospitals, clubs, institutes and
schools in case of railways; and
ii. A new building, new construction or new installation or any extension thereof, in case of
any other services.
However, no permission shall be necessary for the following works: -

November 2018
i. The carrying out of works in compliance with any order or direction made by any
Authority under any law for the time being in force.
ii. The carrying out of work by any Authority in exercise of its powers under any law for time
being in force.
iii. The carrying out of any works by the Central or State Government or any local Authority.
(a) required for the maintenance or improvement of highway, road or public street,
works being carried out on land within the boundaries of such highway, road or
public street;
(b) required the purpose of inspecting, repairing or renewing any drains, sewers mains,
pipes including gas pipes, cable, telephone or cables, or any other apparatus
including the breaking open of any street, or other land for the purpose.
Provided that the concerned Authority shall inform the Authority, in writing at the
earliest and pay the necessary restoration charges to the Authority within a month. The
restoration charges shall not be more than the expenditure incurred by the Authority to
restore the road etc. and supervision charges, if any.
iv. For the excavation (including wells) made in the ordinary course of agricultural operation.
v. For the construction of a road intended to give access to land solely for agricultural
purpose.
vi. For normal use of land which has been used temporarily for other purposes like marriage
pandals or for festive occasions; and
vii. In case of land, normally used for one purpose and occasionally used for any other
purpose, such occasional use of land for that other purpose.
16.0 Discretionary Powers
16.1 Interpretation
In conformity with the intent and spirit of these Regulations, the VC&MD may,
i. Decide on matters where it is alleged that there is an error in any order, requirement
decision, and determination on interpretation made by him or officer authorised by him in
the application of these Regulations;
ii. determine and establish the location of zonal boundaries in exceptional cases, or in cases
of doubt or controversy;
iii. decide boundaries of the survey number shown on development plan if it varies with the
boundaries as per revenue record/ measurement plan/ city survey sheets without affecting
the development plan proposals;
iv. decide the alignment of development plan road, where the street layout actually on the
ground or as per acquisition proposal varies from the street layout as shown on the
Development Plan;
v. decide the alignment of blue and red flood line on development plan where it varies with
the said lines given by the irrigation department from time to time;
vi. authorise erection of a building or use of premises for a public service undertaking for
public utility purposes only, where he finds such authorisation to be reasonably necessary
for the public convenience and welfare, even if it is not permitted in any Land Use
Classification;

November 2018
vii. Modify the limit of a zone where the boundary line of the zone divides the plot. In such
cases, the zone over the larger portion of the plot having area more than 50 percent shall
be considered.
16.2 Relaxation in specific cases

In specific cases, where a clearly demonstrable hardship is caused, the VC&MD by order in
writing may:
Permit any of the dimensions / provision prescribed by these Regulations to be modified

provided the relaxation sought does not violate the health safety, fire safety, structural safety
and public safety of the inhabitants of the buildings and the neighborhood. However, no
relaxation for the front setback required from the road boundary or F.S.I. or parking
requirements shall be granted under any circumstances. While granting relaxation/permission,
conditions may be imposed on size, cost or duration of the structure, abrogation of claim of
compensation, payment of deposit and its forfeiture for noncompliance and payment of
premium, as may be prescribed by the VC&MD.
16.3 Delegation of powers

Except the discretionary powers, and where the VC&MD‘s special permission is expressly
stipulated, the powers or functions vested in him by these Regulations may be delegated to
any official under his control, subject to his revision if necessary and to such conditions and
limitations, if any, as he may prescribe.
17.0 Temporary Construction:
The VC&MD may grant permission for temporary construction for a period not exceeding six
months at a time, in the aggregate not exceeding for a period of one year. Such permission
may be given by him for the construction of the following:
(a) Structures for protection from the rain or covering of the terraces during the monsoon
only.
(b) Film sets, temporary art works, Pandals/Shamiyanas/tent for fairs, ceremonies, and
religious function etc.
(c) Structures for godowns / storage of construction materials within the site.
(d) Structure for exhibitions / circuses etc.
(e) Structures for storage of machinery, before installation, for factories in industrial lands
within the site.
(f) Structures for ancillary works for quarrying operation in conforming zones.
(g) MAFFCO stalls, milk booths, telephone booths and ATM centres.
(h) Transit accommodation for persons to be rehabilitated in a new construction.
(i) Structures for educational and medical facilities within the site of the proposed building
during the phase of planning and constructing the said permanent buildings.
(j) Ready mix concrete plant.
(k) Temporary site offices, labour camps and watchman chowkies within the site only during
the phase of construction of the main building, with adequate water supply and sanitation
facilities.
Provided that temporary constructions for structures etc. mentioned at (c), (e), (h), (i), (j) and
(k) may be permitted to be continued temporarily by the VC&MD but in any case not beyond

November 2018
completion of construction of the main structure or building, and that structure in (f) and (g)
may be continued on annual renewable basis by the VC&MD beyond a period of one year.
Provided further that approval of Chief Fire Officer of the Authority shall be obtained wherever
necessary.
18.0 Unauthorised Development - Liability for Offences and Penalties:
Any person who contravene any of the provisions of these Regulations / any requirements or
obligations imposed on him by virtue of these Regulations including the maintenance of fire
protection services and appliances and lifts in working order or who interferes with or
obstructs any person in the discharge of his duties shall be guilty of an offence and upon
conviction shall:
(a) be punished with a fine as fixed by the VC&MD and as stipulated in Section 52 of The
Maharashtra Regional and Town Planning Act, 1966;
(b) further the VC&MD may take suitable actions including demolition of unauthorised works
as decided by the VC&MD as stipulated under Section 53 of the Maharashtra Regional
and Town Planning Act, 1966;
(c) in case of Licensed Engineer / Structural Engineer / Supervisor /Builder/developer, the
VC&MD may take suitable action against him which may include cancellation of license
and debarring him from further practice / business for a period as decided by the VC&MD;
(d) in case of registered architects, the VC&MD may report to the Council of Architecture to
take suitable action against the Registered Architect as per the provisions of Architect Act,
1972.
19.0 Amendment to Appendices
The VC&MD may amend the Appendices A to K (except Appendix-C) in these Regulations, as
and when necessary.
20.0 Provisions of NBC
Any aspect not covered in these Regulations or in particular the planning, design and
construction of building and its appurtenant services shall be done to the satisfaction of
VC&MD. The NBC shall be reference document for conformity regarding the various aspects.
The latest version to the NBC shall be referred at the time of enforcement of these
Regulations.
21.0 Clarification
If any question or dispute arises with regards to interpretation of any of these Regulations, the
matter shall be referred to the Director of Town Planning, Maharashtra State, who after
considering the matter and after giving hearing to the parties, if necessary, shall give a
decision on the interpretation of the provisions of these Regulations. The decision of the
Director of Town Planning, Maharashtra State, on the interpretation of these Regulations,
shall be final and binding on the concerned party or parties.

November 2018
PART II- GENERAL LAND DEVELOPMENT

REQUIREMENTS
22.0 Requirements of Sites
22.1 Sites not Eligible for Construction of Building:

No piece of land shall be used as a site for the construction of building,
(a) if the Authority considers that the site is insanitary, incapable of being well drained or it is
dangerous to construct a building on it;
(b) if the site is within a distance of 6 m. from the edge of water mark of a minor water course
(like nallah) and 15 m. from the edge of water mark of a major water course (like river,
water body) shown on Development Plan or village/city survey map or otherwise,
provided that where a minor water course passes through a low lying land without any
well-defined banks, the owner of the property may be permitted by the VC&MD to restrict
and or to re-align the same within the same land, along with cross section as determined
by the VC&MD without changing the position of the inlet and outlet of the water course. In
such case marginal open space shall be atleast 4.50 m. from the edge of the trained nala.
Notwithstanding anything contained hereinabove, the VC&MD shall be entitled to

take cognizance of the existence of all water courses whether shown on the Development
Plan or not, while sanctioning layouts and no person shall take any action without the
permission of the VC&MD which results in reducing the water way or closing or filling up
of any existing water course. If any watercourse, whether shown in the Development
Plan/Revenue Record or not, but existing on the site/land, owned by private person, the
area under such water course shall not be deducted for computation of FSI.
(c) if the owner of the building has not proposed appropriate measures required to safeguard
the construction from constantly getting damp to the satisfaction of the VC&MD.
(d) if the use of the site is for the purpose, which in the opinion of the VC&MD will be a
source of annoyance to the health and comfort of the inhabitants of the neighborhood.
(e) if the proposed use of land or occupancy of the building on the site does not conform to
the land use proposals in the development plans or Zoning Regulations.
(f) if the level of the site is less than prescribed datum level depending on topography and
drainage aspects.
(g) if it doesn‘t derive access from an authorized street/means of access described in these
Regulations.
(h) if it is within the river/lake boundary and blue flood line of the river (prohibitive zone),
unless otherwise specified.
(i) if the site is not developable / buildable by virtue of restrictions imposed under any law or
guidelines of any Government Department.
(j) if the site is hilly and having gradient more than 1:5.
22.2 Distance of site from electric lines:

No structure including veranda or balcony shall be allowed to be erected or re-erected or any
additions or alterations made to a building on a site within the distance quoted in Table No. 3
below in accordance with the prevailing Indian Electricity Rules and its amendments from time

November 2018
to time between the building and any overhead electric supply line. No activity shall be
permissible under electric lines, and buffer zones, except afforestation and plantation.
TABLE 3: DISTANCE FROM ELECTRIC LINES

Vertically Horizontally
Voltage Lines
(Meters) (Meters)
Low and medium voltage Lines and
2.50 1.20
service lines.
High voltage lines up to and including
3.70 2.00
33,000 V
Extra High voltage lines beyond 3.70 2.00
33,000 V (Plus 0.3 m. for every additional 33,000 V or part thereof)
Note-The minimum clearance specified above shall be measured from maximum sag for vertical
clearance and from maximum deflection due to wind pressure for horizontal clearance.
22.3 Construction within Blue and Red flood line:

i. Area between the river bank and blue flood line (Flood line towards the river bank) shall
be prohibited zone for any construction and activities mentioned in Regulation No.25.7
and any other uses as may be allowed with prior approval of Irrigation Department shall
be permissible in this zone subject to conditions mentioned therein provided the land is
feasible for such development.
Provided further that redevelopment of the existing authorised properties within river
bank and blue flood line marked on development plan, may be permitted at a height of
0.45 m above red flood line level subject to NOC from Irrigation Department.
ii. Area between blue flood line and red flood line shall be restrictive zone for the purposes of
construction. The construction within this area may be permitted at a height of 0.45 m
above the red flood line level.
iii. If the area between the river bank and blue flood line or red flood line forms the part of the
entire plot in developable zone i.e. residential, commercial, public-semi-public, industrial,
then, FSI of this part of land may be allowed to be utilised on remaining land.
iv. The blue and red flood line shown on the development plan shall stand modified as and
when it is modified by the Irrigation Department for a stretch of water course. In such case
it shall be necessary to issue order to that effect by the VC&MD.
22.4 Development within 30 m from Railway boundary
For any construction within 30 m from railway boundary, No Objection Certificate from Railway
Authority shall be necessary.
22.5 Environmental Clearance

Environmental Clearance shall be necessary and be submitted for the project as prescribed
by the Ministry of Environment from time to time.
22.6 (a) Development along Highways / Classified roads

The development along the highways shall be subject to the provisions of State Highways Act,
1965 and National Highway Act, 1956 and orders issued by Public Works Department in this
regards, from time to time.
A service road of 12 m wide shall be provided along State and National Highways on both
sides. These service roads may not be provided in piecemeal where authorized development /
construction have already taken place without the provisions of service road.

November 2018
(b) Width of roads to be considered while granting development permissions as mentioned in

table given below:
Sr.
Category of Road Width of Road Remarks
No
(1) (2) (3) (4)
Width Inclusive of 12mt service roads on
1 National Highway 60 m
both sides
Width Inclusive of 9mt service roads on both
2 State Highway 45 m
sides
3 Major Distt. Road 24 m No service road required
4 Other Distt. Road 18 m No service road required
5 Village Road 15 m No service road required
Note:
1) If the width of any existing road is more than what is specified in above table then the greater width
shall prevail.
2) The above widths of road are subject to vary according to guidelines or circulars issued by the
respective department
(c) No Development abutting Expressway shall be permitted without obtaining the NOC from
the competent authorities.
(d) The display of advertising signs within the boundaries of the Expressway, National
Highway and state highways or within 30 m from such boundaries, shall be in accordance
with Part 10, Section 2 - Signage and Outdoor Display structure of NBC of India.
22.7 Distances from Land Fill sites

For any residential development, segregating distance from the land fill site shall be observed
as specified under Solid Waste Management Rules in force from time to time or as specified
by Competent Authority.
22.8 Restrictions in the vicinity of Airport

Height restriction in the vicinity as well as the funnel of the Airport, as may be specified by the
concerned Authority from time to time, shall be observed.
22.9 Restrictions in the vicinity of Ancient Monuments

Restrictions for Development in the vicinity of the declared monuments as prescribed under
the Ancient Monuments and Archaeological Sites and Remains Act,1960 and Maharashtra
Ancient Monuments and Archaeological Sites and Remains Act, 1960 shall be observed.
22.10 Development along Gas Pipelines

Wherever development is proposed along gas pipelines or other such pipelines, No Objection
Certificate from respective authorities shall be necessary.
22.11 Restrictions by Other Departments

Restrictions imposed on any development by any other department of Government under the
provisions of their Act shall be followed.
22.12 Authorities to supply complete Information to the Authority

It is the duty of the concerned authorities putting restrictions as per their respective
legislations/ Regulations/ rules to submit the full details of restrictions (including graded
restriction, if any) along with the relevant map detailing restrictions to the Authority. In the
interest of increasing ease of doing business, no individual applicant should be required to
approach the concerned departments for NOC. However, it is the duty of the applicant to
ensure that restrictions informed by the authorities are followed scrupulously. The VC&MD

November 2018
shall ensure compliance of the restriction informed by the concerned authorities while
sanctioning the development permission.
23.0 Means of Access
(a) Every plot / building whether existing or proposed, shall have existing and authentic
means of access as required in these Regulations.
(b) Every person who erects a building shall not at any time erect or cause or permit to erect
or re-erect any building which in any way encroaches upon or diminishes the area set
apart as means of access.
(c) The means of access shall be clear of required marginal open spaces from the existing
building line. In no case, development on plots shall be permitted unless it is accessible by
the authorized public street existing prior to coming in to force of these Regulations or
existing road from the layout sanctioned prior to these Regulations.
24.0 Regulations for Land Sub -Division and Layout
24.1 Obligation to prepare layout

Building layout or Sub-division proposal shall be submitted for the following:
i. When more than one building, excepting accessory buildings in the case of residential
building, is proposed on any land, the owner of the land shall submit proposal for proper
layout of building.
ii. When development and redevelopment of any land which includes division and sub-
division or amalgamation of plots for various land uses is proposed.
iii. When group housing scheme or campus /cluster planning of any use is proposed.
24.2 Roads/ streets in land subdivision or layout

A) For Residential Development -
The plots shall abut on a public means of access like street / road. Minimum width of access /
layout road / internal road in any development proposal / subdivision / group housing shall be
as given in Table No.4.
Means of Access for Residential Development
TABLE 4: MEANS OF ACCESS
Length of Means of Access Width of Means of Access
Sr. No.
in m. in m.
i Up to 150 9.00
ii Above 150 and upto300 12.00
iii Above 300 15.00
B) For Other than Residential Development -
The minimum width of access / layout road / internal road in any development proposal other
than residential (for commercial/industrial use) shall be as given in Table No. 4 (a).

November 2018
Means of Access for Other than Residential Development

Table No.4 (a) MEANS OF ACCESS
Sr. No.
in m. in m.
i Up to 75 12
ii 75 to 150 15
iii Above 150 18 or more
Note - For layout or part of layout where plots of 50 sq.mt or less are proposed for
Economically Weaker Sections (EWS), 4.5 m wide road of length upto 60 m and 6 m wide
road of length upto 100 m maybe permitted. Only EWS plots shall abut on both sides of such
6 m wide road.
C) For Group Housing Schemes.

In case of group housing schemes minimum width of internal means of access shall be as
given in Table No. 4(b).
Table No.4(b) MEANS OF ACCESS

Sr.No.
in m. in m.
1 Up to 150 7.50
2 Above 150 and upto 300 9.00
3 Above 300 and up to 600 12.00
4 Above 600 15.00
Note 1- In case of group housing scheme, if building is proposed as mentioned in Regulation

No. 6.2.2.(g) then such plot shall abut on minimum road width of 12 m.
Note 2- It shall be necessary to provide through roads, in group housing scheme of area more
than 2 Hectare, so as to coordinate the adjoining major road link (15 m and above) or give
way to new road link for adjoining area. The road width required for such road link shall be as
per Table No.4 such obligation of providing new road link of 15 m width shall not be necessary
where adjoining layout road of 15 m or more is being co-ordinated. This shall not bar
coordination of smaller width roads approaching from adjoining area, if owner so desires.
Further the Authority may insist on co-ordination of smaller width road from adjoining area, if
required from planning point-of-view.
D) Pathways
A pedestrian approach to the buildings from roads/ street /internal means of access wherever
necessary, shall be through paved pathway of width not less than 2.0 m, 3.0 m and 4.5 m
provided its length measured from exit way of the building is not more than 20 m, 40 m and 60
m respectively from the means of access. If the length is more than 60m, then width of the
road as provided under Regulation No.24.2.(A),(B),(C) shall be necessary. The marginal
distances shall not be required from such pathways, however, distance between two buildings
shall be maintained. This provision shall also apply to group housing scheme or layout of
building for other uses.
24.2.1 The length of means of access shall be determined by the distance from the farthest plot
(building) to the public street. The length of the subsidiary access way shall be measured from
the point of its origin to the next wider road on which it meets.
24.2.2 In the interest of general development of an area, the VC&MD may require the means of

November 2018
access to be of larger width than that required under Regulation No. 24.2.
24.2.3 While granting the development permission for land sub-division or group housing/campus
planning, it shall be necessary to coordinate the roads in the adjoining lands subject to
provisions mentioned in Regulation No.24.2.C (Note no 2).
24.2.4 In case where a private passage is unrestrictedly used by public for more than 10 years as a
means of access of width not less than 9 m, to a numbers of plots, the VC&MD may take
steps including improvement under, the provision of relevant act to declare it as a public
street.
24.2.5 In congested areas/Gaothan in the case of plots facing street / means of access less than 4.5
m, in width, the plot boundary shall be shifted to be away by 2.25 m from the centre line of the
street/ means of access to give rise to a new street / means of access of width of 4.5 m, clear
from the structural projections.
24.2.6 Means of access shall be levelled, metalled, flagged, paved, sewered, drained, channelled,
lighted, laid with water supply line and provided with trees for shade (wherever necessary) to
the satisfaction of the Authority, free of encroachment and shall be maintained in a condition
to the satisfaction of the VC&MD.
24.2.7 If any private street or any other means of access to a building is not constructed &
maintained as specified above, the Authority may by written notice require the owner or
owners of the several premises fronting or adjoining the said street or other means of access
or abutting thereon or to which access is obtained through such street or other means of
access or which shall benefit by works executed to carry out any or more of the aforesaid
requirements in such manner and within such time as the Authority shall direct. If the owner or
owners fail to comply with this direction, the Authority may arrange for its execution and
recover the expenses incurred from the owner/ owners.
24.2.8 Cul-de-sacs:
In addition to the provisions of Regulation No.23.0, Cul-de-sacs giving access to plots and
extending upto 150 m normally and 275 m maximum with an additional turning space at 150
m will be allowed only in residential area, provided that Cul-de-sacs would be permissible only
on straight roads and further provided that cul-de-sacs ends shall be higher in level than the
level of starting point. The turning space, in any case shall be not less than 81 sq.mt in area,
with no dimension being less than 9 m.
24.2.9 Means of access to Special Buildings of Regulation no 6.2.2(g) :

(a) The width of the main street on which the Plot abuts shall not be less than 12 m and one
end of this street shall join another street of width not less than 12 m in width.
(b) The open spaces on its all sides shall be minimum of 6 m width or as per Regulation
No.26.2.4 whichever is more and the layout for the same shall be approved in
consultation with the Chief Fire Officer of the Authority or in absence of such officer,
officer from the Directorate of the Fire Services of Govt. of Maharashtra and the same
shall be of hard surface capable of taking the weight of fire engine. The said open space
shall be kept free of obstructions and shall be motorable.
(c) Main entrances to the plot shall be of adequate width to allow easy access to the fire
engine and in no case it shall measure less than 4.5 m. The entrance gate shall fold back
against the compound wall of the premises, thus leaving the exterior access way within
the plot free for movement of fire service vehicles. If main entrance at boundary wall is
built over, the minimum clearance shall be 4.5 m.

November 2018
24.2.10 Land locked plot:

In case of a plot surrounded on all sides by other plots i.e. a land locked plot which has no
access to any street or road, the Authority may require access through an adjoining plot or
plots which shall, as far as possible be nearest to the street or road, to the land locked plot, at
the cost of owner of the land-locked plot and such other conditions as the VC&MD may
specify.
If the Plot is land locked by any reservation, then access may be made available by shifting of
reservation (within owner‘s land). In such cases such land locked plot is considered to be
fronting on the main road from which the access is made available irrespective of the width of
internal road / access.
24.2.11 Whenever called upon by the Planning Authority to do so, areas under roads shall be
handed over to the Authority by way of deed after development of the same for which
nominal amount of re 1/- shall be paid by the Authority.
24.2.12 Intersection of roads:
At junctions of roads meeting at right angles, the rounding off at the intersection shall be done,
unless otherwise directed by the VC&MD, with the tangent length from the point of intersection
to the curve being 1/2 the road width across the direction of tangent as given in Fig 2. The
building shall also set back at required marginal distance from this rounding off.
Figure 2: Rounding off Intersections at junctions of roads meeting at right angles
Figure 3: Rounding off Intersections at junctions of roads meeting at acute and obtuse angles
For junctions of road meetings at less than 60 degrees, the rounding off or cut or similar
treatment shall have tangent length of U and V from the intersections point as shown in Figure
2. The tangent length at obtuse angle junction shall be equal to half the width of the road from
which the vehicle enters as shown in Fig 3. Provided however, that the radius for the junction
rounding shall not be less than 6 m.

November 2018
24.3 Recreational open spaces

In any layout or subdivision or any development of land for any use/zone, admeasuring 0.20
Ha. or more after deducting D. P. Road and reservation area, if any, 10% of the land under
layout or subdivision shall be reserved as recreational open space which shall as far as
possible be provided in one place. In case of land admeasuring more than 0.80 Ha,
recreational open space may be allowed to be left at different locations in the same layout.
24.3.1 Provided further that,
i. If the area under subdivision/layout is less than 0.20 Ha, the recreational open space may
not be insisted, however 10% area of the land under layout shall not be considered for
computation of FSI. The basic FSI of such subdivided plot shall be restricted to 90% of
basic FSI as mention in Table no 11.
ii. No such open space shall be necessary in case of layout or subdivision of plots from
already sanctioned layout by the Authority where the requisite recreational open space
has already been left in the sanctioned layout.
iii. In case of development of land for educational purpose, 40% of the gross area (or as
decided by the Government from time to time) shall be earmarked for playground which
shall be inclusive of 10% recreational open space. Notwithstanding anything contained in
this rule, the shape and location of such open space shall be such that it can be properly
utilized as playground. Provided that, FSI of such playground shall be available on rest of
the plot area.
iv. Provided further that no such open space shall be necessary for development of the
reservations in the development plans designated for the purpose other than residential.
v. Provide further that no such open space shall be necessary for development of users
mentioned in Regulation No. 25.9 with restriction on permissible FSI upto 0.2.
24.3.2 The owner shall have to give an undertaking that the recreational open space shall be
for the common use of all the residents or occupants of the layout / building unit.
(a) On sanction of the development permission, the recreational open space shall deem to
have vested in the society/association of the residents/occupants. In case such society or
association is to be formed, the possession/custody of recreational open space shall
remain with the VC&MD until such association/society is formed. In case of group housing
scheme, if the developer/owner intend to develop such open space for bonafide use of
resident, then the VC&MD may allow the same while granting the development
permission. The recreational open space shall not be sold/leased out to any other person
and it shall not be put to any other user except for the common use of residents /
occupants.
(b) If the Authority is convinced that there is misuse of open spaces; in such case the
Authority shall take over the land of recreational open space.
24.3.3 No permission shall be granted to delete / reduce open spaces of the existing sanctioned
layout / subdivision. However, while revising the layout, such recreational open space may be
rearranged without decrease in area subject to minimum prescribed area under these
Regulations with the consent of plot / tenement holders / co-owners; but such revision of
recreational open space area shall ordinarily not be allowed after a period of 4 years from the
first sanction.
24.3.4 The open spaces shall be exclusive of roads, streets, means of accesses, internal roads,
designations or reservations in development plan roads and areas for road widening.
24.3.5 No such recreational open spaces shall admeasure less than 200 sq.mt.

November 2018
24.3.6 Such recreational open space may be allowed to be left in green belt area shown on the
development plan, excluding 15 m. Width along river bank and 6 m. Along nala, provided such
recreational space is sizable.
Provided that, structures and uses permissible as per Regulation No.24.3.8 shall not be
allowed in such open spaces.
24.3.7 Minimum dimensions -the minimum dimensions of such recreational open space shall be not
less than 10 m. And if the average width of such recreational open space is less than 20 m.
The length thereof shall not exceed 2 ½ times the average width.
24.3.8 Structure and uses which can be permitted free of FSI in the recreational open spaces shall
be as under:
i. The maximum permissible built up area shall be 15 % of recreational open space, out of
which 10% built up area shall be allowed on ground floor and remaining 5% can be
permitted on 1st floor.In case of stilt floor, 10% shall be allowed on first floor and 5% built
up area shall be allowed on second floor.
ii. The structures used for the purpose of pavilion or gymnasia or club house or vipashyana
and yoga centre or crèche or kindergarten or library or water tank, or other structures for
the purpose of sports and recreation activity may be permitted.
iii. Convenience Shopping below pavilion facing on road on payment of premium at the rate
of 10 % of the land rate in ASR with requisite side margin required for stadium may be
allowed.
iv. A swimming pool may also be permitted in such a recreational open space. The
ownership of such structures and other appurtenant users shall vest in all the owners on
account of whose cumulative holdings; the recreational open space is required to be kept
in the land.
v. The proposal for the construction, if any, shall come from the owner/s, owners‘ society /
societies or federation of owners‘ societies and shall be meant for the beneficial use of the
owners / members of such society / societies / federation of societies. The owners‘ society
/ societies, the federation of the owners‘ societies shall submit to the VC&MD, a registered
undertaking agreeing to these conditions while obtaining permission for the above said
construction.
vi. The remaining area of the recreational open space shall be kept open to sky and properly
accessible to all members as a place of recreation, garden or a playground.
24.3.9 Every plot meant for a recreational open space shall have an independent means of access.
In case of group housing scheme, if such recreational open space is surrounded by buildings
and is meant for use by the occupants of those buildings, then independent means of access
may not be insisted.
24.4 Amenity Space for layouts of larger areas in Residential /Commercial

In any layout or sub division of plots or development proposal, having area 1.00 hectare or
more, amenity space of 10 % on gross area excluding area under development plan road and
reservation shall be provided while granting permission to the layout / development proposal.
These amenity space shall be deemed to be a reservation in development plan and floor
space index (FSI) in lieu thereof may be made available in-situ (on remaining land). The
calculation of this in-situ FSI shall be shown on the layout / building plan. If the owner desires
to have TDR against it, instead of in-situ FSI, then he may be awarded TDR. The generation
of TDR or in-situ FSI shall be equivalent to the quantum mentioned in TDR Regulation.

November 2018
Provided that, it shall not be necessary to provide such amenity space, if the land is
proposed to be developed for IT or ITES users only and having area up to 2.00 hectare.
Provided that, if there is any development plan reservation proposed in the land, then area of
such reservations may be adjusted against this amenity space and the owner of the said land
may not be required to part with the area for the amenity space to that extent. However, such
area under reservation shall be handed over, free from all encumbrances, to the Authority at
the time of approval of the development proposal.
Provided that, the VC&MD shall ensure that amenity space shall be earmarked in the layout
so that after amalgamating the amenity spaces in the adjacent layouts, it becomes larger in
area. It shall be approachable by minimum 12 m wide road except the cases where 12 m
Approach road to the site is not available.
Provided further that, if the amenity space is less than 200 sq.mt in area and not suitable for
creation of amenity, then, VC&MD may instead of open land insist for amenity space in the
form of built up area equal to 50% of amenity space as decided by the VC&MD this built up
amenity space preferably on ground floor and TDR shall be allowed for such construction
amenity as mentioned in TDR Regulations.
Provided that, this Regulation shall not be applicable to Regulation no.25.5.2 (i.e Regulation
for allowing Residential /Commercial user in Industrial Zone), wherein separate provision for
land for public amenities / utilities is made.
Provided further that, this Regulation shall not be applicable where entire development
permission is for amenities specified in definition of amenity space.
Provided further that, this Regulation shall not be applicable for revision of earlier sanctioned
development permissions granted under the Regulations in force prior to these Regulations,
where no such amenity space is provided in earlier sanctioned development permission.
However, if some amenity space is provided in the earlier permission, then quantum of such
amenity space in the revised permission:
i. shall be limited to the area provided in earlier permission.

ii. shall not be reduced even though area of such amenity space is more than what is
specified in this Regulation.
24.4.1 Uses permissible in Amenity Space provided under Regulation No. 24.4
The area earmarked for amenity space shall be developed for uses such as open spaces,
parks recreational grounds, playgrounds, sports complex, gardens, convenience shopping,
parking lots, primary and secondary schools, nursery, health club, old age home, working
women hostel, child day care centre, skill development centre, sub post-office, police station,
electric substation, ATM of banks, electronic cyber library, open market, garbage bin, water
supply, electricity supply and including other utilities, services and conveniences. Any other
use not mentioned above may be allowed in consultation with Director of Town Planning
Maharashtra State, Pune.
24.4.2 Development of Amenity Space:

Development of Amenity Space may be carried out by the Authority, or the owner may be
allowed to develop the same for the amenities as per priorities mentioned here in below, if
allowed to do so by the VC&MD.
The priority for development of particular amenity in particular residential area shall be
decided by the VC&MD. If the VC&MD is of the opinion that the amenity space is required to
be developed for playground, garden, park, primary school, high school, hospital, dispensary,

November 2018
fire brigade station, police station, electric sub-station, parking and like other services, etc.
Then, such amenity space shall be handed over to the Authority and the Authority shall
develop for the said purpose. If the VC&MD is of the opinion that, the amenity space is not
required for above mentioned purposes then on satisfaction that the proposal is in public
interest he may allow the owner to develop the same for the other amenities mentioned in this
Regulation.
However, building plan for development of such amenity shall be got approved along with the
regular proposal of development on the land and the development of such amenity shall be
carried out ahead of development on owner‘s land. At any point of time, if it is observed that
there is breach of condition, the development permission of the entire land shall be revoked by
the VC&MD. The agreement to that effect shall be executed and also condition to that effect
shall be incorporated in commencement letter.
After construction of the amenity, it shall be the responsibility of the owner to maintain the
amenity and make it available for the use by the public, on reasonable charges, wherever
necessary, on terms and condition as may be decided by the VC&MD. This shall be the part
of agreement to be executed between the VC&MD and the owner.
Wherever, after construction of amenity, it is to be handed over to the Authority as per

agreement, then, the owner shall be entitled for the further TDR as mentioned in TDR
Regulation.
Any other use not mentioned in these Regulations may be allowed to be developed by the
VC&MD similar to the use of amenity.
Provided that, the amenity spaces which are earmarked in the layout tentatively or finally
sanctioned earlier and not developed so far, may also be allowed to be developed as
mentioned in this Regulation.
24.5 Provision for Electric Sub-Station:

In case of development/re-development of any land, building or premises mentioned below,
provision for Electric Sub-Stations may be made as under, if the requirement for the same is
considered necessary by the concerned power supply Authority.
1. Plot above 2000 sq.mt and less than 2.0 hectare- one single transformer sub-station of
the size of 5 mx5 m and height of not more than 5 m.
2. Layout or sub-division of a plot measuring 2.0 ha or more - a suitable site for an electric
sub-station (11kv/33kv/110kv.) As decided by the VC&MD.
Provided that the sub-station is constructed in such a manner that it is away from main
building at a distance of at least 3 mt. and in general does not affect the required side
marginal distances or prescribed width or internal access or larger open space or as may be
decided by the VC&MD.
24.6 Minimum plot area, plot width for various uses:

Minimum plot areas for various uses shall be as given in Table No.5 below,

November 2018
TABLE 5: MINIMUM PLOT AREA, PLOT WIDTH FOR VARIOUS USES

Sr. Plot area Min. Plot
Uses Type of Development
No. (in sq.mt.) Width
(1) (2) (3) (4) (5)
1 Residential and Commercial 30 and above As per Row Housing
(except those in 2,3 & 4 below) but upto 125 Table No.9
Above 100 but Semi-detached /

less than 250 Detached
250 & above Detached
2 Plots in EWS Housing / High 20 and above As per Row Housing
Density Housing / Sites and but upto 125 Table No.9
Services / Slum Up-gradation /
Reconstruction Scheme by
public Authority.
3 Petrol Filling station-
(a) Without service bay 545 16.75 m Detached
(b) With service bay 1100 30.5 m Detached.
4 Industrial 300 10 m Detached.
5 Cinema Theatre /Assembly The minimum size of plots for cinema theatre/ assembly
Halls building shall be on the basis of seating capacity of the
building at the rate 3.0 sq.mt per seat, subject to
minimum 1000 sq.mt.
6 Public Entertainment The minimum size of plots shall be 1000 sq.mt
Hall/Mangal Karyalaya
7 Other Buildings The minimum size of plots for buildings like business,
educational, mercantile and other uses which are not
specified in this Regulation, shall be decided by the VC &
MD
Note: In case of Sr.No.1, pattern of development permissible within a plot shall be shown in dotted
line while approving the layout. However change in pattern may be permitted in future, if it fits in to
above pattern of development and does not disturb the overall pattern of development already
approved.
24.7 Provision of plots / tenements for EWS/LIG:

The provision regarding inclusive housing in development proposal shall be made applicable
as mentioned at Regulation No.37.A.
24.8 Amalgamation of plots:

(a) Amalgamation of plots shall be permissible if they form a sizable plot from planning point
of view and are contiguous.
(b) Amalgamation of plot having different tenure/ incompatible zoning in Development Plan
shall not be permitted.
(c) The amalgamation of plot which is not desirable from planning point of view (eg. As
shown in below) shall not be permitted.

November 2018
Figure 4: Amalgamation of plot
24.9 Net plot area for computation of FSI:

For the purpose of computing FSI/built - up area, the net area of the plot shall be considered.
Such net area shall be computed as under:
i. in case of a plotted layout/sub-division /group housing scheme/ any development, net

area shall be the balance area of the plot, after deducting from the total area of plot, the
area covered by development plan roads, reservations and deemed reservations like
amenity spaces, if any.
ii. in case of plotted layout, FSI of such net area shall be distributed on all plots on prorata
basis or on certain plots on which the land owner desires, subject to maximum receiving
potential described in these Regulations.
iii. in case of plots from the approved layouts, the same plot shall be treated as net plot area
and shall be eligible for full permissible FSI under these Regulations.
iv. the above Regulations in respect of net plot area and computation of FSI shall apply to
proposals in all land use zones.
24.10 Relocation of DP sites/DP proposals while approving the subdivision of land:

If the land proposed to be laid out for any development is affected by any reservations for
public purposes, the VC&MD may agree to adjust the boundaries of the reservation or shift
the location of such reservation to suit development without altering the area of such
reservation. Provided that, no such shifting of the reservations shall be permitted-
(a) if the reservation proposed to be relocated is in parts;

(b) beyond 300 m of the location in the development plan;
(c) beyond the same holding of the owner in which such reservation is located;
(d) unless the alternative location and size is at least similar to the location and size of the
development plan as regards access, levels, etc;
(e) unless the relocation is within area covered by the layout or development permission
under sanction; and
(f) if the reservation is already shifted under these Regulations;
(g) if the land is reserved in view of its geographical location like bio-diversity proposal, nala
training reservation etc.

November 2018
Provided further that, relocation of the reservation from a land may also be permitted on any
land within 200 meters belonging to other owner‘s land if the other owner consents to such
relocation of reservation on his land and consents to hand over his land to the planning
Authority where reservation is proposed to be relocated in lieu of TDR subject to conditions
mentioned in sub Regulation No. 24.10.(d) and 24.10.(f) above.
All such relocation of the reservations / alignment of roads shall be carried out in consultation
with the Divisional Head of concerned division of the Town Planning Department and shall be
reported by the VC&MD to the government under intimation to the Director of Town Planning
at the time of sanctioning the development permission. The Development Plan shall deem to
be modified to that extent.

November 2018
PART III- LAND USE CLASSIFICATION AND

PERMISSIBLE USES.
25.0 General
1. In case of development / re-development of any land, building or premises, the intended use
shall conform to the land use zones, purpose of designation, allocation or reservation, as the
case may be, in the development plan, unless specified otherwise.
2. Lawful existing non-conforming uses: Any lawful non-conforming use of premises existing
prior to the date of enforcement of these regulations, shall continue and may be allowed to be
expanded within the holding in the original sanction, unless in the opinion of the VC&MD the
activity poses danger to public safety and/or life and that when a building, containing non-
conforming use is pulled down or has fallen down, the use of the new building shall be in
conformity with these Regulations or with lawful existing use.
3. Discontinuance of zoning in pursuance of existing use: If any private land is shown in

Public Semi-public / public utility, because of the activity existed there-on, such lands shall be
deemed to have been shown in the adjoining predominant zone after such activity ceases to
exist and thereupon, the development shall be permissible as per the adjoining predominant
zone.
4. Drafting error: Draftsman errors which are required to be corrected as per actual situation on
site or as per the city survey record or sanctioned layout etc. or correction in existing
boundaries of the establishments like PWD, Reserved Forest, Eco Sensitive Zones, MIDC,
etc. is required to be corrected as per city survey record or revenue record or as per
acquisition and possession of lands or as per valid sanctioned layout etc. may be corrected by
the VC&MD in consultation with the Joint Director, Town Planning, Konkan Division, Konkan.
In respect of High Tension Line, the alignment shown on DP is to be corrected or deleted

wherever required by the VC&MD in consultation with the concerned department. However,
due to shifting or deletion of such High Tension Line, the land use zone of lands (before
shifting) under H.T. Line shall be the zone of adjoining land.
The VC&MD, after due verification and satisfying himself regarding such error, shall issue a
written, well-reasoned, speaking order modifying Development Plan to that effect and copy of
such order in original shall be forwarded to the Government in Urban Development
Department and Director of Town Planning, Maharashtra State, Pune for record.
5. Error regarding existing nalas, river, canal, lake and like water bodies, pandhan etc.
The VC&MD may correct the draftsman‘s / typographical errors on Development Plan in
respect of showing alignment of existing nalas, river, canal, lake and like water bodies,
pandhan (village roads) etc. by taking into account a Revenue/Land Record or City Survey,
village map and other revenue records, as the case may be, in consultation with Joint
Director, Konkan Division, Konkan. The VC&MD, after due verification and satisfying himself
regarding such error, shall issue a written, well-reasoned, speaking order modifying
Development Plan to that effect and copy of such order in original shall be forwarded to the
Government in Urban Development Department and Director of Town Planning, Maharashtra
State, Pune for record.
6. Private land in designated PSP / Forest Zone: If any private property is included within the
PSP Zone / Forest Land Use Zone and if the owner establish that the private / individual
ownership of land vest with him then the land use adjoining to such zone shall be assigned to

November 2018
piece of such land by the VC&MD in consultation with Joint Director , Town Planning of the
concerned division.
7. Existing features shown on development plan: The existing features shown on

Development Plan are indicative and stand modified on Development Plan as per actual
position. Merely mention of particular existing use on Development Plan, shall not bar the
owner from development permission in that zone. Also, the boundaries of s. no., alignment of
existing road / nala and other physical features of land shall be as per certified copy of
measurement plan of Land Records Department.
25.1 Land use classification

The land uses classification &uses permissible there-in are as given below: -
1. Residential Zone (R) –

i. Purely Residential Zone R-1
ii. Residential Zone R-2
2. Commercial Zone (C)
3. Central Business District Zone (CBD Zone)
4. Industrial Zone (I)
5. Public & Semi Public Zone (PSP)
6. Theme Based Zone
7. Logistics Park Zone
8. Agriculture/Green Zone/ No Development Zone
9. Green belt / Recreational Open Space along water bodies.
10. Transportation Zone.
11. Forest Zone.
12. Eco-Sensitive Zone
13. Buffer of Eco Sensitive Zone
25.2 Residential Zone (R):

Residential Zone is classified into two categories viz. a) Purely Residential Zone (R-1) and b)
Residential Zone (R-2). The parameters applied for the sub-classification are as under:
A) R-1 - Purely Residential Zone:
Residential Zone (R-1) consists of all plots situated along roads having existing or proposed
width of less than 12 m in non-congested area and less than 9 m in congested area.
The following uses and ancillary uses to the principal use shall be permitted in buildings or
premises in purely Residential Zone subject to other regulations:
i. Any residences / residential buildings;

ii. Customary Home occupation, i.e. occupations customarily carried out by the members
of household without employing hired labour and shall include stitching embroidery,
button making, etc., with or without motive power. If motive power is used, the total
electricity load should not exceed 1 H.P.
iii. Medical and Dental Practitioner's Dispensaries including pathological laboratory,
diagnostic clinics, polyclinics, to be permitted on any floor. However, maternity homes,
clinics, nursing home with indoor patients on ground or stilt floor or on first floor with
separate means of access of staircase from within the building or outside, but not within
the prescribed marginal open spaces. Maternity Homes and Hospitals are permitted for
maximum 20 beds.

November 2018
iv. Professional Offices or medical and dental practitioner's dispensaries, clinics for out
patient's treatment without indoor treatment facilities, in residential tenement for own
purpose not exceeding carpet area of 50 sq.mt. each.
v. Primary and secondary school buildings, excluding building of trade schools but
including students‘ hostels in independent buildings on roads 9.00 meter or above width
and nursery schools on road having width 6.00 meter or above.
vi. Public or private parks, gardens, Club house and playfield not utilised for business
purposes,
vii. Religious buildings.
viii. Public Libraries and Museums in independent structures. In case of mixed use, public
libraries and museum on the ground floor and floor 1 or on two consecutive floors
immediately above the stilts in a building constructed on stilts may be permitted.
ix. Community hall, welfare centre, gymkhanas, gymnasia (each not exceeding 100 sq.mt.)
x. Bus shelters, taxi-stands.
xi. Roads, Bridge, culverts and construction for any mode of transportation.
xii. Radio broadcasting and television studios and sound recording and dubbing studios
xiii. Convenience shops not more than 10 sq.mt each, at ground floor such as ration shops,
pan shops, Dhobi/ Dry cleaning Shops, Darners, Tailors, Groceries, Confectionary and
other general stores. Hair Dressing Saloon and Beauty Parlour, Bicycle Hire and Repair;
Shoe Repair, umbrella repair, Vegetable & Fruit Stalls, Milk Shops. Dispensaries,
Florist, Bangles and other articles needed by women, Small Bakeries, Newspaper
Stalls, Tea Shops, ATM, etc.
xiv. Police stations, telephone exchanges, Government sub-office, Municipal sub-office,
sub-offices of Electric supply and Transport undertaking or the concerned electric
company consulate offices, post and telegraph offices branches of banks including safe
deposit vaults, electrical sub-stations, receiving stations, fire stations, civil defence
warden posts and first aid posts home guards and civil defence centres, pumping
stations, sewage disposal works and water supply installations and ancillary structures
thereof required to cater to the local area .
xv. Information Technology Establishment (ITEs) (pertaining to software only) on plots/
premises fronting on roads having width 9.00 meter and above.
xvi. Flour mill and wet / dry masala grinding subject to following conditions:
(a) It is located on ground floor.
(b) Adequate care has been taken in structural design.
(c) It does not cause any nuisance to the neighbour and residents of upper floor.
(d) Power requirement does not exceed 10 H.P. each.
xvii. Burial grounds, cremation grounds and essential public utilities on a road having width
of 9 m and above subject to the Planning Authority‘s approval.
xviii. Agricultural, Horticultural and allied uses (except agro-based industries) are permitted.
General agriculture, horticulture and poultry farming (but not dairy farming) in the areas
other than congested area, poultry farming being permitted at the rate of 0.25 sq.mt.
built-up area per bird in an independent plot measuring not less than 1 ha provided that
no offensive odours, dirt and/or dust are created and there is no sale of products not
produced on the premises, and the accessory buildings are not located within of 9 m the
boundaries or 6 m from the main buildings on the plot provided further that the above

November 2018
restriction on space shall not apply to any poultry kept for domestic consumption only,
Raisin production.
xix. Research, experimental and testing laboratories not involving any danger of fire or
explosion or of any obnoxious nature and located on a plot not less than 4 ha in area,
provided that the laboratory is at least 30 m from any of the boundaries of the existing
residential building.
xx. Public conveniences.
xxi. Lodging and Boarding, sanatorium, old age home, hostel for students / working men /
women with or without boarding facilities on road having width 9.00 meter and above.
B) R-2 - Residential Zone:
Residential Zone (R-2) consists of all plots abutting roads having existing or proposed width of
12 m and above in non-congested area and 9 m and above in congested area the following
uses and mix uses may be permitted. The following uses and ancillary uses to the principal
use shall be permitted in buildings or premises in Residential Zone R-2:
I. All Uses permissible in R1 zone shall be permitted in R 2 zone.

II. Other Uses permissible in R-2 zone:
The following non-residential mix uses are permitted subject to condition that,
(a) 50 % mix use may be permitted irrespective of floor restriction. Such additional user
shall in no case consume FSI of more than 0.5 in both congested and non-congested
areas except in buildings on independent plots. Also these uses are independently
allowed on independent plot.
(b) Where the building or premises abut on two or more streets, no direct opening of such
shop shall be permissible on the street, which is less than 9 m. in congested and 12 m
in non -congested area.
(c) All goods offered for sale and brought for repair shall be displayed and kept within the
building and shall not be kept in the passages or footpaths or roads.
(d) No trade and business involving any danger of fire, explosion, offensive noise,
vibrations, smoke, dust glare heat or other objectionable influence may be allowed.
(e) Area of each shop will not exceed 100 sq.mt however this area may be increased in
specific cases considering the merits.
(f) Motive power, unless otherwise specifically indicated, shall not exceed 2.25 KW per
shop with no individual motor exceeding 0.75 KW no power being allowed to be sub-let.
(g) Power may be discontinued if the Planning Authority is satisfied that the particular use is
a nuisance to the residents.
III. Non-residential mix uses to be allowed in R-2 Zone:
i. Stores or shops for the conduct of retail business including departmental stores.
Storage and sale of combustible materials shall not normally be permitted except with
the special permission of the concerned authority.
ii. Personal and or professional service establishments, professional offices.
iii. Radio broadcasting stations and studio, telephone exchanges.
iv. Frozen food lockers, fast food and vending stalls.

November 2018
v. Tailor shops not employing more than 9 persons and embroidery shops and button -
hole making shops not employing more than 9 persons with individual motors not
exceeding 1 H. P. and total H. P. not exceeding 3.
vi. Shops for goldsmiths, locksmiths, watch and clock repairs, optical glass grinding and
repairs, musical instrument repairs, picture framing, radio and household appliances
repairs, upholstery and diamond cutting and polishing not employing, more than 9
persons with individual motors not exceeding 1 H. P. and total H. P. not exceeding 3 H.
P.
vii. Coffee grinding with electric motive power not exceeding 1 H.P.
viii. Auto part stores and show rooms for motor vehicles and machinery.
ix. Sale of used or second hand goods or merchandise (not junk, cotton waste, rage or
other materials of offensive nature).
x. Club houses or other recreational activities, conducted as business.
xi. Storage of furniture and household goods.
xii. Repairs to all household articles (excluding auto vehicle).
xiii. Veterinary dispensaries and hospitals.
xiv. Animal pounds.
xv. Repair, cleaning shops and analytical, experimental or testing laboratories not
employing more than 15 persons in the industrial activity but not including cleaning and
dyeing establishment using a cleaning or dyeing fluid having a flash point lower than 60
degree C. and machines with dry load capacity of 30 kg. for any establishment carrying
on activities that are noxious or offensive because of emission of odour, dust, smoke,
gas, noise or vibration or other-wise dangerous to public health and safety, provided
that the motive power requirement of such establishment does not exceed 10 H. P.
xvi. Accessory uses customarily incidental to any permitted principal use including storage
space, upto 50 percent of the total floor area used for the principal use.
xvii. Paper box manufacturing including paper cutting, not employing more than 9 persons,
with motive power not exceeding 5 H. P. and area not more than 50 sq. mt.
xviii. Mattress making and cotton cleaning, not employing more than 9 persons with motive
power not exceeding 3 H.P. and area not more than 50 sq.mt.
xix. Establishment requiring power for sealing tin, packages, etc. not employing more than 9
persons, with motive power not exceeding 3 H.P.
xx. Commercial halls, exhibition halls, community halls, welfare centre, gymnasia, Yoga
and Meditation etc.
xxi. Art galleries, aquariums;
xxii. Research, experimental and testing laboratories not involving any danger of fire or
explosion nor of any noxious nature and located on a site not less than 2 Ha in area.
xxiii. Restaurants, eating houses, cafeteria, ice - cream parlours and milk bars.
xxiv. Establishment for preparation and sale of eatables not occupying for production an area
in excess of 75 sq.mt per establishment and not employing more than 9 persons.
Sugarcane and fruit juice crushers not employing more than 6 persons with 1.5 H.P.
with area not more than 25 sq.mt shall also come under that sub - rule.

November 2018
xxv. Trade or other similar schools not involving any danger of fire or explosion nor of
offensive noise, vibration, smoke, dust, odour, glare, heat or other objectionable
influences;
xxvi. Repairing garages not employing more than 9 persons and 2 H.P. motive power in the
industrial activity with no floor above.
xxvii. Battery charging and repairing not employing more than 6 persons with an area not
more than 25 sq.mt and not more than 2 chargers with power not exceeding 5 KW.
xxviii. Photographic studios and laboratories with not more than 50 sq.mt area, not employing
more than 9 persons and not using power more than 3 H. P.
xxix. Showroom for Distribution and sale of LPG.
xxx. Coal and Firewood Shops.
xxxi. Polyclinics on separate floors, preferably ground floor, pathology laboratories.
xxxii. Residential Hotels, Boarding and Lodging shall be permitted in independent building or
parts of building, but on separate floors.
xxxiii. Book Depot, Medicine and chemist shops.
xxxiv. Business/ corporate office on any floor.
IV. Notwithstanding anything contained above a pedestrianized shopping precinct
extending to a depth of not more than 12 m (40 ft.) may be allowed subject to the
condition that no shop in such pedestrianized precinct shall be allowed to open directly on
the road in front. The minimum width of pedestrian way provided shall be 3 m clear of all
steps or projections and bollards shall be placed at the entrance of such pedestrian
passage to prevent entry of vehicles provided further that satisfactory arrangements for
natural or artificial ventilation are made as may be directed by the VC & MD.
Figure 5: Schematic Shop Layout
C) Uses to be permitted in independent premises / buildings:
Notwithstanding anything contained above in Regulation No. 25.2(B), The following uses shall
be permitted in independent premises / building:
i. Drive - in - theatres, theatres, cinema houses multiplex, shopping malls, club houses,
assembly or concert halls, dance and music studios and such other places of
entertainment.

November 2018
ii. Petrol filling, CNG service stations and electric vehicle charging station.
iii. Colleges, Secondary Schools, Trade or other similar schools.
iv. Storage and sale of kerosene not exceeding 1000 litres in groceries and approved ration
shops on retail basis.
v. Bulk storage and sale of kerosene not exceeding 13000 litres in separate godowns
conforming to the existing regulations of Chief Controller of Explosives, Government of
India provided further that the applicant shall make adequate fire-fighting arrangements
at his cost in his plot to the entire satisfaction of the VC&MD.
vi. Storage and sale of LPG in cylinders not exceeding 100 kg. in showrooms / distribution
centre.
vii. Storage and sale of LPG in cylinders not exceeding 6300 kg in a separate godown
conforming to the existing regulations of Chief Controller of Explosives, Government of
India provided further that the applicant shall make adequate fire-fighting arrangements
at his cost in his plot to the entire satisfaction of the VC&MD.
viii. Parking of automobiles and other light vehicles on open plots even as a business.
ix. Vegetable, fruit, flour, fish or meat market place.
x. General Agriculture and Horticulture (including domestic poultry) upto the tune of 20 birds
per plot and with a space requirement of 0.25 sq.mt per bird.
xi. Correctional and mental institutions, institutions for the children, the aged or widows,
sanatoria and hospitals in independent building facing on roads of width not less than 12
m (except veterinary hospitals) provided that those principally for contagious diseases,
the insane or for correctional purposes shall be located not less than 45 m from any
residential premises.
xii. Repairing garages not employing nor more than 9 persons or 1.5 KW motive power with
no floor above, with the permission of the Planning Authority.
xiii. Business offices on roads of 18m. width and more subject to the fulfillment of parking and
other requirements; except that balconies if any of such building shall not be free of F.S.I.
computation.
xiv. Residential hotels of lodging houses in independent buildings or parts of buildings or on
upper floors thereof with specials written permission of the Planning Authority, who will
take into account the suitability of the size and shape of the plot, means of access, water
and sanitary arrangements etc. before granting the permission. The VC&MD shall not
permit such use unless he is satisfied about the provision of these arrangements.
Provided that residential hotels of 4 & 5 star categories may be allowed only in an
independent plot of size not less than 2,000 sq.mt. and on roads of 15 m width or more.
A hotel of lower star category being allowed with minimum separate access of 12 meter
and more. Provided further that, development of residential hotels of the star categories
shall be permitted by the VC&MD, only after due approval from the Tourism
Development Authority.
xv. Service Industries - The Service Industries may be permitted in independent Plot building
(independent designated plot) in R-2 and Commercial zones along with the limitation of
area, maximum number of persons to be employed, maximum permissible power
requirement and the special conditions if any as given in Table No. 6 for service
industries.
xvi. Any other use which is in accordance with the intent and spirit of these regulations may
be allowed by the VC & MD.

November 2018
Note: - Drive-in theatres, theatres, cinemas, club-houses, shopping malls, assembly or

concert halls and such other places of entertainment shall be allowed on roads having width
exceeding 15 m. These uses may be permitted in combination with permissible non-
residential uses except that of petrol pump, with the special permission of the Planning
Authority, however, in the case of a cinema/theatre the front open space shall be minimum 12
m and the side and rear open spaces shall not be less than 6 m.
Provided further that, in the case of development and/or re-development of a cinema/theatre

the user for a cinema/theatre may be permitted in combination with the permissible users in a
residential R-2 zone. However, residential user in combination with that of a cinema/theatre
may not be allowed in the same building. Provided further that, on plot/lands where there is an
existing cinema Theatres, redevelopment of the plots shall be allowed subject to the condition
that at least 1/3rd of the existing seats shall be retained which shall not be below 150 seats
and may be developed in combination with R-2 zone uses.
25.3 Commercial Zone:

In commercial zones, buildings or premises shall be used for the uses and purposes given
below, provided all goods offered for sale shall be displayed within the building, excluding
passages.
i. Any use permitted in residential R-2 zone without area and floor restrictions subject to
minimum 40 % shall be used for purely commercial.
ii. Uses permissible in Public Semi-public Zone.
iii. Public utility buildings.
iv. Whole-sale establishments with storage area, Agriculture Produce Marketing Committee /
Complex subject to fire protection requirements and any commercial use.
v. Way side amenities including truck terminus.
25.4 Central Business District Zone (CBD Zone):
i. All activities permissible in Commercial land use zone shall be permissible in CBD Zone.
ii. Smart Fintech (Financial Technology) centres shall be permissible in this zone as per
Maharashtra FinTech policy 2018 (i.e at least 85% of the built-up shall be occupied by
units in the business of fintech (startups, incubators, accelerators), banking and financial
services including NBFC and insurance & IT/ ITeS sector with focus on fintech) Animation,
Visual effects, Gaming and Comics (AVGC) Parks, IT Parks, IT SEZs, financial services
shall be permissible. Minimum area of business/ IT parks, ITeS establishments in this
zone shall be 1 ha.
iii. In case of Mixed Use Building the proportion of Commercial to Residential shall be 70:30
and ground floor shall be used for Commercial purpose.
iv. Since most of the area in CBD Zone is included in TOD belt maximum permissible FSI for
CBD zone shall be as per the special regulations of Transit Oriented Development. .
v. Parking shall be as applicable to TOD corridor.
vi. Urban Design Guidelines as specified in Appendix-Q shall be applicable.
vii. Proposals attracting substantial investment may be incentivized by granting additional
FSI over and above 4.00 with the prior permission of the Government.

November 2018
25.5 Industrial Zone:

The following users shall be permissible in Industrial Zone.
(a) Service Industries: The service industries may be permitted as given in Table No. 6,
without restrictions on power requirement, employment, floor area etc.
(b) Other Industries:
i. Industries shall include any building or part of a building or structure, in which
products or materials of all kinds and properties are fabricated, assembled or
processed, for example, assembly plants, laboratories, dry cleaning plants, power
plants, pumping station; smoke houses laundries, gas plants, refineries, dairies and
saw – mills
ii. The uses like Information Technology Establishments, Petrol Pumps and Service
Station as per provision made in these regulation, Parking lots, Warehousing and
Container Freight Stations (CFS) ,Electric Sub - station, Building of public utility
concerns except residence, The branches of Banks, industrial training centre/
institute, Storage Buildings, Drive-in -Theatres, cinema house or theatres, subject to
provision of separate entries and exits for the cars shall also be allowed.
25.5.1 Conditions for allowing uses in industrial zone:
i. Any industry / industries may be permitted only with the special permission of the
VC&MD who may grant it after such scrutiny as may be necessary to ensure that the
location is appropriate and is not likely to cause nuisance and hazard to adjoining
owners. Before granting any such permission, the VC&MD may prescribe special
condition about minimum size of plot and minimum buffer open spaces (including
marginal distance and road width if any) from the industrial building/ industrial use to
residential or habitable zone / use, which shall not however be less than 23 m.
ii. Building or premises in industrial zone may be used for any industrial and also accessory
uses like banks, canteens, welfare centre and such other common purposes considered
necessary for the industrial workers, except for any dwelling purpose other than quarters
of watchmen, caretakers or other essential staff required for maintenance of the
premises. Such use may be permitted up to 25% of the permissible FSI.
iii. Means of access, Minimum plot size, Permissible FSI, Additional FSI, Marginal distances
etc. shall be as mentioned in this Development control regulation.
25.5.2 Regulations for permitting Residential /commercial use in Industrial zone (I to R Policy):
(a) With previous approval of VC&MD in consultation with the Divisional Head of concerned
division of the Town Planning Directorate and on such conditions as deemed appropriate
by him, the existing or newly built-up area of Industrial unit, in the Industrial zone may be
permitted to be utilised for residential or commercial purposes.
(b) With the previous approval of the VC&MD, in consultation with the Divisional Head of
Town Planning Directorate, the lands in the Industrial Zone including lands in industrial
zone in Town Planning Scheme area, may be utilised for any of the permissible users in
the Residential and Commercial Zone subject to the following conditions
i. Such user shall be allowed only on payments of premium at the rate of 20% of the
land value arrived as per Annual Statements of Rate (without considering the
guidelines therein) of the respective year.
ii. The Residential/ Commercial user in respect of industries which are not in operation
shall not be permitted unless NOC from Labour Commissioner, Maharashtra State,
Mumbai stating that all legal dues have been paid to the workers or satisfactory

November 2018
arrangement between management and workers have been made, is obtained.

However, in respect of any open land in the Industrial Zone where industry never
existed, NOC from Labour Commissioner shall not be required.
iii. In the layout or sub-division of such land admeasuring upto 2 Ha, 10% land for public
utilities and amenities, like electric sub-station, bus-station, sub-post office, police
out–post and such other amenities/utilities as may be considered necessary shall be
provided.
iv. In such layouts of sub-division having area more than 2 Ha. and upto 5 hectare, 20%
land shall be provided for public utilities and amenities like electric sub-station, bus-
station, sub- post office, police out-post, garden, playground, school, dispensary and
such other amenities/utilities as may be considered necessary.
v. In such layout or sub division each more than 5 Ha in area, 25% land for public
utilities and amenities like electric, sub-station, bus-station, sub-post office, police out
post, garden, playground, school dispensary and such other amenities shall be
provided.
vi. With the special written permission of the VC & MD, The land having area up to 0.20
hectare in size which are allocated for industrial use may be permitted to be used for
Residential purpose or any other permissible users in Residential Zone. Provided
that, in such case the owner / developer shall require to provide either by providing
10% amenity space in the form of open land or 5% built up space in the proposed
construction at appropriate location preferably on ground floor. Provided that,
amenity TDR as per regulation containing provisions of TDR, shall be permissible.
vii. The land under public utility / amenity shall be handed over to the Planning Authority
in lieu of FSI / TDR with proper access and basic land development. These areas will
be in addition to the recreational space as required to be provided under these
regulations.
Provided that, at least 50% of total land provided for public amenity/ utility space
shall be reserved for unbuildable purposes such as garden, recreational ground, etc.
Provided also that irrespective of land use zone, where the provisions of
Development Control Regulations provide for amenity Space in Residential area
which is more than what is stipulated in these regulations, then Amenity Space which
is more shall only be provided.
(c) The required segregating distance between Industrial Zone and the area over which
Residential use is permitted under this regulation, shall be provided within such land
intended to be used for residential or commercial purpose.
(d) Such residential or local commercial development shall be allowed within the permissible
FSI of the nearby Residential or Commercial Zone.
(e) Provision for Amenity Spaces shall be considered to be reservations in the Development
Plan and Transferable Development Rights against such amenity as per Regulation
No.40.0/Part IX may be given or FSI of the same equivalent to the TDR quantum shall be
available for utilization on the remaining land. Moreover, the owner shall be entitled to
develop remaining land with permissible TDR potential including the land under amenity
space subject to maximum permissible limit of FSI (Maximum Building Potential) as
mentioned in Regulation No.26.3.
provided that,
i. Residential/Commercial user may be allowed on the part area of the land holding
subject to the condition that total area of the entire land holding shall be considered for

November 2018
deciding the percentage of the land to be reserved for public amenity/ utility spaces, as
per these regulations.
ii. If Development Plan Reservations (excluding DP Road/Road widening) are in the land
under I to R conversions, then such reservation may be adjusted in amenity space as
mention in following manner:
(a) If the area under development plan reservation is less than the required area of public
amenity space as per the said regulation, then only the difference between the area
shall be provided for public amenity spaces.
(b) If the area under development plan reservation is more than the required area of
public amenity spaces as per the said regulation, then the area for public amenity
spaces shall be provided equal to Development Plan reservation area.
iii. Out of the total area proposed to be utilised for residential development, 20% of the
same shall be built for residential tenements having built up area 30 sq.mt and upto 50
sq.mt or in the plotted development, 20 % area shall be of plots upto 150 sq.mt
iv. While allowing such conversion minimum 20 % built up area shall be used for offices
and commercial purpose.
v. The provision of inclusive housing as mentioned in Regulation No. 37.A shall not be
applicable while allowing such conversion.
(f) The above said Regulation shall also be applicable to Logistics Park Zone.
25.6 Public Semi-Public Zone:
A) The following uses shall be permissible in Public Semi-Public Zone:
i. Pre-primary, primary schools, high schools, technical / trade schools, colleges,

educational complex, hostel for students and essential staff quarters, women hostel and
welfare centre, women empowerment centre.
ii. Hospital, sanatoria, dispensary, maternity homes, health centre, dharmashala, transit
homes for the visitors of the patients, pilgrims and like, essential staff quarters, veterinary
hospital, auditorium exhibition hall and art gallery/aquariums, convention centres, science
centres and planetarium.
iii. Training institutions skill development centres, incubation centres, home for aged,
orphanages, hostel for autistic persons and mentally retarded persons, essential staff
quarters.
iv. Government/ semi -government/ local self-government offices, stock exchange offices
court buildings, essential staff quarters, Government guest houses.
v. Post office, telegraph office, telephone exchange, radio station staff quarters and similar
govt. / semi-govt. offices and quarters.
vi. Library, mangal karyalaya, fire stations, gymnasium, gymkhana, water tanks, stadium,
community hall, religious, etc.
vii. Besides above, the commercial user upto 15% of basic permissible FSI shall be
permissible subject to following conditions:
(a) Convenience shopping, branch of bank, small restaurants etc. shall be permitted.
However, hotels/shops for liquor, pan, cigarette, tobacco, lottery tickets and such other
uses which do not serve public purpose, similarly domestic gas, kerosene shops/
godowns which are dangerous to public health shall not be permitted.

November 2018
(b) Additional F. S. I. shall be allowed only on the plot area remained after deducting the
notional plot area utilized for commercial user.
(c) The VC&MD shall not allow sub - division of S. No. / Gat No. / Plot No. on which such a
Development which may cause/ has taken place/ would take place.
(d) The retail commercial user is permitted upto a depth of 12 m or in separate building
(e) The plots in which there is an existing development; such commercial use shall be
restricted to maximum 15% of the existing and proposed development taken together.
(f) The landowner / developer / institution shall give guarantee in writing to the VC&MD for
following all the stipulated conditions scrupulously.
viii. Petrol/LPG/CNG Pumps and Electric vehicle charging station shall be allowed subject to
conditions mentioned in Regulation No. 25.9 (xxvi).
ix. In case of lands owned by Zilla parishad and Panchayat samiti, Government and semi-
government bodies / government undertakings which are included in public and semi-
public zone, the limit of such commercial user shall be upto 33%.
x. Research and development institutions for white category industries (as per Maharashtra
Pollution Control Board, Modified directions under section 18(1)(b) of the water (P&PC)
act, 1974 and the air, (P&PC) act, 1981 shall be allowed upto 15% of basic permissible
FSI.
B) Public utilities like Water treatment plant, water reservoirs, pumping station, water storage
tank, sewage / influent treatment plant, waste water recycling plant, electric substation,
cemeteries, burial ground and cremation grounds, slaughter house, solid waste landfill /
management site, fire station, cattle pond and dairy farm, public urinals etc. Where ever
possible the construction of utilities may be underground.
C) Any other public and semi public use which is in accordance with the intent and spirit of
these regulations may be allowed by the VC & MD.
25.7 Theme Based Zone:

25.7.1 The following regulations shall apply to the Theme Based Zone on land admeasuring 10
Hectares or more. The basic permissible FSI shall be 0.2. However additional FSI upto 0.5
may be permissible on payment of premium of 40% of Market Value for land as per Annual
Statement of Rates (ASR).
25.7.2 Out of the basic permissible FSI built up areas for ancillary and supporting users shall not
exceed 1/3rd of the basic permissible FSI.
25.7.3 The Theme Based development shall derive access from a 18 m wide road.
25.7.4 The permissible activities in the Theme Based Zone are:
i. Entertainment City
(a) Cinema Theatres

(b) Amusement Parks
(c) Multiplexes
(d) Auditorium
(e) Film Studio
(f) Film City
(g) Recording Studio
(h) Art Galleries

November 2018
(i) Any other in consultation with MSRDC SPA

ii. Educational Hub
(a) Residential Schools

(b) Residential Colleges
(c) Universities
(d) Professional Institutes
(e) Vocational Training Centres
(f) Research & Development (Non-Polluting)
(g) Any other in consultation with MSRDC SPA
iii. Medical Hub
(a) Hospitals.
(b) Medical and paramedical colleges
(c) Health and wellness resorts
(d) Nursing colleges
(e) Research & Development (non-polluting)
(f) Any other in consultation with MSRDC SPA
iv. Sports City
(a) Stadia
(b) Race Course
(c) Golf Course
(d) Gymnasium
(e) Sports Academy
(f) Swimming Pool
(g) Any other in consultation with MSRDC SPA.
v. Tech City
(a) IT & ITES

(b) BPOs
(c) KPOs
(d) Telecom establishments
(e) Any other in consultation with MSRDC SPA
vi. Tourism City
(a) Hotels
(b) Resorts
(c) Entertainment Centres
(d) Arts Complex
(e) Nature Trails
(f) Bio-diversity parks
(g) Themed gardens
(h) Convention Centres
(i) Any other in consultation with MSRDC SPA
25.7.5 Any other Innovative Theme (Except Residential) with prior approval of VC&MD.
25.7.6 The uses mentioned at Regulation No.25.9(i;ii; iv; vi; vii; xv; xli) which are within the spirit and

November 2018
intent of this Zone, may also be permitted in this zone within the permissible FSI and
development conditions mentioned therein.
25.8 Logistics Park Zone:

The following users shall be permissible in the Logistics Park Zone :
i. Projects approved under Logistics Park Policy 2018 of the Government of Maharashtra.
ii. Warehousing
iii. Container Freight Station
iv. All uses permissible in Industrial Zone.
For users at Sl. No. ii,iii,iv above the Minimum plot area, Marginal Open Space, Permissible
FSI, additional FSI with payment of premium shall be as per Regulation No 26.4.
25.9 Agriculture /Green Zone/No Development Zone:

The following uses are permissible in such zone:
i. Agriculture, horticulture and animal husbandry

ii. Gardens, Forestry, Public parks, private parks, bio diversity park, play fields, stadia,
gymkhanas, adventure sports training academy, swimming pools, sports and games,
health club, meditation centers, yoga centers, cafeteria-canteen incidental to principal
use, gliding facilities, summer camps for recreation of all types,
iii. Agriculture research and agriculture education by Government or Semi-Government
organization, with full permissible FSI as that of Residential zone.
iv. Golf clubs and links, race tracks and shooting ranges, viewing galleries / watch towers
and allied activities.
v. Poultry farms.
vi. Amusement park, in a plot of not less than 5 ha in area, with recreational and
amusement devices like a giant wheel, roller coaster, merry-go-round or similar rides
both indoor and outdoor, oceanic -park, swimming pool, magic mountain and lake,
ethnic village, shops for souvenirs/citations, toys, goods, refreshments and beverages
on the following conditions with the special permission of the VC & MD:
(a) The required infrastructure, like proper and adequate access to the park, water
supply, sanitation, conservancy services, sewage disposal and adequate off-street
parking will have to be provided and maintained by the promoters of the project at
their cost and to the satisfaction of the Planning Authority .
(b) The promoters of the project shall provide adequate facilities for collection and
disposal of garbage at their cost, and to the satisfaction of the VC&MD and will keep,
at all times, the entire environment clean, neat and hygienic.
(c) Structures for indoor rides and ancillary activities, such as administrative offices,
exhibition hall or auditorium, restaurant, hotels, open air theatre, essential staff
quarters, store buildings, fast food shops, museum, souvenir and small shops,
ancillary structures to swimming pool, may be permitted subject to a maximum floor
space index not exceeding 0.20; i.e. FSI of 0.15 for principal activity and 0.05 for
ancillary activities.
(d) Structures permitted in the amusement park (except those intended for park
apparatus, entertainment such as magic mountain etc. and other equipment) should

November 2018
be ground floor structures, with the construction blending with the surrounding
environment and landscape.
(e) Except for minor dressing, hills and natural features, if any, shall be maintained in
their natural condition and beautified with planting of trees etc.
(f) All trees already growing on the land shall be preserved to the extent possible,
except that if it becomes necessary to cut any tree, the required permission of the
VC&MD should be obtained under the law relevant Act. At least 5 trees per 100 sq.
m. shall be planted and grown within the area of the park.
(g) Sufficient parking facilities and ancillary facilities for cars, buses, transport vehicles
etc. shall be provided on site as prescribed by and to the satisfaction of the VC &
MD.
(h) The promoters of the project will prepare a suitable layout with appropriate
landscaping of the recreational and other facilities and obtain approval of the VC &
MD.
(i) No objection certificate of the Tourism Department shall be obtained.
(j) The development shall be regulated according to other requirements of these and all
applicable rules and Regulations and subject to all other clearances as may be
required.
(k) Proper arrangements for safety, regulations of traffic approaches to the park etc.
shall be made to the satisfaction of the Planning Authority and Police from the law
and order and traffic aspects.
vii. Pottery manufacturing;
viii. Fish curing on open land/fish farming.
ix. Salt manufacture from sea water.
x. Public utility establishments such as electric sub-stations, fire stations, receiving
stations, switch yards, overhead line corridors, radio and television stations, receiving
stations, main stations for public gas distribution, sewage treatment and disposal works,
water works along with residential quarters for essential staff for such works, with the
special permission of the VC & MD.
xi. Cemeteries, burial ground and crematoria and structure incidental thereto.
xii. Structure for watchmen's quarters each not exceeding 20 sq.mt.
xiii. IT/ITES Parks set up by public or private sector; subject to Regulation No. 27.7 of Part
V.
xiv. Research and Development Institutions / Centers on following conditions:
(a) The area of land shall be minimum 10 hectare.
(b) FSI permissible shall be maximum 0.20 on gross plot area after deducting
D.P.Road/ Reservation area if any.
(c) Out of the total allowable FSI, FSI for staff Quarters shall not exceed 50%.
(d) Total strength of the employees shall be as per the requirement.
(e) On 50% of plot area, trees shall be planted at the rate of 500 trees per hectare.
(f) Research and Development of hazardous chemical and explosives may be
permitted with the special permission of VC&MD which may be granted after

November 2018
compliance of all safety measures and certification from concerned Government

Authorities.
xv. Development of Cinema and TV Film production, shooting, editing and recording studios
with its ancillary and supporting users, including construction of staff quarters, rest
rooms, canteens etc. subject to the following conditions:
(a) The minimum plot area (necessarily under one ownership) shall not be less than 2
hectares.
(b) The total permissible FSI shall not exceed 0.2 on gross plot area after deducting
Development Plan Road/ Reservation area if any.
(c) Out of the permissible built up area equivalent to 0.2 FSI, built up areas for ancillary
and supporting users shall not exceed 1/3rd of permissible FSI
(d) The construction shall be confined to 10% of the plot and the remaining plot
(excluding areas required for parking, roads etc.) shall be planted with trees at the
rate of 500 trees per hectare.
xvi. Development of buildings of educational and medical institutions- Such institutions run
by Government / Public Authorities or run by Public Charitable Trusts may be permitted
in Agriculture / Green Zone / No Development Zone with built up area upto 1/5th (i.e.
20%) of the net plot area, subject to plantation of trees at the rate of 5 trees per Acre on
the plot.
Provided that additional FSI over and above the basic FSI permissible above may be
granted by the Planning Authority as per the following Table and subject to the
conditions mentioned below:
Basic
Maximum
Sr. Land Fronting on Permissi Additional
Permissi Note
No. Road ble FSI FSI*
ble FSI
on Net
1 2 Plot
3 4 5 6
Area
1 Road having width of 0.2 0.5 0.7The building
12 mt. and above but height above
less than 18 mt. 15 mt.
subject to
maximum
upto 30 mt.
or as
mentioned in
2 Road having width of 0.2 0.8 1.0 Maharashtra
18 mt. above Fire
Prevention
and Life
Safety
Measure Act,
2006 shall be
allowed after
clearance /
Conditions: - No objection
(a) The additional FSI as mentioned in Column No. 4 of the Table abovecertificate
is to be
from
granted only on payment of premium calculated considering 30% rate of thethe Firesaid
Advisor /
land as prescribed in the Annual Statement of Rates (ASR) of the year of granting
Chief Fire
Officer
November 2018
such additional FSI. The land area considered for premium shall be equal to
additional FSI / built-up area granted
(b) In case the educational use involves the nursery and elementary Schools, such
nursery and elementary Schools shall be housed in single building with maximum
Ground + 2 floor.
(c) Other Regulation of the Standardized Development Control and Promotion
Regulations shall apply to the above buildings constructed under this Regulation.
xvii. Fish farms, fish drying, storage of boats, servicing and repairs of boats.
xviii. Storage and drying of fertilizers.
xix. Brick, tile manufacture.
xx. Sand clay or gravel quarries.
xxi. Scrap Market with FSI of 0.20
xxii. All Projects of Public interest including rehabilitation undertaken by Central and State
Government, bodies or public authorities controlled by the Government shall be allowed
with permissible basic FSI of Public / Semi-Public zone provided that the same shall be
proposed on Gairan lands / Government lands.
Note: The Premium charges mentioned in the above Regulation shall not be applicable,
if the work is undertaken by Central or State Government or Public Authorities
controlled by it.
xxiii. Small agro based industries processing agricultural products like rice mills, poha
factories and other rural based service industries;
xxiv. Ancillary service industries for agriculture produce marketing and management, ancillary
service uses for agro related products like flowers, fruits, vegetables, poultry products,
marine products, related collection centres, auction hall, godowns, grading services and
packing units, knowledge parks, cold storages, utility services (like banking, insurance,
post office services) as service industries for agriculture produce marketing on the land
owned by individuals / organizations with FSI of 0.20.
xxv. Mining and quarrying operations shall be permissible subject to stipulations mentioned
in Regulation No.32.0
xxvi. Petrol Pump/LPG Pump/CNG Pump: Petrol Pump, LPG Pump, CNG Pump and electric
vehicle charging station shall be permissible in Agricultural / Green / No Development
Zone subject to following conditions:-
(a) The minimum size of plot shall be,
i. 30.50 m x 16.75 m in the case of Petrol/LPG/CNG Filling Station with kiosk
without service bay;
ii. 36.50 m x 30.50 m in the case of Petrol/LPG/CNG Filling Station with service
bay.
(b) Plot shall be located /fronting on National Highway, State Highway, Major District
Road, Other District Road or Village Road or other road with a minimum width of
12.00 m or more.
(c) Permission from Government of India, Petroleum Ministry and Chief Controller of
Explosives shall be necessary.
(d) NOC from public works department and other related departments shall be obtained
as per the prevailing rules. Also regarding service road / building line / control line,

November 2018
Government Resolution, Public Works Department, No. RBD-1081/ 871/Raste-7,

dated 09 March 2001 and circulars issued in this regard from time to time shall be
observed. Instructions contained in Government of India, Ministry of Road Transport
and Highways letter dated 25/09/2003 and 17/10/2003 and its enclosures shall be
observed.
(e) The plot on which a petrol filling station with or without service bays is proposed
shall be on an independent plot on which no other structure shall be constructed.
(f) Petrol/LPG/CNG station shall not be permitted within a distance of 90 meter from
junction of roads having minimum width of 12 m each. Also Petrol station shall not
be sited within a distance of 90 m from the nearest gate of school, hospital and
theatre, place of assembly or stadium.
(g) In the case of kiosks and other buildings for sales office, snack bars etc. within the
plot for Petrol/LPG/CNG filling stations, the setbacks from the boundaries shall be
4.50 m Further the other clearances for the installations shall be as per the
Petroleum Rules of 1937.
xxvii. Bus Terminus, Construction of new communication routes including roads, highways,
railways, airports, air strip, jetties, etc.
xxviii. Automobile Showrooms and workshops with FSI of 0.20.
xxix. Tourism activities as specified in Regulation No.29.0
xxx. Mobile Phone Towers with ancillary equipments as specified in Regulation No.31.0
xxxi. Slaughter house or facilities for processing and disposal of dead animals with the
special permission of VC & MD.
xxxii. L.P. Gas Godowns shall be permissible subject to following conditions:
1. Area of plot shall not be less than 1000 sq.mt.
2. The maximum permissible FSI shall be 0.20.
3. Only ground floor structure shall be permissible.
4. It is necessary to obtain ―No Objection Certificate‖ from Controller of Explosives
and competent fire authority.
xxxiii. Integrated Wayside Amenities may be permitted to be developed on plots of and
having a minimum area of 10,000 sq.mt, falling in Agriculture Zone / Green Zone/ No
Development Zone and abutting to National Highways / State Highways / Major District
Roads as per the details given in following table:
Maximum
Category Amenities to be provided
No. of
Integrated Petrol pump / CNG filling station and electric vehicle charging station Floor
G
Wayside Sales and administrative office Allowed
G+1
Amenities
Service and repair centre, auto spare part shop G
Public toilet G
Restroom and canteen for employees working on site and truck
G+1
drivers.
Motel G+1
Restaurant G+1
Highway mall / hyper market/ medicine store G+1
Parking for LMVS and HMVS G
Bank ATMs G

November 2018
Provided that, additional amenities as per the following Table here in below, over and above
the amenities listed in above Table shall be required to be provided by the concerned plot
owner / Developers, only if directed to do so by the Planning Authority, in the light of local
needs or the requirements of any Government Department or Government Agency.
Maximum No. of
Category Amenities to be provided
Floor Allowed
Additional amenities Police chowki, if required by commissioner of G

which may be prescribed police/ superintendent of police
by the planning authority
Highway ambulance parking, trauma centre, G+1
as per local requirement
if required by the director of health services
or in view of demand
from concerned Freight weigh-bridge, loading and unloading, G
Government Department if required by RTO.
/ Government Agency
Maximum FSI up to 0.50 on gross plot area shall be permissible for the above integrated
wayside amenities. Provided that FSI above the basic permissible 0.10 FSI up to 0.5 may be
granted by the Planning Authority on payment of premium at the rate of 30% of the non-
agriculture potential land rate or if such rate is not available then adjoining rate of non-
agriculture potential land as prescribed in the Annual Statement of Rates (ASR) for the year in
which such additional FSI is granted. Such premium shall be deposited in the concerned
Branch office of the Planning Authority wherever applicable.
xxxiv. Solid waste management, land fill sites, power generation from waste.
xxxv. Power generation from non-conventional sources of energy, bio-gas plants. Area
covered under solar panel shall not be counted in FSI.
xxxvi. Industrial Use -Any industry / industries may be permitted with the special permission
of the VC&MD who may grant it after such scrutiny as may be necessary to ensure that
the location is appropriate and is not likely to cause nuisance and hazard to adjoining
owners. Before granting any such permission, the VC&MD may prescribe special
conditions about minimum size of plot and minimum buffer open distance from the
industrial building/ industrial use to residential or habitable zone / use, which shall not
however be less than 23 m. Such industrial use shall be allowed with basic FSI of 0.20.
However the additional FSI over and above the basic permissible FSI for the above
industrial use may be granted by the Planning Authority as per the following Table and
subject to the conditions mentioned below. However also, if the earlier permissions
which were granted as per NDZ regulations and now shown in Industrial Zone in DP,
premium as mentioned below shall also be applicable for additional FSI over and above
the permissible FSI.
Sr. Basic
Width of road abutting the Plot of Additional Maximum
Permissible
No. Land FSI* Permissible FSI*
FSI*
1 2 3 4 5
1 Road having width of 12 mt. but 0.20 0.60 0.80

less than 18 mt.
2 Road having width of 18 mt. and 0.20 0.80 1.00
above
(*FSI indicated in the Table above is calculated over the gross plot area.)

November 2018
Conditions:
1. The additional FSI as mentioned in Column No. 4 of the Table above is to be granted only
on payment of premium at the rate of 40% of the land rate of the said land as prescribed
in the ASR of the year of granting such additional FSI. Such premium shall be deposited
with the Planning Authority .
2. The Planning Authority shall ensure that additional FSI under this Regulation is granted
for Industrial use. If the owner avails such additional FSI, then ground coverage shall be
the coverage after proposing required marginal distance as per the prevailing DCPR of
the Planning Authority.
3. All other Regulations as applicable to the Industrial Zone, shall apply to the building
constructed under these Regulations.
4. The revision of earlier approved cases for industrial permission shall be allowed subject
Regulation No.1(vi) irrespective of its zoning shown on Development Plan or not.
xxxvii. Star Category Hotels along Highways- Additional FSI, in Agriculture / No-
Development Zone for three stars and above category Hotels along National and State
Highways shall be permissible subject to following conditions:
(a) Development of buildings for three stars and above category Hotels in No
Development Zone along National and State Highways shall be permissible on
independent plot upto FSI limit of 0.20 on gross plot area.
(b) Additional FSI upto 0.80 on gross plot area, over and above the basic FSI
permissible under clause (i) above, may be granted by the Appropriate Authority on
payment of premium at the rate of 40% of the said land rate as prescribed in the
Annual Statement of Rates (ASR) for the year in which such additional FSI is
granted. Such premium shall be deposited in the Planning Authority office.
(c) All other regulations, as applicable to Residential Zone, shall apply to the layout
and buildings constructed under this Regulation.
xxxviii. Town planning scheme under the provisions contained in chapter V of Maharashtra
Regional & Town Planning Act, 1966 shall be allowed for minimum 20 hectare area,
having access road of the width of minimum 18 m, subject to condition that road
network in scheme area shall be provided and entire cost of scheme shall be borne by
the owners/developers. After sanction of preliminary scheme under section 86 of the
act, all uses as that of residential zone, shall be permitted FSI and other regulation shall
be applicable as per residential zone.
However, if the owners come together for development on aforesaid concept of town
planning scheme instead of undertaking town planning scheme under the Act, the
VC&MD may allow such development subject to earmarking 40% of the land for roads,
park, playground, garden, social infrastructure, sale component by the Planning
Authority, which shall be handed over to the Planning Authority. However, development
permission for uses permissible in Residential Zone shall be granted phase wise after
completion of physical infrastructure works including off site infrastructure and handing
over of land to the Planning Authority. The FSI of land handed over to the Planning
Authority shall also be allowed on remaining land on the lines of Regulation No.24.9
.The land under such proposals shall be entitled for total FSI /TDR permissible in
residential zone.
xxxix. Residential and Institutional use permissible subject to following conditions:

(a) Minimum area of land shall be 15.0 hectare.
(b) Land shall front on minimum 12 m wide existing road.

November 2018
(c) The offsite infrastructure like road, water supply, sewerage treatment plant having
zero discharge shall be developed by land owner at his own cost.
(d) 10% of the entire holding area shall be handed over to the Planning Authority free
of cost, without any FSI/TDR and free of all encumbrances for sale by Planning
Authority for residential, commercial or industrial use depending upon the nature of
development. This 10% area shall be over and above recreational open space and
amenity space to be provided as per regulation. This 10% area shall front on
minimum 12 m wide road.
(e) Premium for the gross area at the rate of 5% of the value of the land as given in
the Annual statement of rates shall be paid to the Planning Authority
(f) Regulations for residential zone and other regulations shall be applicable.
xl. Mangal karyalaya / lawns shall be permissible subject to following conditions:
(a) Minimum area for Mangal Karyalaya shall be 0.40 hect. with FSI of 0.20. It may be
permitted along with essential guest rooms not exceeding 30% of the area of
Mangal Karyalaya. Area for parking shall be 40% of gross area which shall be
properly earmarked and bounded by bifurcating wall.
(b) Lawns for ceremony shall be 0.80 Ha with FSI of 0.20. Area for parking shall be
40% of gross area.
(c) The plot shall abut on road having width of minimum 15m.
(d) Such user (Mangal Karyalaya and Lawns) shall be allowed only on payments of
premium at the rate 10 % of the land value arrived as per Annual Statement of
rates (without considering the guidelines therein) of the respective year.
xli. Farm houses shall be permissible subject to following conditions:-
(a) The land in which it is to be constructed is actually put under agricultural use.
(b) Minimum plot area under above use shall be 0.4 Ha and only one farm house shall
be allowed per holding.
(c) Farm house shall be permitted in accordance with the provisions of Maharashtra
Land Revenue Code, 1966.
(d) The FSI shall not exceed 0.0375 of gross plot area subject to a maximum built up
area of 400 sq.mt in any case.
(e) Only ground floor structure with or without stilt shall be permissible with 12m
margin from the boundary of land.
xlii. Development permission around the periphery of Gaothan boundary –
Development permission around the periphery of Gaothan boundary shall be allowed
as per the Regulation mentioned in Appendix-L. This regulation shall be applicable
only for the villages namely i. Wadgaon, and ii. Asare .
xliii. Development of Hill stations :

For the areas which were shown as hill stations in earlier sanctioned Regional Plan of
Raigad(1991) and now the part of this Development Plan, the Hill Station
development may be permitted without impairing the agricultural character of the
surrounding area subject to the following conditions:

November 2018
(a) Every layout of land shall contain an open space in the form of
garden/playground/park, etc. admeasuring at least 15 percent of the gross area with
10 percent additional space for common facilities and amenities.
(b) The developer shall provide infrastructure such as roads, water supply according to
the standards. No approval of layout shall be given unless the development of
infrastructure is ensured.
(c) Building permission on individual plots shall not be granted unless infrastructure
consisting of roads, water supply, drainage, electricity, etc. is built as prescribed in
above clause.
(d) The developer shall satisfy the Authority that the available source of water is
adequate round the year for the area to be developed and shall not be less than 135
liters per day per person with reference to the nature and scale of development. The
developer shall arrange for disposal of sewerage and waste waters within his own
plot.
(e) No development shall be allowed on land having a gradient more than 22.5 degrees
slope.
Note: In respect of larger areas of plots, such areas having slope of 22.5 degrees or more
shall be excluded and permission to develop the rest of the area could be granted having
regard to access, drainage and the conditions of the sites.
(f) The size of plot, permissible F.S.I Marginal open spaces, built up areas etc. shall be
as given below. The development of Hill Station shall be necessarily a plotted one.
i. Plot area - 500.00 sq.mt minimum.
Further the number of plots of varying sizes shall be governed by the following:
(A) Number of plots more than 2000.00 sq.mt -15 percent of the total number of plots.
(B) Number of plots less than 2000.00 sq.mt - 85 percent of the total number of plots.
ii. Number of plot between 500.00 sq.mt to 1000.00 sq.mt - 40 percent the number of
plots mentioned at ‗B‘ above.
iii. Number of plot between 1001.00 sq.mt to 1500.00 sq.mt - 25 percent the number of
iv. Number of plot between 1501.00 sq.mt to 2000.00 sq.mt - 20 percent the number of
v. Maximum ground coverage – 12.5 percent of the plot area.
vi. Maximum number of storeys – Ground plus one (No mezzanine floor permitted).
vii. Maximum F.S.I.:
(i) For plots between 500 sq.mt to 1000.000 sq.mt – 0.15
(ii) For plots more than 1000.00 sq.mt . – 0.10
viii. Marginal open spaces – Front 6.0 m, Side 6.0 m, Rear 6.0 m.
ix. Maximum height of the building – 9.00 m.
(g) Only one building and not more than two out-houses may be permitted. The area
occupied by outhouses shall be counted for the permissible F.S.I.

November 2018
(h) On the remaining area of the plot, trees at the rate of 20 trees per 1000 sq.mt shall
be planted.
(i) The structures shall be of local materials and shall blend with the environment and
shall have a sloping roof.
(j) While developing the land the general topography of the land shall not be disturbed.
(k) Building shall also conform to the Development Control and Promotion Regulations in
force.
(l) The infrastructure like the roads, water supply, sewerage disposal system shall be
maintained by Developer / federation of cooperative societies.
(m) The proposal for development of Hill Stations shall be in conformity with the Planning
standards.
(n) The development within existing Gaothan(s) if any included in the area of Hill Station
shall not be subject to the above restrictions prescribed for Hill Stations.
25.10 Green Belt / Recreational Open Space along Water bodies:

Area between the river bank and blue flood line (Flood line towards the river bank) shall be
the green belt as shown on the Development Plan and following uses shall be permissible in
the same:
i. Agriculture,
ii. Tree Plantation, Gardens, Landscaping, public park Landscaping, Forestry and Nursery
etc.
iii. River front development and its conservation, water park and snow park, jetty, marina
and allied activities by Planning Authority, or any institution authorized on behalf of
Planning Authority.
iv. Development of pedestrian pathways, Jogging track, Cycle track, Boat club etc.
v. Swimming pool, club house, recreational facilities after leaving marginal distance of 15 m
belt along river bank and 9.0m. from river and nalas, respectively subject to FSI of 10%
with ground floor structure only.
vi. Open parking, open vegetable market with otta type construction, open air theatre,
Yatra maidan, playground , Dhobi Ghat, Children Park, Ghat improvement, cremation
and burial ground, public toilet, Sewage Treatment Plant.
vii. Recreational open space of any layout/ sub-division/ development proposals, if submitted
along with the developable land adjoining to such green belt, after leaving marginal
distances of minimum 15 m and 9.0 m. from river and nalas, respectively, (clarification –
it is clarified that the FSI of the land under green belt zone shall be permissible to be
utilized on the land adjoining but outside such green belt zone.).
The uses and its extent shall be permissible in such Recreational open space, as prescribed
in the regulation of Green Belt as mentioned above.
If the land under green belt zone, excepting open space therein if any, is required by VC&MD
for the public purposes mentioned above, the owner shall hand over the possession of such
land for the development and maintenance of public purposes. Thereafter, such land shall
remain open and accessible to general public for recreational activities.
Provided that, FSI of such land under Green Belt zone shall be permissible only after
handing over such land to the Planning Authority free of cost and free from encumbrances.

November 2018
The side/rear marginal distances for the proposed building adjoining to river / nala shall be
maximum of-side / rear marginal distance, to be measured from river/nala, as required
according to height of building or 4.5 m from the dividing line between green belt zone and the
other developable zone.
25.11 Transportation Zone:

The following uses shall be permissible in this Zone:
Roads, bus depot, railway station, public transit stations such metro / mono rail station, public
parking garages, taxi and auto stands, Inter/Intra State Bus Terminus (ISBT), truck terminus
etc.
25.12 Forest Zone:

Areas under Forest Zone are lands under ownership of the Forest Department the details of
which are furnished by Forest Department and subject to applicable rules and regulations of
the Forest Department/ Forest Development Corporation of Maharashtra/ MTDC
(Maharashtra Tourism Development Corporation)
If any private land is included within the forest Zone and if the owner establishes that the
private / individual ownership of land is vesting with him then with due confirmation from the
Forest Department, the development of such land shall conform to the regulations applicable
to the adjacent zone. If the land is abutting more than one zone, the provisions of the zone
with the lowest development potential shall apply. If the land is entirely surrounded by Forest
zone then, the provisions of Agricultural Zone shall apply.
25.13 Eco-Sensitive Zone of Western Ghat:

Four Villages namely i)Chavani, ii)Adoshi, iii)Nadhal and iv)Talavali are included in Eco-
Sensitive Zone of Western Ghat as per the draft notification dated 27.2.2017 by MoEF. The
development in the same shall be regulated as mentioned in the provisions of aforesaid
notification as amended from time to time.
25.14 Buffer of Matheran Eco-Sensitive Zone:

Development within Buffer of Matheran Eco Sensitive Zone: As per the Government of India,
th
Ministry of Environment and Forests Notification dated 4 February 2003 (Appendix-M), the
villages namely i)Barvai, ii)Lodhivali, iii)Nadhal and iv)Chowk Manivali are included in Buffer
of Matheran Eco Sensitive Zone and the said buffer is restricted upto the existing Railway
line. The permissible activities / plot size in this area shall be as per the provisions specified in
the above mentioned notification.
25.15 Uses Permissible in Reservations:

i. The uses permissible in reserved sites shall be conforming to the use for which it is
reserved. The required parking, public toilets and separate place for garbage bins shall
also be provided in the reserved site itself.
ii. Where the VC&MD or the Appropriate Authority proposes to use land / building premises
reserved for one specific public purpose / purposes, partly for different public
purpose/purposes, it may do so, provided that such partial use shall not exceed 40% of
the reserved area and such combination shall not be of incompatible uses. However,
area upto 300 sq.mt from any reserved land may be allowed to be developed for
construction of arogya kothi i.e. waste segregation centre except site mentioned at (a), (b)
and (c).

November 2018
iii. Planning Authority may acquire and develop any of the reservation proposed in the
development plan, partly or fully, for multi-story public parking, irrespective of its
designation, if amenity of parking is direly needed in the area.
iv. Combination of uses as mentioned below may be permissible even if the reservation is for
a specific purpose.
(a) Playground - In playground reservation, minimum 90% area shall be kept open for
open play activities. In remaining 10% of area, covered swimming pool & allied
construction, gymnasium, covered badminton court, pavilion, watchman quarter,
small restaurant to the extent of 20 sq.mt (for every 4000 sq.mt reservation area)
may be permitted. The FSI permissible shall be 0.15. If required, the sites of
playground may be developed for park or garden, however, such change shall not
exceed 10% in the said sector of development plan.
(b) Stadium - In addition to the uses permissible in playground mentioned above, shops
below the spectators‘ tiered gallery may be permitted. The FSI permissible shall be
0.25.
(c) Garden / Park – In addition to the main use of garden, open swimming pool & allied
construction, water tank, rain water harvesting system, gardener / watchman
quarter, small restaurant or food stalls to the extent of 20 sq.mt (for every 4000
sq.mt reservation area) may be permitted. Total FSI used for such constructions
shall not exceed 0.1 of the garden area. If required, the sites of garden may be
developed for playground, however, such change shall not exceed 10% in the said
sector of development plan.
(d) Daily Bazar - Open or covered ottas along with petty convenient shops, fruit stalls.
(e) Multi-Purpose Hall - Town hall, exhibition hall, art gallery, meeting / conference
hall, library, small restaurant to the extent of 20 sq.mt
(f) Convention Centre – Drama theatre / natyagriha, art gallery, exhibition hall, library,
Cultural hall, marriage hall, socio-cultural activities, art gallery, exhibition hall,
performing arts activities, yoga centre, small restaurant to the extent of 20 sq.mt,
allied users such as guest rooms etc.
(g) School and Playground –Junior College, Secondary/ High School, Primary & pre-
primary schools and allied activities.
(h) Library – In addition to library, nursery school, balwadi.
(i) Health Centre / General Hospital / Super Specialty Hospital – Any sort of medical
facilities alongwith ancillary construction such as staff quarters, chemist shop,
restaurant, ATM, PCO, cyber café of not more than 20 sq.mt, etc. sleeping
accommodation for guests in case of bigger hospitals of built up area not less than
2000 sq.mt may be permissible.
(j) Truck Terminus - In addition to minimum 60% area for parking of trucks, restaurant,
hotel, motel, lodging facility for drivers, auto repair centre, auto service centre, shops
for auto spare parts, shops for daily needs, ATM, PCO, primary health centre / first
aid centre, provision for loading-unloading.
(k) Other reservations - The reservations which have not appeared in the above list,
may be allowed to be permitted to be developed for the compatible uses with the
approval of the Director of Town Planning, Maharashtra State, Pune.
Note:-
The permissible FSI for above uses shall be as that of residential zone, including premium FSI
and loading of TDR, if not specified.

November 2018
25.16 Additional Uses:

The lists of uses mentioned under the various land use zoning herein above at regulation
no.25.2 to 25.12 may be amended by the VC&MD from time to time, with the consent of
Divisional Head of Town Planning Department.

November 2018
TABLE 6: SERVICE INDUSTRIES-

SCHEDULE OF PERMISSIBLE SERVICE INDUSTRIAL USES IN RESEDENTIAL ZONE (R-2) ,COMMERCIAL & INDUSTRIAL ZONES
Classification & Special condition
Maximum
Sr.No Category of Industry Maximum Maximum
Permissible
Permissible Permissible Special Conditions If Any
Power
Employment Floor Area
Requirement
1 2 3 4 5 6
I) Food Products
Manufacture of milk and dairy products

1) 10HP 9 persons 50 sq.m. --
such as butter and ghee
a) Rice huller 10 HP 9 persons 50 sq.m. --
b) Grain mill for production of flour 10 HP 9 persons 50 sq.m. --
c) Manufacture of supari and

2) 10 HP 9 persons 50 sq.m. --
masala grinding (in separate building)
d) Groundnut decorticator 10 HP 9 persons 50 sq.m. --
e) Baby oil expellers 10 HP 9 persons 50 sq.m. --
10 HP i) Shall not be permitted under or

Manufacture of Bakery products with no floor above dwelling unit
3) 9 persons 57 sq.m.
above
ii) Operation shall be permitted
only between 8 hrs., and 20 hrs.
iii) Fuel used shall be electricity gas

or smokeless coal
4) Coffee curing roasting and grinding 2 HP 9 persons 50 sq.m. --
5) Manufacture of Ice 45 HP 20 persons 250 sq.m. --
6) Sugar cane and fruit juice crushers 2 HP 9 persons 25 sq.m. --
7) Cold Storage 15 HP
II) Beverages & Tobacco

November 2018

Maximum
Permissible
Power
Requirement
1 2 3 4 5 6
No Power to be
Manufacture of Bidi No Limit 250 sq.mt To be permitted
used
III) Textile and Textile Products
To be permitted in Residential Zone

Handloom/ Power loom subject to a
8) 5 HP 9 persons 50 sq.mt in area designated by the VC &
maximum of 4 looms
MD
Embroidery & Marking crape laces and

9) 5 HP 9 persons 50 sq.mt --
fringes
Manufacture of all type of textile,

garments including wearing apparel
Manufacture of made up textile goods --

such as curtains mosquito nets, mattresses
11) 3 HP 9 persons 50 sq.mt
bedding, materials, pillow cases, textile
bags etc.,
IV) Wood Products & Furniture
i) Shall not be permitted under
Manufacture of wooden furniture and or adjoining a dwelling unit.
fixtures ii) Operation shall be permitted
only between 8 hrs. to 20 hrs.
Manufactures of bamboo and cane

furniture and fixtures
V) Paper Products & Printing

November 2018

Maximum
Permissible
Power
Requirement
1 2 3 4 5 6
Manufacture of containers and boxes from Manufacture with paper pulp not
14) 5 HP 9 persons 50 sq.mt.
paper pulp permitted
i) Shall not be permitted under

or adjoining a dwelling unit
ii) Operation shall be permitted between
Printing and Publishing periodicals,
8 hrs to 20 hrs
15) books, journals, atlases, maps, envelop 10 HP 9 persons 120 sq.mt
iii) No restriction on power no.
printing, picture post-cards embossing.
of employee's area of hours of operation
shall apply if located in building in
separate plot not less than 500 sq.mt
Operation shall be permitted only

16) Engraving etching block marking etc., 10 HP 9 persons 120 sq.mt
between 8 hrs to 20 hrs.
17) Book Binding 10 HP 9 persons 120 sq.mt

VI) Leather Products
18) Manufacture of leather footwear 5 HP 9 persons 50 sq.mt --
Manufacture of wearing apparel like coats

gloves etc.,
Manufacture of leather consumer goods

20) such as upholstery suitcases pocket book 5 HP 9 persons 50 sq.mt --
cigarette and key cases

November 2018

Maximum
Permissible
Power
Requirement
1 2 3 4 5 6
purees etc.
21) Repair of footwear and other leather goods 5 HP 9 persons 50 sq.mt --

VII) Rubber and Plastic Products
22) Retreading and Vulcanizing works 2 HP 9 persons 50 sq.mt. ----
23) Manufacture of rubber balloons 2 HP 9 persons 50 sq.mt ----

VIII) Metal Products
Tool sharpening and razor sharpening Operation shall be permitted only

24 1 HP 9 persons 25 sq.mt
works between 8 hrs. to 20 hrs.,
IX) Electrical Goods
Repair of household electrical

appliances such as radio set,
television set, tape recorders,
25) refrigerators, heaters, irons, shavers, 3 HP 9 persons 50 sq.mt
between 8 hrs to 20 hrs.
vacuum cleaners, air conditioners,
washing machine, electric cooking ranges,
motor rewinding works etc.,
X) Transport Equipment
a) Service of motor vehicles and motor Operation shall be permitted only

cycles with no floor above between 8 hrs to 20 hrs

November 2018

Maximum
Permissible
Power
Requirement
1 2 3 4 5 6
b) Repair of motor vehicles and motor

5 HP 9 persons 50 sq.mt No spray painting permitted
cycles with no floor above
c) Battery charging and repair 5 HP 6 persons 25 sq.mt --
Repair of bicycles and cycle

27) 5 HP 6 persons 50 sq.mt No spray painting permitted
rickshaws
XI) Other manufacturing and Repair Services
Manufacture of jewellery and related Operation shall be permitted only
articles between 8 hrs to 20 hrs.

29) Repair of watch clock and jewellery 3 HP 9 persons 50 sq.mt
between 8 hrs to 20 hrs
Manufacture of musical instrument and its Operation shall be permitted only

30) No power to be used 6 persons 50 sq.mt
repair between 8 hrs to 20 hrs
Repairs of locks, stoves, umbrellas, sewing

machines, gas burners, buckets and other Operation shall be permitted only
sundry household equipments, optical between 8 hrs to 20 hrs
glass grinding and repairs.
i) 30.5 m x Plot size (i) for filling stations without

16.75 m service bay and (ii) for filling
32) Petrol filling stations 10 HP 9 persons
ii) 33.5 m x 30.5 stations
m with service bay
Laundress laundry service and i) Cleaning and dyeing fluid shall not
33) 4 KW 9 persons 50 sq.mt
cleaning dyeing bleaching and dry have flash point lower than 138 F.

November 2018

Maximum
Permissible
Power
Requirement
1 2 3 4 5 6
cleaning
ii) Operation shall be permitted between
8 hrs to 20 hrs
iii) Machinery having dry load capacity of

20KG and above
Photo processing laboratories, Xeroxing Operation shall be permitted between 8

photo copy videotaping and their repairing hrs to 20 hrs
35) Ready Mix Concrete Plant 3.75 HP 9 persons 50 sq.mt --
Non-polluting, High Tech, High Value

36) --- 9 persons 50 sq.mt
added Electronic Industries --
Brick Kilns, Fly Ash Bricks, Manufacturing of

37) non-metallic mineral products like Structural
Stone goods, stone dressing, stone crushing
and polishing, manufacture of earthern and
plaster states and images, toys, art wares,
cement concrete building components,
concrete jellies, septic tank, plaster of paris
work, lime mortar etc.

November 2018
PART IV- GENERAL BUILDING

REQUIREMENTS SET BACKS, MARGINAL
DISTANCES, HEIGHT, PERMISSIBLE FSI
26.0 General
Following regulations for congested area shall be applicable for the lands included in
congested area as shown on the development plan. For the areas outside congested area in
the development plan, regulation for outside-congested area shall apply. However, in
congested area, if the original land holding is more than 0.40 Hectare, then all the regulations
of non-congested area except FSI shall apply. In such cases FSI shall be as per Regulation
No 26.1
26.1 Regulation for congested area

26.1.1 Residential and mix user buildings:
(a) Floor Space Index:
Maximum permissible FSI shall be 1.50 for purely residential building and in case of mix
residential with commercial or other user, additional FSI, limited to 0.5 for non-residential user
may be permitted on payment of premium @50% of Market Value for land as per Annual
Statement of Rates (ASR).
(b) Set back (Road side Margin/s):
The minimum front set back from the existing or proposed road/s shall be as given in
Table No.7
TABLE 7: SETBACK (ROAD SIDE MARGIN/S)

Sr. For Purely
Road width For Mixed Users
No. Residential
1.50 m. (for uses other
(i) For streets less than 7.5 m. in width NIL than residential, fronting
on road)
(ii) For streets 7.5 m. to less than 12 m. in width 1.00 m. 2.00 m.
(iii) For streets 12 m to less than 18 m. in width 1.50 m 2.50 m.
(iv) For streets 18 m & above in width 2.00 m 3.00 m
No such setback shall be necessary for pathways provided as per Regulation No. 24.2(D)
c) Side & rear marginal distances shall be as given in Table No.8 :
TABLE 8: SIDE & REAR MARGINAL DISTANCES

Side Rear
Residential Plot Area
in m in m
Upto 250 sq. m 0.00 1.00
Above 250 & upto 500 sq. m 1.00 1.00
Above 500 sq. m. & upto 1000 sq.m 2.00 2.00
Above 1000 sq.m. As per Regulation No. 26.2

November 2018
Note: -
(a) For lanes less than 4.5 m in width, a setback of 2.25 m shall be prescribed from the
centre line of such lane. Streets less than 4.5 m shall be treated as lanes only when
they serve as access to the properties fronting on them.
(b) Structural projections such as balconies, cornices, weather sheds, roof projections etc.
shall be allowed in the setback distance prescribed above as per Regulation No. 26.8.
(c) Height- Above set back and marginal distances shall be applicable for buildings less
than 15 m in height. Marginal distances shall be increased by 1m for buildings having
height 15 m and more but less than 24 m.
(d) Steps may be allowed within marginal distance
(e) Parking – parking shall be provided as per the provisions in Regulation No.42.0
26.1.2 Public semi-public, Educational, Medical, Institutional, Commercial, Mercantile and
Other Buildings:
(a) Floor Space Index - Basic permissible FSI shall be 1.50, additional FSI limited to 0.5
may be permitted on payment of premium @40 % of Market Value for land as per
Annual Statement of Rates (ASR).
(b) Marginal distances - For these buildings marginal distances shall be 3 m on all sides.
(c) For buildings having height more than 15.00 m, regulations of non-congested area shall
apply for front, side & rear marginal distances
Provided that for buildings like cinema theatre, multiplex, assembly buildings, shopping
malls, regulations prescribed in non-congested area, except FSI, shall apply.
26.1.3 Pathway for access to the internal building or interior part of the building, the pathway shall not
be less than 3.0 m and shall be subject to provisions mentioned in Regulation No. 24.2(D).
26.1.4 If the width of property is less than 3.6 m (12 ft), the entire ground floor shall be on stilts.
26.1.5 Front open space as prescribed by the Highway Authority or any other rules shall be
applicable if they are over and above as prescribed in these regulations.
26.2 Regulation for Outside Congested Area:

26.2.1 Marginal Distances for Residential Buildings Height 15 m and Below.
The provisions for minimum marginal distances as given in Table No.9 shall apply for the
residential buildings, residential with mix uses permissible in non-congested areas and
ancillary residential buildings permissible in industrial zones having height upto 15 m and
below.

November 2018
TABLE 9: MARGINAL DISTANCES FOR RESIDENTIAL BUILDINGDS HEIGHT 15 M AND BELOW

Min Plot Min width Min. rear
Sr. Min set back from road side Min. side margins in
Description of the road Size in of plot in margins in Remarks
No. in meter meter
sq.mt meter meter
6.0m for NH and 4.5 m.
SH or as specified by
1 NH/SH 450 15 3.0 3.0 --
Highway rule whichever
is more
4.5 m. or as specified by
2 MDR/ODR 450 15 Highway rule whichever 3.0 3.0 --
is more
Roads 24 meters and
3 300 12 4.5 3.00 3.0 --
above
Roads of width below
4 250 10 3.00 3.00 3.0 --
24 mt and upto 18 mt.
Side and rear
Roads of width below margins in this row
5 250 10 3.00 2.25 2.25
18 mt and upto 15 mt. only for G+2 or stilt +
3 structure
1.50 (in case of
Side and rear
semi-detached
Roads of width below margins in this row
6 150 8 3.00 building, only one 1.50
15 mt and above 9 mt. only for G+2 or stilt +
side open space
3 structure
shall be permissible)
1.50 (in case of semi-
Side and rear
detached building,
margins in this row
7 Road of width upto 9 mt. 100 7 3.00 only one side open 1.50
only for G+2 or stilt +
space shall be
3 structure
permissible)
0.00 (In case of Side and rear
Row Housing on roads 30 to
8 3.50 2.25 corner plot, 1.50 or 1.50 margins in this row
of 12 mt. and below 125
building line of only for G+1 or stilt +

November 2018
adjoining road 2 structure

whichever is more)
Row Housing for 0.90m Side and rear
0.90 mt from pathway or
EWS/LIG/Slum Up margins in this row
9 20 to 50 3.00 2.25 mt from road As per Sr. No.7 above
gradation etc. by public only for G+1 or stilt +
boundary
authority. 2 structure
Note
1. Higher height may be permitted subject to marginal distance mentioned in Regulation No. 26.2.4.
2. The minimum area of plots fronting on service roads along highways, shall be with reference to the width of service road.
3. For semi-detached buildings, side margin shall be on one side only.
4. Row-housing plots at the junction of two roads shall be larger to maintain the setback from both roads. Not more than 12 and not less than 3 plots
shall be allowed in each block of row housing. Each block shall be separated from the other by 6 m road or 6 m side margin distance of the plot or
space including side marginal distance of the plot.
5. No garage shall be permitted in a building having stilt or basement provided for parking.
6. Construction of ottas, railings, barricades or supporting columns for canopy or porch shall not be allowed in front marginal distances. However,
steps may be permitted within 1.2 m from the building line. Also supporting columns for canopy or porch may be allowed within building line
7. In no case ribbon development rules shall be relaxed without consent of the Highway Authority
8. In case of special building as specified in Regulation No.6.2.2.(g), marginal distances shall be as per said regulations
9. The plot width to depth ratio shall be 1:1.5 to 1:2.5; as far as possible in case of plotted layout development permission
10. In Public Housing Schemes for E.W.S. undertaken by government or semi-government organisations, marginal distances shall be as per their
respective schemes and rules.
11. The front setback set-out in already approved and partially developed layouts / schemes, may be retained as per said approval, so as to maintain
the building line.
12. The pattern of development like semi-detached, row housing, etc. in already approved layout shall be as per said approved layout.
13. Where commencement certificate is granted prior to publication of draft development plan and the said plot is affected by new road proposed in
the development plan, then front margin stand relaxed to that extent.
14. Subsidiary structure such as garage (limited to one), outhouse, independent sanitary block may be permitted only in plots having area more than
250 sq.mt or more
15. Rear or side marginal distances for development along nalla or water courses shall be subject to Regulation No. 22.1.(b) and 22.3.

November 2018
26.2.2 Other Buildings:

The Provision as given in Table No.9(a) below shall apply for different categories of other buildings.
Table No.9(a)
Minimum road Minimum marginal

Sr. no. Type of building Other stipulations
width required distances
1 2 3 4 5
Medical buildings
a) Hospital, Maternity Homes, Health Club, 12 m 6 m. on all sides

Public Semi-public buildings being special As per table no. 14
building
1 b) Hospital, Maternity Homes, Health Club, 12 m Front margin as per
Public Semi-public buildings not being special Table no. 9 remaining
buildings sides 4.5 m.
As per table no. 14
9m Front margin as per
c) Clinics on plot upto area 300 sq.m. Table no. 9 other all
sides 3.0 m.
Educational buildings
6m
2. a) Pre-primary School As per Table No.9
As per table no. 14
b) Primary School 9m
6.0 m. on all sides
Front – 12 m. (only on construction of Cinema Theatre/Multiplex shall

Cinema Theatre/ Drama Theatre/ Assembly
3. 15 m one major road) confirm to the provisions of Maharashtra Cinema
Hall/ Multiplex / Shopping Malls
Remaining front and/or (Regulations) Rules, 1966 as amended from time
all sides 6 m. to time.
Front – 12 m. (only on
one major road)
4. Mangal Karyalaya like buildings 15 m
Remaining front and/or
all sides 6 m.

November 2018
Table No.9(a)
Minimum road Minimum marginal

Sr. no. Type of building Other stipulations
width required distances
1 2 3 4 5
i) Plot should not be located within the distance of

90 m from any junction of roads having min. width
12 m each. In case of ‗T‘ junction, this restriction
of 90 m. shall apply on a side where
perpendicular road meets the junction.
Petrol/Fuel Filling Stations with or without ii) Restrictions imposed by Ribbon Development
5. 12 m 6.0 m on all sides.
service bays Rules, IRC, MoRTH shall apply.
iii) Petrol filling station shall not be sited on the
convex side of a road curve. In case the curve is
not very sharp and cars moving out of the station
are completely visible to the traffic from a
distance of at least 90 m. and vice versa, a petrol
station may be permitted on such a convex curve.
Front 6.0 m. i) Shops may also be allowed fronting side and
Mercantile/ Business/ hotel/ Commercial/ mix
6. 12 m rear margins.
use with residential buildings.
Side & rear 4.5 m. ii) Minimum area of Shops shall be 6 Sq.mt with a
minimum width of 2.00 m.
Covered portion shall not exceed 20% of plot
7. Stadium / Pavilion 15 m 6 m. on all sides area. The spectators‘ gallery of the stadium shall
not be counted towards FSI. Shops below
spectator‘s gallery may be permissible
Note:
i. In case of plots fronting on National Highway, State Highway and Major District Roads, the building line shall be as per Ribbon Development
Rules or as given in Table above, whichever is more.
ii. Side and rear marginal distances mentioned in above Table shall be subject to Regulation No.26.2.4, whichever is more.
iii. In case of special building as specified in Regulation No. 6.2.2(g), marginal distances shall be as per said regulations.
iv. A stadium shall generally accommodate 400 m running track.
v. Rear or side marginal distances for development along nalla or water courses shall be subject to Regulation no.22.1.(b) and 22.3.

November 2018
26.2.3 Characteristic Specified Areas: Notwithstanding anything contained in these regulations,

Development Control Rules for Characteristic Specified Areas within MSRDC SPA Area if
any shall prevail.
26.2.4 Marginal distances for Buildings of Higher Heights:
The Requirement for front, rear and side marginal distances are as mentioned below shall
apply for all buildings except the marginal distances specified in Table No.9. for the heights
mentioned therein.
(a) Front Margin Requirements - Subject to provision in Regulation No.26.5(a), minimum

front margin required under this regulation shall be as given below.
i. Height above 15 m & upto 24 m -- 4.50 m or as per Table No.9 whichever is
maximum
ii. Height above 24 m & upto 37.5 m. -- 6.00 m.
iii. Height above 37.5 m & upto 50.0 m -- 9.00 m.
(b) Side or rear Marginal Distances Requirements as mentioned in Table No.10 –
TABLE 10: SIDE & REAR MARGINAL DISTANCES FOR BUILDINGS OF HIGHER HEIGHTS
Sr.
Height of Building Side / rear space requirement
No.
Height specified in Table No.9
1 As per Table No.9
(15 mtr and below)
H/4 subject to a minimum of 3.0 m for residential
For height more than specified
2 in Table No.9 building, 4.5 m. for commercial building, and 6.0 m.
Above 15 mtr) for special building mentioned in Regulation No.
6.2.2.(g)
Where, H = height of building above average surrounding ground level.
Provided that such marginal distance shall be subject to maximum of 16.0 m.
Provided further that for calculating the marginal distances, the building height shall be
exclusive of height of parking floors maximum upto 6.0 m.
Provided also that, for building having shops / commercial user on any floor, 50% of front
marginal distance shall be made available exclusively for pedestrians.
(c) Provision for Step Margin:
Step margins may be allowed to be provided on upper floor at height 24 m and above to
achieve required marginal distances as mentioned in these regulations subject to structural
stability and fire protection norms as prescribed from time to time. If building height is 24 m
and above minimum side margin at ground level shall be 7.5 m and if building height is 50 m
and above the minimum side margin shall be 9.00 m. In congested area minimum side margin
at ground level shall be 6.00 m.
(d) The Distance between the two building:
The distance between two buildings shall be the side marginal distance required for the higher
building between two adjoining buildings within the same plot.
Provided where rooms do not derive light and ventilation from the exterior open space, the
distance between the two buildings may be reduced by 1 m subject to a minimum of 3 m (if
necessary 6.0 m in case of special building) and a maximum of 8 m. No projections shall be
permitted in this exterior space.

November 2018
In case of group housing scheme or in housing scheme where building abuts on internal road
or abuts on recreational open space then in such cases the minimum 3.0 m set back from
internal road or distance between two buildings whichever is more shall be provided. For
Development plan road or classified road or through road, passing through Group Housing
Scheme, the setback as prescribed in the regulations shall be provided.
(e) Buildings abutting Two or More Streets:
When a Building abuts two or more streets, the setbacks from the streets shall be such as if
the building is fronting each such street.
26.3 Permissible FSI

Basic Permissible FSI, associated with its land linked premium, additional FSI on payment of
premium, Permissible TDR Loading on a plot in non-congested area for Residential,
Commercial uses shall be as per the following Table No. 11:
Basic Permissible FSI, FSI on payment of premium, Permissible TDR Loading on a plot in
non-congested area for Residential, Commercial uses.
TABLE 11: PERMISSIBLE FSI
Sr. Basic FSI Additional Maximum

Maximum
No with Land FSI on Building
Road width in meter Permissible
Linked payment of potential on
TDR Loading
Premium premium plot
1 2 3 4 5 6
1 Below 9.00 meter 1.10 0.10 -- 1.20
9.00 meter and upto
2 1.10 0.30 0.40 1.80
12.00 meter
12.00 meter and
3 1.10 0.30 0.65 2.05
upto18.00 meter
18.00 meter and upto
4 1.10 0.30 0.90 2.30
24.00 meter
24.00 meter and upto
5 1.10 0.30 1.15 2.55
30.00 meter
6 30 meter & above 1.10 0.50 1.40 3.00
Note-
i. The Land linked premium @5% of the land rate as mentioned in the ASR shall be levied
on the entire land holding to make it eligible for entitlement of basic FSI as stipulated in
column 3 above.
ii. For the other Non-Residential Buildings (except Residential and Residential with mix
uses), the basic FSI for such type of buildings shall be 1.25 subject to payment of land
linked premium as specified above.
iii. Maximum permissible building potential on plot mentioned at column no.6 shall be
exclusive of FSI allowed for Inclusive Housing as per Regulation No.37.A.
iv. The restrictions of road width mentioned above shall not be applicable in cases where,
the permissible FSI is more than the basic FSI in various schemes such as, slum
rehabilitation scheme, redevelopment of dangerous buildings, cluster development for
congested area, redevelopment of MHADA buildings, TOD belt etc.
v. The maximum limits of FSI prescribed above shall be applicable to fresh permission and
also to an existing building which has not been granted full occupation certificate but
subject to production of stability certificate from structural engineer in respect of such

November 2018
existing building. However, in no case the rights of the flat owner / unit holders shall be
adversely affected.
vi. Premium - Rate of premium for the additional FSI as mentioned in column no 4 above
shall be @40 % of Market Value for land as per Annual Statement of Rates (ASR) for
Residential use and @50% of ASR for Commercial use.
vii. On request of Planning Authority, Government may vary the ratio of Additional FSI and
TDR as mentioned in column 4 and 5 by issuing Directive.
26.4 Industrial Buildings:
Minimum plot area, marginal space, Permissible FSI, Additional FSI with payment of premium
for industrial buildings shall be as per the Table No. 12 given below:
(a) Minimum plot area, Marginal space, Permissible FSI:
TABLE 12: MINIMUM PLOT AREA, MARGINAL SPACE, PERMISSIBLE FSI FOR INDUSTRIAL
BUILDINGS
Additional
Min. Basic Permissible Min. Min. Side &
Sr. Plot Size in FSI on
road FSI with Land Front Rear
No. sq.mt payment of
width Linked Premium Margins Margins
premium
1 2 3 4 5 6 7
1 12 m Upto 1000 1.10 0.30 4.50 3.00
2 12 m 1001 to 5000 1.10 0.30 9.00 6.00
5000 and
3 12 m 1.10 0.30 12.00 9.00
above
Note-
i. In case of plots fronting on National Highway, State Highway and Major District Roads,
the building line / control line shall be as per Ribbon Development Rules or as given in
Table above, whichever is more.
ii. Front, side and rear marginal open spaces shall be as per above Table.
iii. Minimum height of Industrial Building shall be 3.60 m.
iv. In addition of provisions of these regulations, regulations prescribed under Factory Act
shall be applicable.
v. Premium - Premium - Rate of premium for the additional FSI as mentioned in column no
5 above shall be @ 40 % of Market Value of land as per Annual Statement of Rates
(ASR).
vi. Buffer zone-For construction of industrial building, buffer zone of 23 m wide shall be left
from residential or incompatible zone, wherever necessary. Such buffer zone shall be
part of sizable required recreational open space. Roads and marginal distance may
also be treated as a part of Buffer Zone. However, area of such buffer zone shall be
counted in gross area for computation of FSI. Where green belt is shown in development
plan between residential and industrial zone, area of such green belt shall be counted in
gross area for calculation of FSI. Provided also that marginal distance for a building shall
not be exclusive of buffer zone. The floor height for industrial building shall be as per
requirement.
26.5 a) Height of Building:

i. Height of building is allowed to the extent that is required to consume the maximum
building potential on plot as given in the table under Regulation No. 26.1.1 & 26.3,

November 2018
subject to other restrictions as per these regulations and prior approval of Chief Fire
Officer, if required under this regulation.
Notwithstanding anything contained in these regulations, for the building having height
24.0 m and more, the minimum road width shall be 12.0 m and for building having
height equal to or more than 50.0 m, the minimum road width shall be 15.0 m.
ii. If a building abuts on two or more streets of different widths, the height of building shall
be regulated by the street of greater width.
iii. For building in the vicinity of aerodromes, the maximum height of such buildings shall
be subject to values framed by the Civil Aviation Authorities or the development
permission shall be considered only after applicant produces NOC from Air Port
Authority.
iv. In addition to (iii) for Industrial Chimneys coming in the vicinity of aerodromes, it shall
be of such height and character as prescribed by Civil Aviation Authorities and all
Industrial Chimneys shall be of such character as prescribed by the Chief Inspector of
Steam Boilers and Smoke Nuisance, and
v. Buildings intended for hazardous godowns storage of inflammable materials and
storage of explosives shall be single storied structures only.
(b) Height Exemptions:
The appurtenant structures such as roof tanks and their supports, ventilating, air-conditioning,
lift rooms and similar service equipment, stair cover, chimneys and parapet walls /
architectural features not exceeding 1.2 m in height shall not be included in computation of
height of building.
26.6 High Rise Committee:

It is mandatory for the VC&MD that, for the buildings having height 36 m and above, the
building approval proposal shall be cleared from the High Rise Committee. The High Rise
Committee shall be constituted by the VC&MD. The structure of the Committee is as under.
The decision of the high rise committee shall be binding on every owner/developer.
(a) Constitution of the Committee:
TABLE 13: CONSTITUTION OF HIGH RISE COMMITTEE
Sr No Members Post
1 Jt.M.D. of the MSRDC SPA Chairman
Director of Fire Services, Government of Maharashtra or person

Member
nominated by him
2 Chief Planner MSRDC SPA Member
3 Chief Engineer, Head Quarter, MSRDC Member
Head of Department, Soil Mechanics, College of Engineering

4 Member
SPA Area / Vicinity
Head of Department Structural Engineering, College of

5 Member
Engineering in the SPA Area/ vicinity
7 Dy.Chief Planner, MSRDC SPA Member Secretary
8 Structural Engineer of the concerned project Invitee

November 2018
(b) Building proposals to be referred to the Committee:
i. All new building proposals where the height of the proposed buildings, exceeds 36 m shall
be referred to the committee. Apart this, any new building proposal, in the opinion of the
VC&MD, which inter alia involves major disturbance of and/or integrated to the existing
natural land formation and profile as also substantial reclamation may also be referred to
the Committee.
ii. It is mandatory for all the high rise buildings to comply with the structural design and
stability and Fire Safety as mentioned in Part - XII and XIII.
iii. The Committee shall be of advisory nature and it will advise the VC&MD regarding the
feasibility of development proposals considering the opinion of the expert members of the
committee.
iv. In specific case, if the Chairman desires, any expert from other fields may be invited for
the meeting of the Committee.
v. The Authority shall render necessary help for functioning of the Committee, provision of
place for meetings, secretarial assistance, etc.
vi. The non-official members of the Committee shall be paid honorarium as may be decided
by the VC&MD.
vii. The additional scrutiny fee may be levied by MSRDC SPA for such building proposals
which may be decided by VC&MD.
viii. The Committee shall offer its remarks on the building proposal within a period 45 days
from the date of receipt of the proposals.
26.7 Interior and Exterior Chowk:

(a) Interior chowk : Wherever habitable rooms or kitchen derives ventilation from inner
chowk or interior open space, the size of such interior open space shall not be less than
3 m x 3 m upto height of 15 m and for height more than 15 m, the interior open space
shall not be less than H/5 m. x H/5 m. where H = height of highest wall of the chowk.
(b) Exterior chowk : The minimum width of the exterior chowk for the purpose of light and
ventilation, shall not be less than 2.4 m and depth shall not exceed 1.5 times the width
for buildings upto 15 m height and for height more than 15 m., the exterior open space
shall not be less than H/6 m. x H/6 m where H = height of highest wall of the chowk. If
the width of the exterior chowk is less than 2.4 m it shall be treated as a notch.
Provided that, where only water closet, bathroom, combined bathroom and water closet
abutting on the interior open space, the size of the interior open space shall be in line with
the provision for ventilation shaft as given in Regulation No. 41.19 / Table No. 20.
26.8 Permissible Structures / Projections in Marginal Open Spaces:

The following projections shall be permissible in marginal distances:
(a) Projections into distances: Every open space provided either interior or exterior shall be
kept free from any erection thereon and shall be open to the sky and no cornice, chajja,
roof or weather shade more than 0.75 m wide shall overhang or project over the said
marginal distances so as to reduce the width to less than the minimum required. However,
sloping/horizontal chajja provided over balcony/ gallery etc. may be permitted upto
balcony projections at horizontal level.

November 2018
(b) A canopy not exceeding 5 m in length and 2.5 m in width in the form of cantilever and
unenclosed over the main entrance providing a minimum clear height of 2.40 m below the
beam bottom of canopy. The canopy shall not have access from upper floors (above
floors), for using as sitting out place. There shall be a minimum clearance of 1.5 m
between the plot boundaries and canopy. Provided that, more than one canopy may be
allowed in case of special buildings, as per requirement.
(c) A projection of maximum 30 cm on roof top terrace level may be allowed throughout the
periphery of the building. In case of pitched roof projection of maximum 45 cm at rooftop
terrace level throughout periphery of the building shall be allowed.
(d) Accessory buildings: The following accessory buildings may be permitted in the
marginal open spaces :
i. In an existing building where toilet is not provided, a single storeyed toilet subject to
a maximum area of 4.0 sq.mt in the rear or side open space and at a distance of 7.5
m from the road line or the front boundary and 1.5 m from other boundaries may be
permissible. The VC&MD may reduce 1.5 m margin in exceptional cases to avoid
hardship.
ii. Parking lock up garage not exceeding 2.4 m in height shall be permissible in the rear
corner of the plot with independent bungalow. Parking lock up garage when attached
to main building shall be 7.5 m away from the road line and shall be of such
constructions giving fire resistance of 2 hours. The area of sanitary blocks and
parking lock up garage shall be taken into account for the calculation of FSI.
iii. Suction tanks, soak pits, pump room, meter room, garbage shaft, space required for
fire hydrants, electrical and water-fittings, water tanks, dustbins etc.
iv. One watchman's cabin / booth not more than 3 sq.mt in built up area having min1.20
m width or diameter of cabin / booth.
Note :- When a building abuts falling on three or more roads then above mentioned user,
except (iv), shall be permissible in front setback facing the smaller road of less important
from traffic point of view.
(e) "Ramp" in basement shall be allowed subject to 6.0 m clear marginal distance for
movement of fire fighting vehicle.
(f) Fire escape staircase of single flight not less than 1.2 m.
(g) Staircase mid-landing of 1.2 m. width with clear minimum headway of 2.1 m below the
mid-landing. However, clear distance from edge of landing to the plot boundary shall not
be less than 1.8 m.
(h) Supported double height terraces (within the building line )-
Supported double height terraces (open terraces with railing having minimum height equal
to two floors) within the building line, not exceeding 20% of the built up area of the same
floor.
26.9 Exclusion of Structures / Projections for FSI calculation:

i. Structures/ Projections /features / ornamental projection of glass façade permitted in
marginal open spaces as mentioned in Regulation No.26.8 (a),(b),(c),(d) (iii), (e), (f) ,
(h).

November 2018
ii. Stilt / Multi-storeyed floors /podium/ basement used as parking including passage
therein.
iii. Areas covered by electric cabin, Porches, Entrance lobby / foyer, canopies, chajjas,
cornice, weather shade, sun breaker, Air conditioning plant rooms, lift well and service
floor of height not exceeding 1.8 m for hospitals, shopping malls, plazas and Star
category hotels ( rating with three stars and above).
iv. Area of structure for an effluent treatment plant as required as per the requirements of
the Maharashtra Pollution Control Board or other relevant authorities.
v. Rockery, Well and well structures, plant, Nursery, Water pool platform around a tree,
Fountain bench, Chabutara with open top and unenclosed sides, Ramps, Compound
wall, Gate slide / swing, Steps outside the buildings, Domestic working place (open to
sky), Overhead water tank on top of the building, Stair Case, Fire escape stair case,
Balconies as specified in Regulation No. 41.14, and Refuge area for high rise buildings
as specified in Regulation No. 41.27.
vi. Telecommunication tower, antenna and allied activities.
vii. Atrium in shopping malls, public buildings.
viii. Open to sky swimming pool of the top terrace and top most podium.
ix. The public toilets constructed in Public buildings.
26.10 FSI of Green Belt / ROS along water bodies:

FSI of the green belt zone shown on the development plan may be allowed on remaining land
of the owner by counting area of green belt in gross area of plot subject to condition that the
area shall always be under tree cover. The owner shall plant trees in this area with proper
planning at the rate of minimum 100 trees per hectare and should have been survived for at
least one year prior to issuance of occupation certificate.
Provided that, such FSI shall not be allowed if such green belt area is included in recreational
open space to be left as per Regulation no.24.3.6.
26.11 Special Regulations for Land Pooling Schemes under Maharashtra Highway Act
1965:
The provision of land pooling schemes incorporated in the Maharashtra Highway Act 1965 as
amended from time to time may be applicable to the MSRDC SPA Area. The provisions of
the land pooling schemes incorporated in above Act are as per Appendix-N.

November 2018
PART V- ADDITIONAL FSI IN CERTAIN

CATEGORIES
27.0 General
Additional/higher Floor space index may be allowed in certain categories in non-congested

area, except as otherwise specified, as mentioned in Regulation no 27.1 and subject to
following conditions:
(a) Permissible additional FSI for the buildings as mentioned in Table no 14 shall be the
maximum permissible building potential according to road width as mentioned in column 6
of Table no.11 minus Basic FSI (column 3) .Such additional FSI shall be available for use
for which additional FSI is granted only.
(b) Premium – Premium for additional F.S.I. shall be as per column 4 of the Table 14. Rate of
the premium is based on the land rate mentioned in ASR for respective S.No./CTS No.
The percentage of premium shall be subject to the orders of the Government from time to
time.
(c) The additional FSI shall also be permissible to existing authorised users subject to
structural stability.
(d) The other conditions as mentioned in the Government Directives issued under section 154
of the M.R.&T.P.Act 1966 vide Resolution no TPS-1815/2647/CR-13/15/UD13/ Dated
14/03/2016 shall also be applicable (except condition No.2 and 3).
(e) If the owner / developer desire to avail such additional FSI in future for new buildings, then
while seeking building permission at first instance, the building plan shall be submitted
considering the Marginal distances as required for the height of buildings for such
additional FSI. No condonation in the required open spaces, parking and other
requirements in these regulations shall be allowed. However for the existing building
proposals, such condition need not be insisted. But proposal shall be cleared only after
strictly confirming structural and fire safety norms.
(f) Exit Requirements, requirements of water supply, drainage and sanitation parking spaces
requirements, Fire provision requirements shall conform the provisions as mentioned in
these regulations
(g) No amenity space shall require to be provided for the uses mentioned in Table No.14
except at Sr. No.(i).
27.1 Permissible Marginal Spaces, Permissible Basic FSI, Additional FSI For
Buildings In Non-Congested Area
Permissible Marginal spaces, permissible basic FSI, Additional FSI for buildings in non-
congested area is given in Table No 14.
PERMISSIBLE MARGINAL SPACES, PERMISSIBLE BASIC FSI, ADDITIONAL FSI FOR BUILDINGS IN
NON-CONGESTED AREA

November 2018
Table 14: PERMISSIBLE MARGINAL SPACES, PERMISSIBLE BASIC FSI, ADDITIONAL FSI FOR BUILDINGS IN NON-CONGESTED AREA
Basic FSI with
Categories of the other Rate of the
Land Linked Additional FSI Conditions if any,
buildings Premium
Premium (LLP)
1 2 3 4 5
i) The Educational Institute shall be of Government/Semi
A) Educational As per Regulation Maximum building 10 %
Government public authorities, Charitable Institutions or Private
No.26.3 potential limit as
i) Pre-primary School, Institutions
per road width as
Nursery Kindergarten and
mention in
Special Educational Institute ii) Educational buildings shall not be permissible within 60m from
Regulation No
for Physically handicapped/ the existing assembly building and 90 m. from the existing
26.3/ Column 6 of
Mentally ill. petrol pump.
Table No. 11
minus Basic FSI
iii) Educational building shall only be permitted if 40% area is
as mentioned in
available for playground. However, this provision shall not be
Column 3 of Table
applicable to already approved existing building wherein
11
construction of additional floor is proposed.
ii) Primary School / -- do -- -- do -- 20 %
Secondary School iv) No classroom shall admeasure less than 38 sq. m. with a
minimum dimension of 5.50 m. The height of any classroom
iii) College and other -- do -- -- do -- 30 % shall not be less than 3.60 m.
Educational Buildings
including boys / girls / youth v) While granting Additional FSI to Educational Institutions offering
hostels within 500 m. primary and secondary education 5 % seats shall be reserved
periphery from the for admission for Government nominees. Deputy Director,
recognised educational Education Department shall be competent to decide such
institution. nominations. However, this condition shall not be applicable for
Higher Education, Technical Education and Medical Education.
vi) As and when required, some rooms of Educational Buildings

shall be made available to the Government by the concerned
institutions.
vii) The Educational Institution shall maintain records regarding free

/ concessional education rendered to the needy persons, which

November 2018
Basic FSI with
buildings Premium
Premium (LLP)
1 2 3 4 5
shall be made available to the Director of School Education,
Higher and Technical Education on demand.
viii) The Director of School Education, Government of Maharashtra

shall be the competent authority to monitor as to whether the
Educational Institution is observing the terms and conditions
referred to at (i) ,(ii)and (iii) above and, in case of any breach
thereof or in case the Education being rendered by the
Educational Institution are not to the satisfaction of the said
Department, the Director of School Education shall have the
right to suitably penalise the Education Institution.
ix) The Educational Institution shall file an undertaking that it shall

abide by the above enumerated terms and conditions.
x) Adequate Parking facilities as required per prevailing

Development Control Regulation shall be provided.
xi) While granting occupation certificate the VC&MD shall intimate

to the Director of school Education for compliance of aforesaid
condition along with copy of occupation certificate and plan.
xii) Maximum of height of Educational building shall be as per The

Maharashtra Fire Protection and Life Safety Measure, Act, 2006

November 2018
Basic FSI with
buildings Premium
Premium (LLP)
1 2 3 4 5
B)Medical Institutions- -- do -- -- do -- i) No premium i) The Medical Institutions of Government, Semi Government,

Hospital, Maternity Homes, for public authorities, Charitable Institutions or private owner.
Health Club, buildings of Government,
ii) Free medical treatment to the extent of at least 20% of the total
Registered Medical Public Semi
number of beds shall be given to persons from Economically
Trust Government,
Weaker Sections of society or to persons below the poverty line.
public
In addition, 10% of the total number of patients in OPD shall be
authorities'
provided treatment at concessional rates, viz. rates that are
hospitals.
being charged in government hospitals. The Medical Institution
ii) 30% for shall furnish the requisite periodical statements to the Director of
Charitable Health Services in this regard.
Institutions
iii) The Medical Institution shall maintain records regarding
iii) 40% for free/concessional medical treatment rendered to the needy
private Medical persons, which shall be made available to the Director of Health
Institutions Services on demand.
vi) Any Special ward in the hospital building shall not admeasure
less than 9.0. sq.m. in area with no side less than 3 m.
v) Area of the general wards shall not admeasure less than 40 sq.
m. with no side less than 5.5. m.
vi) Every building shall have a refuge collection area of minimum
7.50 sq. m. size with cover on top and unclosed on at least three
sides. The same shall not be allowed in marginal open spaces.
Modern method of incineration of the refuge may be adopted.
vii) Minimum and maximum height of the refuge collection area shall
be 3.00 m. & 4.2 m. respectively. The greater height may be
permitted by the Authority as per the requirement.
viii) The Director of Health Services, Government of Maharashtra

November 2018
Basic FSI with
buildings Premium
Premium (LLP)
1 2 3 4 5
shall be the Competent Authority to monitor as to whether the
Medical Institution is observing the terms and conditions
referred above and in case of any breach thereof or in case the
medical services being rendered by the Medical Institution are
not to the satisfaction of the Director of Health Services, the
Director of Health Services shall have the right to suitably
penalise the Medical Institution.
ix) While granting occupation certificate the VC&MD shall intimate
to the Director of Health Services, Government of Maharashtra
for compliance of aforesaid condition along with copy of
occupation certificate and plan.
x) Maximum height of building for hospitals, sanatorium and
nursing homes, shall be as per The Maharashtra Fire Protection
and Life Safety Measure, Act, 2006.
C) Institutional buildings / -- do -- -- do -- i) No premium i) The institutional Buildings shall be of Government, Semi

Nationalised banks / for Government, public authorities or registered Charitable
District banks / Central Government, Institutions.
banks / Schedule banks / Semi
ii) Minimum and maximum height of rooms shall be 3.60 m. & 4.2
Co-operative banks Government,
m. respectively. The greater height may be permitted by the
public
Authority as per the requirement.
Institutions.
ii) 30% for
other
educational
buidings

November 2018
Basic FSI with
buildings Premium
Premium (LLP)
1 2 3 4 5
i) The star category hotels shall be constructed on independent
D)Starred category hotels -- do -- -- do -- 40% (up to
plot.
(two star and above) four star)
ii) Certificate from the Tourism Department, GOI shall be
necessary.
iii) Minimum and maximum height of rooms shall be 3.60 m. & 4.2
50 % (five star
m. respectively. The greater height may be permitted by the
and above)
iv) While granting Additional FSI to starred category Residential
Hotels 5% of rooms shall be reserved for Government nominees
free of cost. Provided that such rooms be reserved for a period
of not exceeding thirty days in a calendar year in a particular
hotel. The head of respective authorities shall be competent to
decide and monitor whether the institution is observing the
terms and conditions as mentioned.
v) While granting occupation certificate the VC&MD shall intimate
to the Competent Authority for compliance of afore said
condition along with copy of occupation certificate and plan.
E)Buildings of -- do -- -- do -- No Premium for i) The VC&MD with the previous approval of State Govt. may
Government and Semi- Buildings of exceed the additional FSI.
Government Offices, local Government ii) Minimum and maximum height of the rooms shall be 3.60 m. &
authorities and Public and Semi- 4.2 m. respectively. The greater height may be permitted by the
Sector Undertakings: Government Authority as per the requirement.
Offices, local
authorities.
For public
sector building
premium equal
to 30%.

November 2018
Basic FSI with
buildings Premium
Premium (LLP)
1 2 3 4 5
i) No Objection Certificate shall be obtained from concerned
F) Religious Building:
-- do -- -- do -- 15%
Police Authority and Collector before commencement of
construction.
ii) The additional FSI shall also be permissible to existing
authorised religious users subject to structural stability.
iii) The proposal shall be in consistence with the Development Plan
proposals.
iv) Minimum and maximum height of the rooms shall be 3.20 m. &
4.2 m. respectively. The greater height may be permitted by the
Authority as per the requirement
i) The building shall be on independent plot having minimum plot
G)Yatri Niwas, Youth-- do -- -- do -- 15%
area of 1000 sq.mt.
Hostel:-
ii) Minimum and maximum height of the rooms shall be 3.00 m. &
4.2 m. respectively. The greater height may be permitted by the
H)The Land in possession

-- do -- -- do -- No premium Out of total FSI, maximum 1.00 FSI shall be allowed to be
of Maharashtra State Road developed for commercial use and remaining FSI shall be for the
Transport Corporation self-use of the said principal use. Appropriate land shall be kept
open for parking of buses, movement of buses and passengers.
I) Basic shelter for urban

--do -- -- do – No premium Any housing scheme undertaken by planning authority, government
poor and EWS/LIG / semi government organisation, under the basic shelter for urban
housing. poor or similar programme / scheme of the Central / State
Government, may be allowed FSI upto 2.5, subject to following
conditions: -
i) The said scheme shall be for EWS/LIG housing.
ii) The scheme shall be implemented by the Corporation /

November 2018
Basic FSI with
buildings Premium
Premium (LLP)
1 2 3 4 5
Government/semi-Government Authority stipulated by the
Government, from time to time.
iii) The use of the land under the Scheme shall be in consonance
with the proposals of the sanctioned development plan.
iv) Total permissible floor space index for the scheme shall be 2.50
of the gross plot area (excluding the area affected by the D.P.
Reservations).
v) The entire 2.50 FSI as made permissible shall be utilised of the
scheme only.
vi) All the development plan reservations on the land under the
scheme shall be developed by the said authority and the
amenities thus created shall be handed over to the planning
authority.

November 2018
27.2 Road Widening And Construction Of New Roads

The VC&MD may permit on the same plot, additional FSI of the area required for road
widening or for construction of a new road proposed under the Development Plan, if the owner
(including the lessee) of such land surrenders such land for road widening or construction of
new road without claiming any monetary compensation in lieu thereof and hand over the same
free of encumbrances to the satisfaction of the VC&MD. FSI generated against the surrender
of land, shall be in proportion to the provisions mentioned in TDR Regulation and may be
utilised on the remaining land. If desired by the owner, TDR may be granted against such
surrendered land instead of utilizing FSI on remaining land. Such TDR shall be allowed to be
utilised as a Development Rights in accordance with the rules regulating Transfer of
Development Rights (TDR). Thereafter, the road shall be transferred in the city survey
records/revenue records in the name of the Authority and shall vest in it becoming part of a
public street.
27.3 Development / Redevelopment for construction of staff quarters of the State

Government or its statutory bodies
27.3.1 Construction of staff quarters of the state government or its statutory bodies shall be
permissible on land belonging to such authorities situated in developable zones such as
residential / public semi-public / commercial zones etc. Except restricted zone such as green
belt, agricultural zone, No Development Zone, CRZ, etc.
27.3.2 The basic FSI specified in these regulations may be allowed to be exceeded as per following
table on the gross plot area solely for the project of construction of staff quarters (herein after
referred to as ―staff quarter project‖) for the employees of the Government, or its statutory
bodies (hereinafter collectively referred to as ―User Authority‖), on land belonging to such User
Authority, by the PWD of the Government of Maharashtra or MHADA or Maharashtra Police
Housing Corporation or MSRDC or any other Public Agency nominated by the Government for
this purpose, which also include any Special Purpose Vehicle, wherein the Government or a
fully owned Company of the Government holds at least 51% equity share (hereinafter
collectively referred to as ―implementing Public Authority‖)
27.3.3
Road width and plot area Maximum permissible FSI (Including basic FSI)
12.00 mt. Above and minimum plot area

2.50
4,000sqm
27.3.4 For the purpose of calculating the FSI, the entire area of the plot excluding area under
Development Plan roads and Development Plan reservations, if any, shall be considered.
Provided that, the Development Plan reservations like Government Staff Quarters, Police
Housing, etc. on lands belonging to Government / Public Authorities / Local Authorities, shall
not be excluded.
Provided further that, amalgamation of such Development Plan reservation/s with adjoining
lands for the execution of project under this regulation, shall be permissible.
27.3.5 The total permissible FSI under this regulation shall be utilised for construction of staff
quarters for the User Authority, subject to the following:
i. The area of staff quarters for various categories of employees shall be as per the norms
prescribed by the concerned User Authority and in no case shall the area of staff quarters
exceed the maximum limit of carpet area as prescribed therein.
rd
ii. a) VC&MD may also permit upto 1/3 of the total permissible FSI under this regulation for
construction of free sale area (hereinafter referred to as ―free sale component‖) to be
disposed of by the Implementing Public Authority as provided herein. The free sale
98|Draft DCPR-SPA MSRDC

November 2018
component shall preferably be constructed in a separate block. Sub-division of plots shall

be permissible on the basis of equitable distribution of FSI, in case construction of free
sale component is permitted by the VC&MD.
The free sale component may be utilised for commercial use as per potential of plot as
decided by the following committee. The extent of commercial use, if required shall be
decided by the said committee strictly within the limits as specified in these regulations
1. VC&MD – Chairman
2. Police Commissioner – Member
3. Collector of Concerned District – Member
4. Chief Engineer Headquarter (MSRDC) – Member
5. Chief Planner – Member Secretary
ii b) If the User Authority required construction of staff quarters to the extent of full
permissible FSI, then the User Authority shall pay full cost of construction + 5% of
construction cost as establishment charges to the Implementing Public Authority.
ii c) The flats constructed under the free sale component shall be first offered to the Central
Government, its statutory bodies, Central /State PSUs for purchase as staff quarters and it
the Central Government or its statutory Bodies or Central /State PSUs do not indicate
willingness to purchase the same within the prescribed time limit, such flats shall be sold
in open market.
27.3.6 i. Notwithstanding anything contained in these regulations, no amount shall be charged

towards Premium, Scrutiny Fee etc., for the projects proposed under this regulation.
ii. The provisions of Inclusive Housing, mentioned in these regulations, shall not be applicable
for development under this regulation.
27.3.7 For any staff quarters project under this regulations, a development agreement shall be
executed between the User Authority and the Implementing Public Authority, which, inter alia,
shall authorise the Implementing Authority to dispose of the flats constructed under the free
sale component of the project, wherever applicable. Such development agreement shall
contain the details regarding the modalities and conditions of transferring such quarters
(whether free of cost or on payment/ receipt of certain amount by the User Authority) to the
user authority and also conditions modalities of disposing of the flats under the free sale
components by the Implementing Public Authority.
27.4 Development/ Redevelopment of Housing Schemes of Maharashtra Housing &

Area Development Authority (MHADA):
1. The FSI for a new scheme of Low Cost Housing, implemented by MHADA departmentally
on vacant lands for Economically Weaker Sections (EWS), Low Income Group (LIG) and
Middle Income Group (MIG) categories shall be 2.50 on the gross plot area and at least
60% built-up area in such scheme shall be in the form of tenements under the EWS, LIG
and MIG categories, as defined by the Government in Housing Department from time to
time.
2. For redevelopment of existing housing schemes of MHADA, containing (i) EWS/LIG
and/or (ii) MIG and/or (iii) HIG houses with carpet area less than the maximum carpet
area prescribed for MIG , the total permissible FSI shall be 2.50 on the gross plot area
(exclusive of the Fungible FSI).

November 2018
2.1 Where redevelopment of buildings in existing housing schemes of MHADA is undertaken

by the housing co-operative societies or the occupiers of such buildings or by the lessees
of MHADA, the Rehabilitation Area Entitlement, Incentive FSI and sharing of balance FSI
shall be as follows: -
A. Rehabilitation Area Entitlement:
i. Under redevelopment of buildings in existing Housing Schemes of MHADA, the

entitlement of rehabilitation area for an existing residential tenement shall be equal to sum
total of-
(a) a basic entitlement equivalent to the carpet area of the existing tenement plus 35%
thereof, subject to a minimum carpet area of 300 sq.ft. and
(b) an additional entitlement governed by the size of the plot under redevelopment, in
accordance with the Table No. 15A below: -
TABLE 15 A: REHABILITATION AREA ENTITLEMENT
Area of the Plot under Additional Entitlement (As % of the Carpet Area of the
Redevelopment Existing Tenement)
Upto 4000 sq.m. Nil

Above 4000 sq.m. to 2 Ha. 15%
Above 2 Ha to 5 Ha. 25%
Above 5 Ha to 10 Ha. 35%
Above 10 Ha. 45%
Provided that the maximum entitlement of rehabilitation area shall in no case exceed the
maximum limit of carpet area prescribed limit for MIG category by the Govt. as applicable on
the date of approval of the redevelopment project. Provided further that the entitlement of
rehabilitation area as admissible under this regulation shall be exclusive of the area of
balcony.
ii. Under redevelopment of buildings in existing Housing Schemes of MHADA, the
entitlement of rehabilitation area of any existing commercial/amenity unit in the Residential
Housing Scheme shall be equal to the carpet area of the existing unit plus 20% thereof.
B. Incentive FSI: Incentive FSI admissible against the FSI required for rehabilitation, as
calculated in (A) above, shall be based on the ratio (hereinafter referred to as Basic Ratio) of
Land Rate (LR) in Rs./Sq.mt of the plot under redevelopment as per the Annual Statements of
Rates (ASR) and Rate of Construction (RC)* in Rs./Sq.mt applicable to the area as per the
ASR and shall be as given in the Table No.15B below:
TABLE 15 B: INCENTIVE FSI

Incentive (As % of Admissible Rehabilitation
Basic Ratio (LR/RC)
Area)
Above 6.00 40%
Above 4.00 and upto 6.00 50%
Above 2.00 and upto 4.00 60%
Upto 2.00 70%

November 2018
Explanation
* RC is the rate of construction in respect of R.C.C. Construction, as published by the Chief
Controlling Revenue Authority & Inspector General of Registration, Maharashtra State in the
Annual Statements of Rates.
Provided that the above incentive shall be subject to the availability of the FSI on the Plot
under redevelopment and its distribution by MHADA.
Provided further that in case there are more than one land rate applicable to different parts of
the plot under redevelopment, a weighted average of all applicable rates shall be taken for
calculating the Average Land Rate and the Basic Ratio.
Provided further that the Land Rate (LR) and the Rate of Construction (RC) for calculation of
the Basic Ratio shall be taken for the year in which the redevelopment project is approved by
the authority competent to approve it.
C. Sharing of the Balance FSI:
The FSI remaining in balance after providing for the rehabilitation and the incentive
components, calculated as per (a) and (b) above respectively, shall be shared between the
Co-operative Housing Society and MHADA in the form of built-up area, as given in Table No.
15C below and the share of MHADA shall be handed over to MHADA free of cost.
TABLE 15 C: SHARING OF THE BALANCE FSI

Sharing of balance FSI
Basic Ratio (LR/CR) Share of Co-
Share of MHADA
operative Society
Above 6.00 30% 70%
Above 4.00 and upto 6.00 35% 65%
Above 2.00 and upto 4.00 40% 60%
Upto 2.00 45% 55%
Where redevelopment of buildings in the existing Housing Schemes of MHADA is undertaken

by MHADA or jointly by the MHADA along with the housing societies or the occupiers of such
building or by the lessees of MHADA, the Rehabilitation Area Entitlement, incentive FSI and
sharing of balance FSI shall be as follows:
A. Rehabilitation Area Entitlement: The Rehabilitation Area Entitlement shall be increased
by 10% of the existing carpet area, over and above the Rehabilitation Area Entitlement
calculated in (A) of 2.1 above, subject to the maximum of the size of MIG prescribed by
the Government in the Housing Department.
B. Incentive FSI: Incentive FSI shall be the same as in (B) of 2.1 above.
C. Sharing of the balance FSI: Sharing of the balance FSI shall be the same as in Table
15C.
3. For the purpose of calculating the FSI, the entire area of the layout including
Development Plan roads and internal roads but excluding the land under the reservation
of public amenities shall be considered. Sub-division of plots shall be permissible on the
basis of the compulsory open spaces as in these Regulations. For low cost housing
schemes of MHADA for EWS/LIG categories, the prevailing Regulations of the DCR shall
apply.
Provided that there shall be no restriction on the utilization of the FSI permissible under
this Regulation except for the restrictions under any law, rule or regulation.

November 2018
4. For the purpose of this Regulation the carpet areas for EWS, LIG or MIG tenements shall
be as determined by the Government from time to time.
5. a) For providing the requisite infrastructure for the increased population, an infrastructure
charge at the rate of 7% of the Land Rate as per the ASR of the year of approval of the
redevelopment project shall be chargeable for the extra FSI (excluding the fungible FSI)
granted over and above the normal FSI admissible for the redevelopment schemes. 50%
of the Infrastructure Charge levied and collected by MHADA shall be transferred to the
Authority for developing necessary off site infrastructure.
b) No premium shall be charged for the FSI admissible as per the prevailing regulations
(i) Construction of EWS/LIG and MIG tenements by MHADA on a vacant plot, or(ii) in a
redevelopment project for the construction of EWS/LIG and MIG tenements towards the
share of MHADA, or (iii) for rehabilitation component of a redevelopment project.
6. Notwithstanding anything contained in these Regulations, the relaxation incorporated in

the prevailing Regulation shall apply to the Housing Schemes under this Regulation for
tenements under EWS/LIG and MIG categories. However, the front open space shall not
be less than 3.6 m.
7. a) In any Redevelopment Scheme where the Co-operative Housing Society Developer
appointed by the Co-operative Housing Society has obtained No Objection Certificate
from the MHADA, thereby sanctioning additional balance FSI with the consent of 70% of
its members and where such NOC holder has made provision for alternative
accommodation in the proposed building (including transit accommodation), then it shall
be obligatory for all the occupiers / members to participate in the Redevelopment Scheme
and vacate the existing tenements for the purpose of redevelopment. In case of failure to
vacate the existing tenements, the provisions of section 9A of the MHAD Act mutatis
mutandis shall apply for the purpose of getting the tenements vacated from the not co-
operative members.
b) For redevelopment of buildings in any existing Housing Scheme of MHADA under
clause 2.2 hereinabove, by MHADA, the consent of the Co-operative Housing Society in
the form of a valid Resolution as per the Co-operative Societies Act, 1960 will be
sufficient. In respect of members not co-operating as per approval of the redevelopment
project, action under section 95(A) of the Maharashtra Housing and Area Development
Act, 1976 may be taken by MHADA.
8. A corpus fund, as may be decided by MHADA, shall be created by the Developer which
shall remain with the Co-operative Housing Societies for the maintenance of the new
buildings under the Rehabilitation Component.
27.5 Redevelopment of Existing Buildings Belonging To EWS / LIG Groups
Reconstruction / Redevelopment of existing buildings of EWS / LIG undertaken by landlord
and / or co-operative housing societies and / or occupiers having carpet area of all tenements
less than the EWS / LIG norms prescribed by MHADA, which existed prior to these
regulations which has ceased to exist in consequence of accidental fire / natural collapse or
demolition for the reasons of the same having been declared unsafe by or under a lawful
order of the VC&MD, shall be allowed subject to following conditions
1. FSI to be allowed for such redevelopment proposal shall be base FSI permissible under
these regulations or the FSI consumed by the existing authorized building whichever is
more. In addition to this minimum 10 sq.mt built up area per Residential flat shall be
allowed as incentive to the owner excluding bungalow.

November 2018
2. All the occupants of the old building shall be re-accommodated in the redeveloped
building.
3. In case of fire gutted buildings the conditions of more than 30 years age of buildings shall
not be made applicable, provided the structural stability certificate from nearest Govt.
Engineering College shall be necessary.
4. The Committee comprises of VC&MD, Chief Engineer, MSRDC, Joint Director, Town
Planning, Chief Fire Officer, and the Head of department Structural Engineering of a
Government Engineering College shall be set-up to decide whether the building is
―dangerous or dilapidated or Unsafe‖
5. Reconstruction of the building on the plot shall conform to the provisions of the sanctioned
Development Plan and sanctioned Development Control regulations.
27.6 Redevelopment of Old Dilapidated/Dangerous Buildings:

Reconstruction / Redevelopment in whole or in part of any tenanted building which existed
prior to these regulations which has ceased to exist in consequence of accidental fire / natural
collapse or demolition for the reasons of the same having been declared dangerous or
dilapidated or Unsafe by or under a lawful order of the VC&MD, shall be allowed subject to
following conditions:
(a) Redevelopment of tenanted building undertaken by landlord and / or co-operative housing

societies of landlord and / or occupiers shall be allowed, with an FSI equivalent to the
Rehab Area plus 50% incentive FSI of the rehab area. Provided that Rehab Area will be
the authorized utilised Area or 27.87 sq.mt per tenement whichever is more.
However as per the road width if the potential of the Plot is more than what is mention
above, then the balance potential available on plot after deducting rehab and incentive
FSI may be allowed to be utilized to that extent by the way of TDR or Additional FSI on
payment of premium if any.
(b) All the certified tenants of the old building shall be re-accommodated in the redeveloped
building. Each tenant shall be rehabilitated and given free of cost the carpet area occupied
by him for residential purpose in the old building subject to the minimum carpet area of
27.87sq.mt or existing carpet area whichever is more subject to maximum carpet area
upto 70 sq.mt. (753 sq.ft.) . In case of non-residential occupier the area to be given in the
reconstructed building shall be equivalent to the area occupied in the old building.
Provided that if the carpet area under Residential use exceeds 70 sq.mt., the cost of
construction for Area exceeding 70 sq.mt shall be paid by tenant / occupant to the
developer. The cost of construction shall be as per the ready reckoner rate of that year.
The carpet area exceeding 70 sq.mt. shall be considered for rehab FSI but shall not be
consider for incentive FSI.
(c) In case of fire gutted buildings the conditions of more than 30 years age of buildings
shall not be made applicable, provided the structural stability certificate from nearest
Govt. Engineering College shall be necessary.
(d) The Committee comprises of VC&MD , Chief Engineer , MSRDC, Joint Director, Town
Planning, Chief Fire Officer, and the Head of department structural Engineering of a
Government Engineering College shall be set-up to decide whether the building is
―dangerous or dilapidated or unsafe‖.

November 2018
Note: -
1. For the purpose of deciding authenticity of the structure if the approved plans of existing
structure are not available, the VC&MD shall consider other evidences such as
Assessment Recorder City Survey Record or Sanad.
2. In case where there are number of buildings on plot, in such cases, equivalent land
component of the buildings which is declared unsafe shall be worked out and incentive
FSI shall be based on such land component.
3. Reconstruction of the building on the plot shall conform to the provisions of the
sanctioned development Plan and sanctioned Development Control Regulations.
4. The new building may be permitted to be reconstructed in pursuance of an agreement to
be executed on stamp paper by at least 70 percent of the landlord /occupants in the
original building, within the meaning of the Bombay Rents, Hotel and Lodging House
Rents Control Act,1947 or Apartment Act and its related provision and in such
agreement provision for accommodation for all occupants in the new building on agreed
terms shall be made and a copy of such agreement shall be deposited with the Authority
before commencement or undertaking reconstruction of the new buildings.
5. The carpet area of part or parts of the new building intended to be used as non-
residential use shall not exceed the carpet area of part or parts of the original building so
used.
6. No new tenancy shall be created
7. An amount as may be decided by the Government shall be paid by the Owner /Developer
/ Society as additional Development Cess for the built up area over and above the Base
FSI. A corpus fund as decided by the VC&MD is to be created by the Developer which
will take care of the maintenance of the building for a period of 10 years.
27.7 Regulations for Development of Information Technology Establishment
Development of Information Technology Establishments shall be regulated as per the
Information Technology & Information Technology Enabled Services (IT/ITES) Policy 2015 as
declared by Industries Department vide Government Resolution No. ITP 2013/CR-265/IND-2
dated 25/08/2015, along with the special regulations sanctioned by the Government vide
notification No. TPB 4316/CR-167/2016/(3)/UD-11/dated 15th July, 2016 and amended time
to time which are mentioned below:
1. The VC&MD may permit additional FSI upto 200 % over and above the basic
permissible F.S.I. to all registered Public and Private IT/ITES Parks/AVGC Parks /IT
SEZs or IT Parks in SEZs / Stand-alone IT/ITES units in public IT Park (including IT/ITES
units located in Residential / Industrial/No Development/ Green/Agriculture Zone or any
other land-use zone in which such users are permissible), which have been approved by
the Directorate of Industries, proposed to be set up or already set up under present /
previous IT/ITES policies, ( hereinafter referred to as the "said unit") by charging
premium of 25% of the land rate for the said land as prescribed in Annual Statement of
Rates for the relevant year of granting such additional F.S.I.
In case of lands owned by MSRDC, the MSRDC SPA as a land owner may recover lease
premium for additional FSI if applicable under land disposal policy of MSRDC.
Provided that additional FSI above 100% and up to 200% shall be permissible only on
plots having an access road of minimum 18 meters‘ width.
(Explanation: - Premium charges shall be calculated on the value of lands under such
zones, determined by considering the land rates of the said land as prescribed in Annual
Statement of Rates (ASR). These charges shall be paid at the time of permitting
additional F.S.I. by considering the ASR for the relevant year without applying the
guidelines)

November 2018
2. The total maximum permissible F.S.I. shall not exceed limit of 3.00.
3. Maximum 40% of total proposed Built-up area (excluding parking area) inclusive of such
additional F.S.I. may be permitted for support services in IT Parks in Municipal
Corporations which are not covered under Serial No.4 above and remaining built-up area
shall be utilized for IT/ITES.
4. New said unit shall allocate at least 2% of the total proposed built-up area, for providing
incubation facilities for new units. This area would be treated as a part of the Park to be
used for IT activities and eligible for additional FSI benefits accordingly.
5. Premium to be received by the Planning Authority as per provisions in this regulation
shall be deposited in a separate fund viz. "Critical Infrastructure Fund for IT/ITES
Industries" and this fund shall be utilized only for creation of Critical Infrastructure for
IT/ITES Industries;
Provided that in the event, the developer come forward for providing such off site
infrastructure at his own cost, instead of paying premium as prescribed above, then the
Planning Authority may determine the estimated cost of the work by using rates
prescribed in District Schedule of Rates (DSR) of the relevant year, in which order for
commencement of such work is issued. The Planning Authority shall also prescribe the
standards for the work. After completion of the works, the Planning Authority shall verify
and satisfy itself that the same is developed as per prescribed standards and thereafter,
by deducting the cost of works, the balance amount of premium shall be recovered from
such developer before issuing Occupancy Certificate.
Provided that, in case the cost of work is more than the premium to be recovered, such
additional cost to be borne by such developer.
6. Permission for erecting towers and antenna up to height permitted by the Civil Aviation
Department shall be granted by the VC&MD as per the procedure followed for
development permission or otherwise as may be decided by the Government.
7. While developing site for IT/ITES with additional FSI, support services as defined in the
IT Policy 2015, shall be allowed.
8. Notwithstanding anything contained in the Development Control Regulations of Planning
Authorities, no amenity space is required to be left for development of plot/land upto 2.00
Ha for IT/ITES.
9. The Directorate of industries will develop a web portal on which the developer of every IT
park will be bound to provide / update detailed information about names of the units in the
park, utilization of built-up area and activities being carried out, manpower employed in
the It Park for IT/ITES and support services on yearly basis.
If a private IT park has availed additional FSI as per the provisions of IT/ITES policy and
subsequently it is found that the built-up space in the park is being used for non IT/ITES /
commercial activities / any other activity not permitted as per the IT/ITES policy under
which the said park was approved, a penal action as below will be taken, the payment
shall be shared between the concerned Planning Authority and the Government in the
ratio of 3:1.
(a) The misuse shall be ascertained by physical site verification of the said private IT
park by a team of officers from the Directorate of industries and the Planning
Authority which has approved the building plans of the said private IT park.
(b) A per day penalty equal to 0.3% of the prevailing ready reckoner value of the built-up
area that has been found to be used for non- IT/ITES activities.

November 2018
(c) The penalty will be recovered from the date of commencement of unauthorized use
till the day non IT use continues.
(d) After payment of the penalty to the concerned Planning Authority which has
sanctioned the building plans of the concerned private IT park, the said private IT
Park will restore the use of premises to the original purpose for which LOI/
Registration was granted. If the private IT Park fails to pay penalty and / or restore
the use to its original intended use, the concerned Planning Authority will take
suitable action under the Maharashtra Regional and Town Planning Act 1966, against
the erring private IT Park under intimation to the Directorate of Industries. This
provision will also be applicable to existing IT Parks.
27.8 Regulation for Development of Biotechnology Parks
A. Definition
The Biotechnology Units/ Parks shall mean Biotechnology units/ parks which are certified by
the Development Commissioner (Industries) or any officer authorised by him in his behalf.
The Biotechnology Park and unit/units outside park shall have minimum land area of 2 acres
or 20000 sq.ft. built up area. The said requirement of 20000 sq.ft. shall be as per normal
permissible FSI and without considering permissible additional FSI/ TDR/ Free of FSI area.
B. Biotechnology Units/ Parks to be Allowed In Industrial Zone
Biotechnology Units/Parks shall be permitted in Industrial Zone on all plots fronting on roads
having width more than 12 meter.
C. Biotechnology Units/Parks Shall be Permitted in No Development Zone Subject to

Following Conditions:
Biotechnology Units/Parks shall be permitted in No Development Zone subject to following

conditions:
i. Maximum FSI limit shall be 0.20 and as far as possible the development shall be at one
place of the total land.
ii. The ground coverage shall not exceed 10% of the area of the plot.
iii. Tree plantation shall be done at the rate of 500 Trees/Ha on the remaining land excluding
the built up area and the surrounding open space/utility space.
iv. The maximum height of buildings shall not exceed 24 m.
v. Essential residential development for the staff/ officer‘s accommodation shall be permitted
upto the extent of 33% of the permissible built up area.
vi. These users shall be permitted in No Development Zone, within a distance of 3 km from
the adjoining developable zone.
vii. Development in plots affected by CRZ area shall be permissible subject to the notification
issued by MOEF regarding CRZ.
D. Additional FSI To Biotechnology Units/Park:
Subject to approval by Director of Industries, the VC&MD/ Competent Planning Authority or

as the case may permit the floor space indices specified in these regulations to be exceeded
to the extent of 100% over and above the permissible FSI (including for Biotechnology

November 2018
Units/Park located in No Development Zone proposed in the Development Plan) for

biotechnology units/parks subject to following conditions:
i. Out of total built up area minimum 90% shall be used for Biotechnology purpose and
maximum 10% (by deducting parking space) shall be used for ancillary users such as
specified in the Govt. Resolution of Industry, Energy and Labour Department. No. BTP
2008/CR-1608/Ind-2, dated 10/2/09.
ii. Additional FSI to Biotechnology units would be available to Biotechnology Parks duly
approved by the Directorate of Industries and after observance of all the regulation of
environment.
iii. Parking spaces, as per the provision of Development Control Regulation shall be
provided subject to minimum requirement of one parking space per 100 sq.mt. built up
area.
iv. The additional FSI shall be granted upon payment of premium which shall be paid in
the manner as may be determined by the Government. Such premium shall be
recovered at the rate of 25% of the present day market value of the land under
reference as indicated in the Ready Reckoner.
v. The premium so collected by the Planning Authorities shall be primarily used for
development of offsite infrastructure required for the Biotechnology Parks.
vi. In the event, the developer comes forward for provision of such off site infrastructure at
his own cost, then the said Planning Authority shall determine the estimated cost of the
works and shall also prescribe the standards for the work. After completion of the
works the said Planning Authority shall verify as to whether the same is as per
prescribed standards and thereafter, by deducting the cost of works, the balance
amount of premium shall be recovered by the said Planning Authority.
vii. No condonation in the required open spaces, parking and other requirement prescribed
in the regulations shall be allowed in case of additional FSI.
viii. Development of biotechnology park shall be done as per the guidelines issued by
Industries Department vide the said resolution.

November 2018
PART VI- SPECIAL SCHEMES AND THEIR

REGULATIONS
28.0 Integrated Township Projects
28.1 Integrated Township Projects (ITP) shall be allowed to be developed in MSRDC SPA as
per Government Notification No.TPS-1816/CR-368/15/20(4)/UD-13, dated 26/12/2016. and
as amended from time to time.
28.2 For integrated township projects where locational clearance has already been granted by the
government, under the provisions of the aforesaid policy before publication of this draft
development plan, irrespective of the zones shown in the development plan, it shall be
necessary to pay the zone changing premium as per the conditions mentioned in the aforesaid
policy.
28.3 All the social facilities which are included in the master layout plan of ITP, shall be developed
by project proponent and after development, shall be handed over to the planning authority free
of cost and same shall be made available to the general public.
28.4 Maharashtra‟s Logistics Park Policy:
Logistics Parks shall be allowed to be developed in the MSRDC SPA as per Maharashtra
Logistics Policy 2018 sanctioned vide Government Resolution dated 14.02.2018 and as
amended from time to time.
29.0 Tourism Development Activities
The VC & MD may allow the development of tourism activities in Agriculture /Green Zone/ No
Development Zone and other developable zones except Industrial zone and Logistics Park
Zone as per following terms & conditions:
1. General Conditions :
Where the lands are located in unique/picturesque area, particularly suitable for development
of tourism in view of existing water body, scenic beauty, tree plantation or geological formation
etc. such area can be specified as Tourism Development Zone on request of land owner. The
minimum area of such site, however, shall not be less than 1.00 Ha. Tourism Development
Activity can be developed by individual or company or partnership firm or Government / Semi-
government Organizations / Corporations.
On the request of owner/applicant, Tourism Development Zone shall be identified by the

following Committee taking into consideration the location of area and its surrounding :
Constitution of committee -
Sr. No. Name Position

i Jt. Managing Director, MSRDC Chairman
ii Regional officer, MTDC Member
iii Chief Planner, MSRDC Member Secretary
Chief General Manager
iv Member
(Environment), MSRDC
This Committee may be called ―Tourism Development Zone Committee‖ (TDZC).

November 2018
2. Condition for development:

i. Maximum permissible FSI on the land situated in agriculture / green zone/ no
development zone identified for Tourism development zone shall be 0.50 of net plot area.
Provided that, Tourism Development Zone as identified in Developable Zone shall be
granted FSI as permissible for that zone in these DCPR.
ii. The following users shall be permitted:

(a) Hotels, Heritage Hotels, Resorts and Health Farms, Health & Wellness spa
and units registered under the Bed and Breakfast scheme of MTDC/DoT.
(b) Motels and wayside Amenities.
(c) Apartments Hotels/ Service Apartments.
(d) Water Sports and Amusement Parks
(e) Arts and Crafts, Exhibition Centre / Haats.
(f) Golf Courses
(g) Camping, Caravanning and Tent Facilities
(h) Aerial Ropeways
(i) Exhibition-cum-Convention Centres
(j) Adventure Tourism Projects
(k) Houseboats
(l) Museums and Aquariums
(m) Shacks
(n) Medical tourism units
(o) Canteens / restaurants and tea stalls including pan and cigarette booths
(p) Baths and toilets for camping sites providing for tents / caravans
(q) Public utilities and services like information centre, tourist reception centre,
telephone booths, ATM, first aid centre, structures for recreation purposes such as
amusement park, health spas, wellness centre, water sports facilities, swimming
pools, boat house, badminton halls etc.
(r) Any other tourism related activity other than specified above may be permitted with
the prior approval of the Committee.
iii. If the site is located adjacent to forts, archaeological and historical monuments, the
development shall be governed by the rules prescribed by the archaeological department.
iv. No development shall be permissible within 500 m from full reservoir level (FRL) of the
irrigation projects on the upstream side and within such distance as may be prescribed
under river zone management guidelines on the down-stream side, except for existing
congested area (gaothan) and its 100 m. periphery and except for the purpose of
restoration, conservation, improvement, maintenance and management of the places of
recreational and tourism value and projects.
v. If the site is located near natural lakes, then, development shall be governed by the
following:
Distance from high flood line

Development to be allowed
(HFL) / full storage level (FSL)
Upto 100 m. Not permissible

Above 100 m to 300 m Ground floor structure with maximum height of 5 m.
Above 300 m to 500 m G+1 storey structure with maximum height of 9 m
Above 500 m Within permissible FSI and subject to other regulations

November 2018
vi. No subdivision of land shall be allowed and structure to be constructed shall not allowed
to be sold and condition to that effect shall be stamped on the approved plan.
vii. The land shall have approach of minimum 9 m wide road.
3. Infrastructural Facilities – All the infrastructural facilities required in site as specified by
VC & MD and also as suggested by Tourism Development Zone Committee shall be
provided by the developer at his own cost on the site. Proper arrangement for treatment
and disposal of sewage and solid waste shall be made to the satisfaction of VC & MD. No
untreated effluent shall be allowed to pass into any watercourse. However, no effluent
shall be allowed to pass into natural water body.
4. Environment & Education – Places where rare species of migratory birds are known to
visit and where there is a heritage of flora & fauna shall be given preference for
development as Tourism Development Zone. Efforts should be made for creating
environmental awareness among the local population & especially among school going
children in nearby area.
30.0 Conservation of Heritage Buildings / Precincts / Natural Features
30.1 Applicability
This regulation will apply to those buildings, artefacts, structures, areas and precincts of
historic and/or architectural and /or cultural significance (hereinafter as ‗Listed
Buildings/Heritage Buildings and listed precincts/Heritage precincts‘) and those natural
features of environmental significance including scared graves, hills, hillocks, water bodies
(and the areas adjoining the same) etc.
30.2 Preparation of list of Heritage Buildings, Heritage Precincts and Natural Features
The VC & MD in consultation with Heritage Conservation Committee, shall prepare list of
buildings, artefacts, areas and precincts of historic and /or cultural significance and the list of
those natural features of environmental significance including sacred graves, hills, hillocks,
water bodies (and areas adjoining the same) etc. to which this regulation applies. Whenever
such list is to be prepared independently or required to be amended, it shall not be necessary
to follow the procedure under Section 37 of Maharashtra Regional and Town Planning Act of
1966. The procedure as laid down in this regulation shall be followed.
The VC & MD shall issue public notice in the local newspapers declaring his intention to
include the buildings, artefacts, areas and precincts of historic and /or cultural significance and
the list of natural features of environmental significance, including sacred graves, hills,
hillocks, water bodies etc. and invite objections and suggestions from any person in respect of
the proposed inclusion within a period of 30 days from the date of such notice.
The VC & MD shall issue notice to the owner of the buildings, artefacts, areas and precincts of
historic and/or cultural significance etc. and invite objections and suggestions from such
person in respect of proposed inclusion within 30 days from the date of such notice.
The VC & MD on respect of any objections or suggestions shall decide the same after giving
hearing to the objector.
Provided that, the VC & MD may supplement or amend the list from time to time either suo-
moto or on the advice of the Heritage Committee after following the procedure as described
above.
Provided further that, any draft list published as above, shall be the part these regulations
after sanction by the Government.

November 2018
30.3 Restriction on development, Redevelopment/repairs etc

No development or redevelopment or engineering operations or addition, repairs renovation
including the painting of buildings, replacement of special features or plastering or demolition
of any part thereof of the said listed buildings, or listed precincts or listed natural features shall
be allowed except with the prior written permission of the VC & MD. Before granting any such
permission, the VC & MD shall consult the Heritage Conservation Committee to be appointed
by the State Government (hereinafter referred to as ‗the said Heritage Conservation
Committee‘) and shall act on the advice of the Heritage Conservation Committee.
Provided that before granting any permission for demolition or major alterations/addition to
listed buildings (or buildings within listed precincts) objections and suggestions from the public
shall be invited and duly considered by the Heritage Conservation Committee.
Provided that, in exceptional cases for reasons to be recorded in writing the VC & MD may
overrule the advice of the Heritage Conservation Committee.
Provided further that, the power to overrule the advice of the Heritage Conservation
Committee shall not be delegated by the VC & MD to any other officer.
If the application for development, alteration, modification of the Heritage precincts or listed
building is rejected under this regulation or while granting such permission any conditions are
imposed on the owner which deprives him to use the FSI, the said owner shall be
compensated by grant of Development Right Certificate.
30.4 Incentive uses for Heritage Buildings

After the commencement of this Regulation, the Heritage Precincts or the Listed Buildings
shall not be permitted to be used for any commercial or office purpose except with the
permission of the Heritage Conservation Committee. However, in cases of buildings included
in the Heritage Conservation List, if the owner /owners agree to maintain the listed Heritage
Building as it is in the existing stage and to preserve its heritage with due repairs, the
owner/owners may be allowed with the approval of the Heritage Conservation Committee to
convert part of the whole of the non-commercial area to commercial /office use. Provided that,
if the heritage building is not maintained suitably or if the heritage value of the building is
allowed to be spoiled in any manner, the VC & MD shall withdraw the permission forthwith.
30.5 Grant of Transferable Development Rights to owners/lessees of heritage

buildings/heritage precincts
If the owner is deprived of using FSI on the said plot or development permission is granted to
him with conditions which deprive him of use of FSI, then he shall be entitled for TDR as
decided by the VC&MD in consultation of Heritage Conservation Committee. The utilisation of
this TDR shall be as per TDR Regulation.
30.6 Maintaining Skyline

Building included in heritage precincts shall maintain the skyline in the precincts (without any
high-rise development) as may be existing in the surrounding area, so as not to demolish or
destroy the value and beauty of the said heritage buildings/heritage precincts. The
development within the precincts shall be in accordance with the guidelines framed by the VC
& MD on the advice of the Heritage Conservation Committee.
30.7 Restrictive Covenants

Regulations existing as on date of this Regulation imposed under covenants terms and
conditions, on the leasehold plots either by State Government or by the MSRDC SPA shall
continue to be imposed, in addition to the Development Control and Promotion Regulations.

November 2018
However, in case of any conflict with the heritage preservation interest/environmental

conservation and the said Development Control and Promotion Regulations, this regulation
shall prevail.
30.8 Grading of the listed buildings/Listed Precincts

The VC & MD shall classify the Heritage Precincts, Heritage Buildings in ―Grades‖ such as (I),
(II), (III). The meaning of these grades and basic guidelines for development permissions are
as follows:
Grade-I Grade-II Grade-III

(A) Definitions
Heritage Grade-I comprises Heritage Grade –II (A and B) Heritage Grade –III comprises
Buildings and precincts of comprises buildings and buildings and precincts of local
National or Historic importance, precincts of Regional importance for townscape, they
excellence in architectural style, importance, possessing special evoke architectural, aesthetic,
design technology and material architectural or aesthetic merit, or sociological interest though
usage and/or aesthetics; or cultural or historical not as in Heritage Grade –II.
associated with a great historic significance though of a lower These contribute to determine
event, personality, movement or scale than Heritage Grade- I. the character of the locality and
institution. They have been and They are local landmarks, can be representative of life-
are the prime landmarks of the which contribute to the image style of a particular community
city and of National importance. and identity of the region. They or region and, may also be
may be the work of master distinguished by setting on a
craftsmen or may be models of street line or special character
proportion and ornamentation of the façade and uniformity of
or designed to suit a particular height width and scale.
climate.
(B) Objective
Heritage Grade-I richly Heritage Grade-II deserves Heritage Grade-III deserves

deserves careful preservation. intelligent conservation. intelligent conservation (though
on a lesser scale than Grade-II
and special protection to unique
features and attributes.)
(C) Scope for Change
No interventions be permitted Grade-II (A) External, internal changes and

either on exterior or interior adaptive reuse would by and
Internal changes and adaptive
unless it is necessary in the large be allowed. Changes can
reuse and external changes
interest of strengthening and include extensions, and
may by and large be allowed
prolonging the life of the additional buildings in the same
but subject to strict scrutiny.
buildings or precincts or any plot or compound. However any
Care would be taken to ensure
part of features thereof. For this changes should be such that
the conservation of all special
purpose absolutely essential they do not detract from the
aspects for which it is included
and minimum changes would existing heritage building/
in Heritage Grade-II
be allowed and they must be in precinct.
accordance with the original. Grade-II (B)
In addition to the above,

extension of Additional building
in the same plot or compound,
in certain circumstances be
allowed, provided that, the
extension / additional building
is in harmony with (and does
not detract from) the existing

November 2018
Grade-I Grade-II Grade-III

heritage buildings or precincts
especially in terms of height,
and facade.
(D) Procedure
Development permission for Development permission for the

Development permission for the
the changes / additional changes / additional
changes would be given by the
construction would be given by construction would be given by
VC&MD on the advice of the
the VC&MD on the advice of the VC&MD on the advice of
Heritage Conservation
Heritage Conservation the Heritage Conservation
Committee.
Committee. Committee.
(E) Vistas/ Surrounding Development
All developments in areas

surrounding Heritage Grade-I
shall be regulated and
controlled by ensuring that it
does not mar the grandeur of or
view from Heritage Grade-I
30.9 Signs and outdoor display structures:

No display or advertising sings and outdoor display structures on listed buildings and or the
heritage precincts shall be permitted except in accordance with Part 10, Section-2 (Signs and
outdoor display structures) National Building Code of India, with prior approval of Heritage
Conservation Committee.
i. Prohibition of advertising signs and outdoor display structure in certain cases:

Notwithstanding the provisions mentioned above no advertising sign or outdoor display
structures shall be permitted on buildings of architectural aesthetic historic or heritage
importance as may be decided by the VC & MD, or on Government buildings, save that in the
case of Government buildings only advertising signs or outdoor display structures may be
permitted if they relate to the activities for the said buildings‘ own purposes or related
programs.
Providing that as advertising or display structures shall be permitted in listed natural features.
Provided further that, if the Heritage Conservation Committee so advises, the VC & MD may
add, alter or amend the above provision.
30.10 Composition of Heritage Conservation Committee:

There shall be Heritage Conservation Committee for the City. This Committee shall be
nominated by the State Government. The committee shall comprise of the following members:
Member having knowledge of architecture, art, conservation as Expert

member with relevant experience, being a retired Secretary to the State
1 Government, or retired VC&MD or retired Divisional Commissioner or a Chairman
Heritage Conservation expert, having 15 years' experience. or as
nominated by State Government
Eminent Structural Engineer having experience of ten years in the field of

2 1 member
conservation and having membership of the Institute of Engineers.
Eminent Architect / Urban Designer / Heritage Conservation Architect

3 having 10 years' experience in conservation architecture and membership 1member
of the Council of Architecture.

November 2018
Environmentalist having in-depth knowledge and experience of 10 years in

4 1 member
the subject matter.
5 Expert in the field on History, having 10 years' experience in the Field. 1 member
6 Representative of NGO with proven Experience in heritage conservation. 1 member
Representative of the Department of Archaeology, Government of

7 1 Member
Maharashtra.
8 Representative of Archaeological Survey of India. 1 Member
9 Joint Director, Town Planning, Konkan Division Member
Member
10 Chief Planner, MSRDC
Secretary.
i. The Committee shall have the powers to co-opt up to three additional members who may
have lesser experience, but who have special knowledge of the subject. Provided that
additional members may be co-opted for special purpose or on sub-committees of the
Heritage Conservation Committee.
ii. The tenure of the Members of Category 1 to 6 above shall change after three years,
provided however that the same person shall be eligible for reappointment as Member.
iii. The Heritage Committee shall come into existence with effect from the date of its
publication in the Official Gazette.
iv. No act of the committee done in good faith shall be deemed to be invalid by reason only of
some defect subsequently discovered in the Organization of the Committee or in the
Constitution of the Committee or in appointment of the Member or on the ground that such
member was disqualified for being appointed.
v. The Chairman and in his absence the Vice-Chairman of the Committee shall preside over
the meetings of the Committee
The Terms of reference of the Committee shall be inter alia.
i. To advise the VC & MD whether development permission should be granted under this
Regulation and the conditions of such permission.
ii. To prepare a list or supplementary list of building artefacts, structures, areas precincts of
historic aesthetic architectural cultural significance and a supplementary list of natural
features of environmental significance including scared groves, hills, hillocks etc. water
bodies (and the areas adjoining the same) to which this regulation would apply.
iii. To advise whether any relaxation, modification, alteration, or variance of any of the
Development Control and Promotion Regulations is called for.
iv. To suggest amendments, changes or special regulations or modification to regulations for
listed buildings and the heritage precincts regulated under these regulations and to advice
the VC & MD regarding the same.
v. To advise on the extent of Development Rights to be granted to the owners of listed
Building of the Heritage Precincts.
vi. To advise whether development Rights Certificates may be allowed to be consumed in a
heritage precinct.
vii. To advise whether to allow commercial /office user of any listed building of Heritage
Precincts and when to terminate the same.
viii. To advise the VC&MD to regulate erection of outside advertisement/bill boards.

November 2018
ix. To recommend to the VC&MD guidelines to be adopted by those private parties who
sponsor beautification schemes at public intersection and elsewhere.
x. To recommend to the VC&MD to evaluate the cost of repairs to be given to the owners to
bring the existing building back to the original condition. For this purpose, the Committee
may also try to help the VC & MD to raise funds through private sources.
xi. To prepare special designs and elements and guidelines for listed buildings and control of
height and essential façade characteristics such as maintenance of the buildings and to
suggest suitable design adopting new materials for replacements keeping the old form
intact to the extent possible.
xii. To prepare guideline relating to design elements and conservation principles to be
adhered to and to prepare other guideline for the purpose of this regulation.
xiii. To advice the VC & MD on any other issue as may be required from time to time during
course of scrutiny of development permissions and in overall interest of
heritage/environmental conservation.
30.11 Power to alter, modify or relax Regulations

On advice of the said Heritage Conservation Committee and for reasons to recorded in
writing, the VC & MD may alter, modify or relax the provisions of other Regulations of the
Development Control Regulation / Building Bye-laws (hereinafter referred to as ―the said
Regulations) with the previous sanction of the State Government if it is needed for the
conservations, preservation or retention of historic and / or aesthetic and / or cultural and / or
architectural quality of any listed buildings / heritage buildings or listed precincts /heritage
precincts and preservation of any listed natural features and or environment.

November 2018
PART VII- REGULATION OF SPECIAL

ACTIVITIES
31.0 Erection of Mobile Towers
Regulation for setting up of Telecommunication Cell Site(s)/Base Station(s) and installation of

the equipment for Telecommunication Network in MSRDC SPA area.
31.1 Applicability
This Regulation, shall apply to all existing and/or proposed Telecommunication Cell
Sites/Base Stations installed or to be installed in MSRDC SPA area.
31.2 Control Over Development

No Telecommunication Cell Site/Base Station shall be setup or installed without the previous
permission in writing of the VC&MD. The permission shall be granted in the same manner as
prescribed under Sections 44 to 47 of the Maharashtra Regional and Town Planning Act,
1966.
If the VC&MD does not dispose of the application within a period of 60 days from the date of
submission, the said application by the Telecom Service Provider/Infrastructure Provider
(TSP/IP) shall be deemed to have been approved as per the provisions under Section 45 of
the Maharashtra Regional and Town Planning Act, 1966.
31.3 Procedure for Obtaining Development Permission:

A. All the applications for setting up or installation of any Telecommunication Cell Site/ Base
Station(TCS/BS) or erection of a part thereof, shall be made to the VC&MD by the
concerned Telecom Service Provider (TSP) or the concerned Infrastructure Provider (IP),
in such form and containing such particulars as may be prescribed by the VC&MD.
B. The application to the VC&MD for obtaining the aforesaid development permission shall
be accompanied by the following documents-
(a) All the documents as otherwise required to be attached for any development
permission under the sanctioned Development Control Regulations for the area in
which the site under application is located.
(b) Plans showing Location Map, Key Plan, Site Plan, Block Plan and Plans of the
proposed work. In case of roof-top tower, the copy of Occupation Certificate or copy of
sanctioned building plans or copy of Commencement Certificate issued by the
VC&MD or any other valid proof, in respect of the building on which the erection of
roof-top tower is proposed, showing that such building is authorised.
(c) Notarised consent of the Owner of premises, which shall mean and include consent of
the owner of property or no-objection certificate of the concerned registered Co-op
Housing Society or notarised consent of 70% of the total number legal occupants in
case of Apartments or Condominium or no-objection certificate of the lessor in case of
a lease –hold property.
(d) Copy of agreement between the TSP/IP and the Owner of premises.
(e) Copy of Access Service License/ Infrastructure Provider (IP) Registration Certificate,
granted to the TSP/IP by the Department of Telecommunications (DoT), Government
of India (GoI).
(f) Copy of clearance from the Standing Advisory Committee for Frequency Allocations

November 2018
(SACFA) or copy of application made to SACFA for the said Location submitted to
Wireless Planning Commission (WPC) wing of the Department of
Telecommunications (DoT), with registration number as WPC Acknowledgement,
along with an undertaking that in case of any objection/ rejection, TSPs/IPs will take
corrective actions or remove the TCS/BS.
(g) Acknowledgement receipt issued by Telecom Enforcement Resource and Monitoring
(TERM)Cells in respect of the self-certificate submitted by TSP/IP regarding mobile
towers/Base Transceiver Station (BTS) (Ground-based or Roof-Top or Pole/wall-
mounted) in the formats prescribed by Telecom Engineering Centre (TEC), DoT,
establishing/certifying that all General Public areas around the TCS/BS will be within
safe Electro-Magnetic Radiation(EMR) exposure limit as per peak traffic measurement
after the antennae starts radiating
(h) Copy of Structural Stability Certificate for any ground-based Base Transceiver Station
(BTS).
OR
In case of any roof-top BTS tower, Structural Stability Certificate for the building,
based on written approval of any authorized Structural Engineer of the State/local
Body/Central Building Research Institute (CBRT), Roorkee/ IIT/ NIT or any other
Agency, authorized by the VC&MD.
Provided that, such NOC shall not be required for the single pole antennae or cellular
signal boosters.
(i) Copy of the type test certificate issued by Automotive Research Association of India
(ARAI)to the manufacturers of the Diesel Generator (DG) Sets.
(j) Notarised undertaking from the Applicant/Owner of premises:
i. That the cabin will not be utilized for any purpose other than the
Telecommunication Cell Site/Base Station.
ii. That if the said activity is discontinued by the Applicant, the said cabin will be
demolished forthwith by the Applicant /Owner of premises.
(k) No objection certificate from the Authority concerned under the Civil Aviation Ministry
(hereinafter referred to as the said Authority) in case of any building falling in any area
where such no objection certificate of the said Authority is required under the relevant
rules or law.
(l) No objection certificate of the Maharashtra Pollution Control Board regarding
compliance with the norms prescribed for noise levels and smoke levels for the power
generating sets having capacity above 100 kw, to be provided for Base Transceiver
Stations.
(m) No objection certificate of the Chief Fire Officer of the Authority only in case of High
Rise buildings having height of 15 m. or more measured from ground level.
(n) Copy of clearance from the State Environment Department as well as the Forest
Department, in case of forest, protected areas, if applicable.
(o) Data Sheet containing the information regarding:
i. Name of Telecom Service Provider/ Infrastructure Provider,
ii. Location,
iii. Tower Reference:
1. Height and Weight of Tower,

2. Ground Based Tower/Roof Top Tower,

November 2018
3. Number of Antennae planned on Tower,

4. Permissible maximum EMF Radiation Level,
5. Proposed maximum EMF Radiation Level.
(p) Requisite fees, charges, as applicable.

C. In case of a listed Heritage building/ Heritage precinct and/or in case of cessed buildings
and/or in case of area under Environmentally Sensitive Zone (ESZ), notified by the
Ministry of Environment and Forest (MoEF), Government of India (GoI), all the
applications for installation of any TCS/BS or erection of a part thereof, shall be made to
the concerned VC&MD, which will forward it to the Heritage Conservation Committee
concerned and/or High Level Monitoring Committee (HLMC) appointed/constituted by
MoEF respectively.
D. The erection of the Base Station including tower, shall be commenced within 90 days from
the date of receipt of permission from the VC&MD and report of erection shall be made to
the VC&MD.
31.4 Leviable charges

The VC&MD, while granting permission under sub regulation (3) hereinabove, shall levy and
collect the following charges:
(a) Development Charge: Development charge shall be levied and collected by the VC&MD
as per the provisions under section 124(B) of The Maharashtra Regional and Town
Planning Act, 1966. For the purpose of assessing the development charge, the setting up
of Base Station on land and on roof-tops shall be classified under commercial category,
calculated over the foot print area occupied by the Telecommunication Cell Site/Base
Station.
(b) Administrative Fee: Over and above the development charge as stipulated in clause 4(a)
above, TSP/IP shall pay to the MSRDC SPA , a one time non-refundable Administrative
fee of Rs.30000, or as per the rates revised from time to time by the Government.
31.5 Planning Norms for Erection of TCS /BS:

(a) Notwithstanding the land use provisions under these regulations, subject to the
compliance of other provisions of these Regulations, it shall be permissible to install
TCB/BS, on:
i. All land uses as earmarked in development plan,
ii. All lands which are designated for non-buildable reservations in development plan,
subject to the condition that the maximum permissible area for installation of such
TCS/BS shall not be more than 5% of the area of the reserved site or 100 sq.mt.,
whichever is less, and shall be located in one corner of the reserved site.
iii. All lands which are designated as open spaces/recreational open spaces/recreational
grounds in a sanctioned layout, where such installation shall be permissible only with
the no-objection certificate of the concerned registered co-operative housing society
or consent of 70% of the total number of legal occupants/plot holders of such layout,
subject to the condition that the maximum permissible area for installation of such
TCS/BS shall not be more than 5% of such area or 100 sq.mt, whichever is less, and
the same shall be located in one corner of such area.
iv. All buildable reservations in development plan, except for buildings of uses mentioned
in Regulation No.31.5(f), where such installation shall be permissible on the roof top,
but only after development of the said reservation.
v. All open lands in slum areas belonging to the Government/public Authority Planning
Authority, where only ground-based TCS/BS shall be permissible and no Roof-Top

November 2018
Tower shall be permissible, save as provided in Regulation No.31.5(a)(vi) herein

below.
vi. Public buildings in slum areas, like public toilets, community centers etc., constructed
by any Public Authority or to be constructed by the TSP/IP, where construction of
Roof Top Towers shall be permissible, subject to maintenance and compliance of
other terms and conditions specified by the VC&MD.
(b) No permission for installation of TCS/BS shall be granted in ecologically important areas,
without ecological impact assessment and review of installation site. The Forest
Department should be consulted before installation of TCS/BS in and-around protected
areas and Zoos.
(c) The TCS/BS must have clear access by means of an existing road having minimum width
of 6 m. for locations falling in Core area as earmarked on DP and 9 m., for locations falling
outside such Core area. However, in exceptional circumstances, the VC&MD may relax
such road width suitably, but in no case, shall it be less than 5 m.
(d) In case of both ground-based towers and roof-top towers, there shall be no nearby
buildings right in front of the antenna(e) of equivalent height, taking into account the tilt of
the lowest antenna on tower, as per the details in the Table No. 16 below:
TABLE NO. 16
Number of Antenna(e)
Building/ Structure Safe Distance from the
Sr. No. Pointed in the Same
Antenna (e) at the Same Height (in m.)
Direction
1 2 3
1 1 20
2 2 35
3 4 45
4 6 55
Provided that the antennae at the same height only are to be counted, as the beam width of
mobile antennae, in the vertical direction, is very narrow.
(Explanation. -The distance figures in the above Table are based on empirical estimation
considering that all the antennae are emitting at their maximum RF power of 20 Watts and
exactly in the same direction with the same height.)
Provided further that above norms shall automatically stand revised as per the latest
guidelines, issued by the DoT from time to time.
(e) In case of Wall Mounted/Pole Mounted Antenna(e): -

i. Wherever the antennae are mounted on the wall of a building or pole or along the
road, their height should be atleast 5 m, above ground level/road level. Provided that
such installations shall have to comply with the prescribed radiation limits.
ii. As far as safe distance of buildings from antenna (e) is concerned, guidelines as in
Regulation No.31.5 (d) above shall apply.
(f) Installation of Base Station antenna (e) shall not be permissible within the premises of
schools, colleges, and hospitals as well as on the adjoining land /building within 3 m., from
the boundary of premises of schools, colleges and hospitals. Also antenna (e) shall not be
directed/ positioned towards any school/college/ hospital building.
(g) The existing Base Station antenna(e) approved earlier on any school/college/ hospital,
building shall not be renewed further after the expiry of period of approval and the same
shall be removed immediately thereafter, subject to the provisions of Regulation No.31.7
(d).

November 2018
(h) Access to Base Station Antenna site shall be prohibited for the general public, by putting
in place suitable measures such as wire-fencing, locking of the door to the roof, etc.
(i) The roof-top TCS, IBS towers shall be put only on buildings which are declared
structurally strong enough to bear the load of such installation. The base connection to the
building should be got designed from a qualified structural engineer. Structural safety
certificate of the composite structure [Building + Tower(s)] shall have to be obtained from
any of the recognized Government Institutes.
(j) While according permission for installation of TCS/BS, permissible for erection of a cabin
at ground level may be granted. However, the same shall not be allowed in the prescribed
marginal distances. The area of such cabin shall not be more than 20 sq.mt. for each
TSP/IP, subject to the certificate of structural safety. Built-up area of such cabin(s) shall
not be counted towards built-up area or FSI.
(k) No permission for installation of TCS/BS shall be granted on buildings which are
unauthorized and structurally unsafe. If permission for installation of such structures is
granted on a building, which is declared as unauthorized at a later point of time, the
VC&MD shall first take recourse to the provisions of sections 52, 53, 54 and 55 of the
Maharashtra Regional and Town Planning Act, 1966 or other relevant laws, as the case
may be, against such unauthorized building and in case the VC&MD, after completing the
due process of law, decides to undertake any action of demolition against such
unauthorised building then such decision shall also be conveyed to the concerned TSP/IP
with a direction to relocate the TCS/BS within a period of 90days, after which the VC&MD
shall not be under any obligation to send any further intimation to the TSP/IP concerned
before demolishing such unauthorised building, and it shall not be liable to pay
compensation for the loss of the Base Station as a consequence of the demolition of the
unauthorised building. The TSP/IP shall indemnify the VC&MD to this effect, while seeking
permission for installation of TCS/BS.
(l) Permission for installation of TCS/BS, once granted shall remain valid for next 5 years.
The TSP/IP shall apply for renewal of permission to the VC&MD. The VC&MD, while
considering renewal, shall insist upon submission of fresh structural stability certificate for
buildings more than 30 years of age. Administrative fee shall be levied and collected as
prescribed in Regulation No.31.4 (b) hereinabove, for every such renewal. If TSP/IP fails
to apply for renewal along with all necessary documents before the expiry of earlier
permission, then such TSP/IP shall be liable for action under the provisions of the
Maharashtra Regional and Town Planning Act, 1966.
(m) In case of any existing TCS/BS on a slum structure, every effort shall be made to relocate
such TCS/BS on a nearby suitable public building or any other authorised structure or
open land in the slum. If such relocation is not possible, then such TCS/BS may be
allowed to be continued on such slum structure subject to its structural suitability, till the
TCS/BS is shifted to any other authorised structure or till the redevelopment of the slum,
whichever is earlier.
(n) While granting permission for TCS/BS, the VC&MD shall stipulate that TSP/IP shall
conduct regular audit in accordance with the directions/guidelines issued by TERM Cell or
DoT from time to time.
31.6 Electro-Magnetic Field (EMF) Radiation Norms:

(a) Prior to installation of TCS/BS, the TSP/IP shall have to obtain Site clearance from the
Standing Advisory Committee on Frequency Allocation (SACFA) of the Department of
Telecommunication(DoT) for every site from the point of view of interference with other
wireless users, aviation hazards and obstruction to any other existing microwave links.
(b) The Electro-Magnetic Field (EMF) radiation from BTS towers shall be subject to the

November 2018
regulations framed by the DoT from time to time. The TSP/IP shall periodically conduct
audit and monitor EMF radiation in Urban localities, hospitals and educational/industrial
/residential / recreational premises, especially around the Protected Areas (PAs) and
ecologically sensitive areas, in accordance with the guidelines issued by DoT in this
regard. It shall be binding on TSP/ IP to follow the mechanism prescribed by the
DoT/TERM Cell at local level for ensuring control on the EMF radiation and for notifying
on continual basis the radiation level at critical location. For all the existing as well as new
BTSs/Towers, TSPs are required to submit self-certificates periodically in the format
prescribed by TEC, DoT, in order to ensure that normally all general public areas around
the TCS/BS site are within the safe EMR exposure limits. Audit of the self-certification
furnished by the TSPs shall be done by the TERM Cell periodically. TERM Cell shall carry
out test audit of the BTS sites on random basis as per the guidelines received from DoT
and also in respect of al1cases where there is a public complaint. The TERM Cell shall
have due regard to the instructions issued by DoT regarding technical audit of TCS/BS,
including radiation of towers within safe limits. These shall include Roof Top/Ground
Based./Pole Mounted/Wall Mounted Towers. The TERM Cell shall also verify antenna
orientation, safe distance from the Tower (exclusion zone) etc. For non-compliance of
EMF standards, Telecom Service Provider shall be liable for penal action by the TERM
Cell and/or Department of Telecommunication (DoT). Any violation noticed may attract
heavy penalties on TSPs and may also lead to shut down of TCS/ BS, in case the
violation persists.
31.7 Miscellaneous Provisions:
(a) Any complaint concerning illegal installation of TCS/BS on any building or any query of
any nature regarding the installation of telecommunication equipment, shall be addressed
to the VC&MD which shall intimate the concerned TSP/IP about the same with a direction
to resolve the issue under intimation to the VC&MD, within such period as may be
prescribed by the VC&MD.
(b) The TSP/IP, who has erected TCS/BS without due permission, shall apply to the
concerned VC&MD for regularization within 180 days from the date of coming into force of
this Regulation. In case such application is made within the prescribed period, then the
offence, if any, registered against the TSP/IP may be compounded by the VC&MD under
section 143 of the Maharashtra Regional and Town Planning Act, 1966, subject to the
provisions of these regulations.
(c) The TSPs/IPs who have earlier erected TCS/BS with due permission, shall apply afresh,
for validation of the previous permission, to the VC&MD within a period of 90 days from
the date of commencement of this Regulation, in order to ensure due compliance of this
Regulation. However Administrative fee in such cases shall not be leviable if appropriate
fee/Development charge, not less than the amount prescribed under Regulation No.31.4
(b) above, has already been paid. In case the amount paid is less than what is prescribed
hereinabove, the difference in amount shall be recovered from the TSP/IP.
(d) Any existing TCS/BS not conforming to any of the above provisions shall have to be
removed within one year from the date of commencement of this Regulation, unless the
same is specifically regularized by the VC&MD following due compliance by TSP/IP.
However, operation of such non-conforming Telecommunication Cell Site/Base station
shall be discontinued within a period of 30 days from the date of receipt of notice from the
VC&MD to that effect, which shall however be issued only after obtaining the consent of
the TERM Cell of DoT.
(e) The Licensees shall try to share the tower for fixing their respective antennae provided the
prescribed conditions are duty fulfilled, so as to ensure curtailing of multiple towers and
optimizing the use of the existing ones.

November 2018
(f) Sign boards and Warning signs ("Danger", "RF Radiation", "Restricted Area", "Don't
Enter" etc.) shall be provided at TCS/BS antenna sites which are clearly visible and
identifiable.
(g) The TSP/IP shall display the details of the following on a board (minimum size 24" x 48")
separately or prominently on the cabin, for the perusal of general public in such a way that
the same shall be clearly visible and identifiable.
i. Name of TSP/IP
ii. Location
iii. Tower Reference:
(a) Height, (b) Weight (c) Number of antennae planned on tower, (d) Permissible EMF
radiation level (e) Proposed EMF radiation level.
iv. Due date for next renewal
v. Contact Person's name, address and Telephone Number
vi. Address of Complaint Redressing Authority with Telephone Numbers
vii. Police Control Room- 100
viii. Fire Control Room – 101
ix. Ambulance – 102
x. Other important information, if any.
Provided that in case of Telecommunication Cell Site/Base station on roof-top, the fore
said information shall be displayed on the ground floor of the building.
(h) The VC&MD shall display the list of authorized TCS/BS on their official web site, along
with the date of permission and due date for renewal of permission.
(i) TCS/BS Tower shall be inspected for distortion of members, torques of nuts and bolts at
least once in five years. However, in case of areas affected by any natural calamity, such
as cyclone, earthquake, flood, etc., such inspection shall be carried out immediately after
such incident suo-motu or on being directed by the VC&MD. Such inspection shall be
carried out only by a qualified structural engineer and a certificate to that effect shall be
submitted to the VC&MD.
(j) TCS/BS Towers located in highly corrosive environment shall be painted every year.
Other towers shall be painted at least once in five years to give additional protection.
(k) The VC&MD shall make efforts to provide Single Window clearance to TSP/ IP for
disposal of their applications in a time bound manner.
31.8 Notwithstanding anything contained herein above, all the Regulations/Bye-Laws/ Memorandum
/Directions /Guidelines in this regard, issued or to be issued from time to time, by the
Department of Telecommunications, Government of India, shall prevail and be binding on
TSP/IP and also on the VC&MD, in which case, this Regulation shall stand modified to that
extent.
31.9 Powers of Interpretation and Removal of Doubt:
If any interpretation is required regarding the clauses of this Regulation, then the matter shall
be referred to the Urban Development Department, Government of Maharashtra, whose
decision shall be final.

November 2018
32.0 Quarrying Operations
1. The following uses shall be permissible:
(a) Stone quarrying, soil excavation, stone crushing or other similar activities, mining activity,
caretaker‘s quarters or residential quarters for essential staff upto maximum BUA 20
sq.mt, ancillary buildings like site offices, cafeteria with maximum BUA upto 250 sq.mt
(b) The mining and quarry operation shall not be permitted within the restrictive area as per
their prevailing regulations. The development after the closing of existing mining areas /
quarries shall be as per the closing policies of the respective department lands which are
included in Mines and Quarry Zone shall deemed to be included in the adjacent zone after
closure and VC&MD shall grant development permission subject to NOC from the
respective department wherever applicable.
2. Mining or Quarrying operations may be permitted on following conditions:
(a) No quarrying operations shall be carried out without obtaining Development Permission of
the Planning Authority under the provisions of the Maharashtra Regional and Town
Planning Act, 1966.
(b) The quarrying and mining operations shall be permitted outside CRZ and notified eco-
sensitive zone and Heritage precinct but only at specific locations decided by the
Competent Authority. The development permission shall be granted subject to production
of order to carry out these activities from the Revenue Authority concerned under the
Minor Minerals Act and NOC of the MPCB.
3. The application for Development Permission of quarrying shall include:
(a) A location plan at 1:5000 scale of the quarry site and an area upto 500 meters around the
quarry site showing important natural and man-made features and contours;
(b) A site plan at 1:500 scale showing site boundaries, contours, all existing natural and man-
made features such as hills, water courses, trees and other important landscape features,
access roads, building and other structures;
(c) Proposed excavation plan and cross sections at 1: 500 or larger scale showing proposed
phasing; terracing; stepping; benching slopes; locations of process equipment; diversion
of water courses; impounding lake; storage areas for top soil, waste material, quarried
material; workers housing; landscaping including screen planting, mounding and
measures against visual intrusion etc.
(d) A restoration plan including landscaping proposals, phasing and proposal for reuse of the
area after quarrying;
(e) A report supplementing the excavation and restoration plans, costs and implementation
programme;
(f) Scrutiny fee shall be paid by the owner;
(g) Development Charge for the land under Quarrying shall be paid by the owner, as per the
provisions of section 124B of the MR & TP Act 1966, at 0.50% of the rates of developed
land mentioned in the A.S.R. of the Registration Dept. of the year in which permission is
granted.
4. The Restoration Plan approved by the VC&MD shall be carried out in consultation with
concerned Conservator of Forest or District Forests Officer, and the Revenue Authority.

November 2018
5. Natural gradient of slope should be maintained during quarrying operations slope of the
foot-wall side (Slope in the direction in which mining does not exist) should be properly by
planting adequate trees of suitable species so as to have soil binding vegetation.
6. In the case of murum quarrying entire weathered soil or murum shall not be excavated
exposing hard rock; instead, a capping of at least half a meter be left so that it can support
vegetation and plantation that be done later on. Similarly, these operations shall not cause
depression below the average ground level.
7. Water course, if any from a higher slope, should be properly diverted out of quarry area so
that minimum water flows into the quarry and is safely channelled out of any nearby
human settlement.
8. During quarrying operations, the water should be sprayed at least once in a day over the
roads at quarry sites and nearby area.
9. Kachha road leading to quarry site shall be invariably sprayed by water during the period
when trucks use carrying murum. In addition, in order to minimize dust pollution,
measurers such as adoption of hoods at transfer points, vulcanizing of conveyer belt
joints, under belt cleaning devices, apart from installation of dust extrication system for
conveyance shall be adopted. The kachha road leading to the quarry shall have roadside
plantation in order to arrest the dust pollution.
10. No Quarrying and crushing shall be permitted if a highway or public road having width of
30m. or more, railway line or any human settlement is located within 200m. from the
quarrying site. However, for quarrying with blasting operations, the distance shall be at
least 500 m.
11. Residences for labourers and related temporary structures should be constructed at least
500 meters away from the place of blasting as well as from the place of quarrying. Heavy
blasting by use of heavy machinery shall be prohibited.
12. The development permission for quarrying shall be granted for period of 1 year and may
be revalidated every year for a maximum period of 3 years. After this fresh permission for
further quarrying will be necessary. In granting such fresh permission, the VC&MD shall
have regard to the applicant‘s performance in observing the approved excavation and
restoration plans, and in carrying out the quarrying operations in accordance with these
guidelines.

November 2018
PART VIII- SPECIAL PROVISIONS IN CERTAIN

BUILDINGS
33.0 Provisions of Facilities for Differently Abled Persons
A. Definitions:
i. Non-ambulatory Disabilities: - Impairments that, regardless of cause or manifestation, for

all practical purposes, confine individuals to wheelchairs.
ii. Semi - ambulatory Disabilities: - Impairments that cause individuals to walk with difficulty
or insecurity, individuals using braces or crutches, amputees, arthritics, spastics, and
those with pulmonary and cardiac ills may be semi-ambulatory.
iii. Hearing Disabilities: - Deafness or hearing handicaps that might make an individual
insecure in public areas because he is unable to communicate or hear warning signals.
iv. Sight Disabilities: - Total blindness or impairments, which affect sight to the extent that the
individual, functioning in public areas, is insecure or exposed to danger.
v. Wheel Chair: - Chair used by disabled people for mobility. The standard size of wheel
chair shall be taken as 1050 mm x 750 mm.
B. Scope:
These regulations are applicable to all buildings and facilities used by the public such as
educational, institutional, assembly, commercial, business, mercantile buildings constructed
on plot having an area of more than 2000 sq.mt. It does not apply to private and public
residences.
C. Site development:
Level of the roads, access paths and parking areas shall be described in the plan along with
specification of the materials.
1. Access Path / Walk Way: Access path from plot entry and surface parking to building
entrance shall be minimum of 1800 mm wide having even surface without any steps.
Slope, if any, shall not have gradient greater than 5%. Selection of floor material shall be
made suitably to attract or to guide visually impaired persons (limited to coloured floor
material whose colour and brightness is conspicuously different from that of the
surrounding floor material or the material that emits different sound to guide visually
impaired persons.
2. Parking: - For parking of vehicles of handicapped people, the following provisions shall
be made:
(a) Surface parking for two car spaces shall be provided near entrance for the physically
handicapped persons with maximum travel distance of 30.0 m. from building entrance.
(b) The width of parking bay shall be minimum 3.6 meter.
(c) The information stating that the space is reserved for wheel chair users shall be
conspicuously displayed.
(d) Guiding floor materials shall be provided or a device, which guides visually impaired
persons with audible signals, or other devices, which serves the same purpose, shall
be provided.

November 2018
D. Building requirements:
The specified facilities for the buildings for physically handicapped persons shall be as follows:
i. Approach to plinth level - Every building should have at least one entrance accessible to
the handicapped and shall be indicated by proper signage. This entrance shall be
approached through a ramp together with the stepped entry.
i.(i) Ramped Approach – Ramp shall be finished with non-slip material to enter the
building. Minimum width of ramp shall be 1800 mm with maximum gradient 1:12.
Length of ramp shall not exceed 9.0 meter having 800 mm high hand rail on both
sides extending 300 mm beyond top and bottom of the ramp. Minimum gap from
the adjacent wall to the hand rail shall be 50 mm.
i.(ii) Stepped Approach: - For stepped approach size of tread shall not be less than
300mm and maximum riser shall be 150 mm. Provision of 800 mm high hand rail
on both sides of the stepped approach similar to the ramped approach.
i.(iii) Exit/Entrance Door: - Minimum & clear opening of the entrance door shall be
900mm and it shall not be provided with a step that obstructs the passage of a
wheel chair user. Threshold shall not be raised more than 12 mm.
i.(iv) Entrance Landing: - Entrance landing shall be provided adjacent to ramp with the
minimum dimension 1800mm x 2000mm. The entrance landing that adjoins the top
end of a slope shall be provided with floor materials to attract the attention of
visually impaired person‘s (limited to coloured floor material whose colour and
brightness is conspicuously different from that of the surrounding floor material or
the material that emits different sound to guide visually impaired persons
hereinafter referred to as ―guiding floor material‖. Finishes shall have a non-slip
surface with a texture traversable by a wheel chair. Curbs wherever provided
should blend to a common level.
ii. Corridor connecting the entrance / exit for the handicapped: The corridor connecting
the entrance / exit for handicapped leading directly outdoors to a place where information
concerning the overall use of the specified building can be provided to visually impaired
persons either by a person or by signs, shall be provided as follows:
(a) Guiding floor materials shall be provided or device that emits sound to guide visually
impaired persons.
(b) The minimum width shall be 1500 mm.
(c) In case there is a difference of level, slope ways shall be provided with a slope of
1:12.
(d) Hand rails shall be provided for ramps/slope ways.
iii. Stair-ways - One of the stair-ways – near the entrance / exit for the handicapped
shall have the following provisions:
(a) The minimum width shall be 1350 mm

(b) Height of the riser shall not be more than 150 mm and width of the tread 300mm. The
steps shall not have abrupt (square) nosing.
(c) Maximum number of risers on a flight shall be limited to 12.
(d) Hand rails shall be provided on both sides and shall extend
300 mm on the top and bottom of each flight of steps.

November 2018
iv. Lifts -Wherever lift is required as per bye-laws, provision of at least one lift shall be made
for the wheel chair user with the following cage dimensions of lift recommended for
passenger lift of 13 persons capacity of Bureau of Indian Standards.
Clear internal width 1100 mm
Clear internal width 2000 mm
Entrance door width 900 mm
(a) A hand rail not less than 600mm long at 1000mm above floor level shall be fixed
adjacent to the control panel.
(b) The lift lobby shall be of an inside measurement of 1800 mm x 1800 mm or more.
(c) The time of an automatically closing door should be minimum 5 seconds and the
closing speed should not exceed 0.25 m/sec.
(d) The interior of the cage shall be provided with a device that audibly indicates the floor,
the cage has reached indicates that the door of the cage of entrance/exit is either
open or closed.
v. Toilets - One Special W.C. in a set of toilets shall be provided for the use of handicapped
with essential provision of washbasin near the entrance for the handicapped.
i) The minimum size shall be 1500 mm x 1750 mm.

ii) Minimum clear opening of the door shall be 900mm and the door shall swing out.
iii) Suitable arrangement of vertical/horizontal handrails with 50 mm clearance from wall
shall be made in the toilet.
iv) The W.C. seat shall be 500mm from the floor.
vi. Drinking Water: - Suitable provision of drinking water shall be made for the handicapped
near the special toilet provided for them.
vii. Designing for Children: - In the buildings meant for the pre-dominant use of the children,
it will be necessary to suitably alter the height of the handrail and other fittings & fixtures,
etc.
E. Explanatory notes:
1. Guiding / Warning Floor Material:
The floor material to guide or to warn the visually impaired persons with a change of color or
material with conspicuously different texture and easily distinguishable from the rest of the
surrounding floor materials is called guiding or warning floor material. The material with
different texture gives audible signals with sensory warning when a person moves on this
surface with walking stick. The guiding/warning floor material is meant to give the directional
effect or warn a person at critical places. This floor material shall be provided in the following
areas:
(a) The access path to the building and to the parking area.
(b) The landing lobby towards the information board, reception, lifts, staircases and toilets.
(c) Immediately at the beginning/end of walkway where there is a vehicular traffic.
(d) At the location abruptly changing in level or beginning/end of a ramp.
(e) Immediately in front of an entrance/exit and the landing.

November 2018
2. Proper signage: -
Appropriate identification of specific facilities within a building for the handicapped persons
should be done with proper signals. Visually impaired persons make use of other senses such
as hearing and touch to compensate for the lack of vision, whereas visual signals benefit
those with hearing disabilities.
Signs should be designed and located so that they are easily legible by using suitable letter
size (not less than 20 mm high). For visually impaired persons, information board in brail
should be installed on the wall at a suitable height and it should be possible to approach them
closely. To ensure safe walking, there should not be any protruding sign which creates
obstruction in walking. Public Address System may also be provided in busy public areas.
The symbols/information should be in contrasting colour and properly illuminated because

people with limited vision may be able to differentiate amongst primary colours. International
Symbol Mark for wheel chair be installed in a lift, toilet, staircase, parking areas, etc., that
have been provided for differently abled.
34.0 Rain Water Harvesting
The provision for Rain Water Harvesting shall be made as under:
(a) All the layout open spaces/amenity spaces of housing societies and new constructions/
reconstruction/ additions on plots having area not less than 500 sq.mt. in non-congested/
areas shall have one or more Rain Water Harvesting structures having a minimum total
capacity as detailed in Schedule. Provided that at VC&MD may approve the Rain water
harvesting structures of specifications different from those in Schedule subject to the
minimum capacity of rain water harvesting being ensured in each case.
Provided that the VC&MD may approve the Rain Water Harvesting structures of
specifications different from those in Schedule, subject to the minimum capacity of Rain
Water Harvesting being ensured in each case.
(b) The owner/society of every building mentioned in the (a) above shall ensure that the Rain
Water Harvesting System is maintained in good condition for storage of water for non-
potable purposes or recharge of groundwater at all times.
(c) The Authority may impose a levy of not exceeding Rs.1000/- per annum for every 100
sq.mt. of built-up area for the failure of the owner of any building mentioned in the (a)
above to provide or to maintain Rain Water Harvesting structures as required under these
regulations. Failure to provide Rain Water Harvesting System shall deem to be breach of
the conditions on which the development permission has been granted. The Authority
may amend these charges time to time.
SCHEDULE
Rain Water Harvesting in a building site includes storage or recharging the ground water by
rainwater falling on the terrace or any paved or unpaved surface within the building site.
The following systems may be adopted for harvesting the rainwater drawn from terrace and
the paved surface.
i. Open well of a minimum 1.00 mt diameter and 6mt in depth into which rain water may be
channelled and allowed to filter for removing silt and floating material. The well shall be
provided with ventilating covers. The water from the open well may be used for non-
potable domestic purposes such as washing, flushing and for watering the garden etc.
ii. Rain Water Harvesting for recharge of groundwater may be done through a bore-well
around which a pit of 1m width may be excavated upto a depth of at least 3m and refilled

November 2018
with stone aggregate and sand. The filtered rain water may be channelled to the refilled pit
for recharging the bore-well.
iii. An impervious surface/underground storage tank of required may be constructed in the
setback or other open spaces and the rain water may be channelled to the storage tank.
The storage tank shall always be provided with ventilating covers and shall have drawn-off
taps suitably placed so that rain water may be drawn off for domestic, washing, gardening
and such other purposes. The storage tank shall be provided with an overflow.
iv. The surplus rain water after storage may be recharged in to ground through percolation
pits or trenches or combination of pits and trenches. Depending on the geo-morphological
and topographical conditions, the pits may be of the size of 1.20 m width X 1.20 m length
X 2 m to 2.50 m depth. The trenches can be of 0.60 m width X 2 to 6 m length X 1.50 to 2
m depth. Terrace water shall be channelled to pits or trenches. Such pits or trenches shall
be back filled with filter media comprising the following materials:
(a) 40 mm stone aggregate as bottom layer upto 50% of the depth.
(b) 20 mm stone aggregate as lower middle layer upto 20% of the depth.
(c) Coarse sand as upper middle layer upto 20% of the depth.
(d) A thin layer of fine sand as top layer.
(e) Top 10% of the pits/trenches will be empty and a splash is to be provided in this
portion in such a way that roof top water falls on the splash pad.
(f) Brick masonry wall is to be constructed on the exposed surface of pits/trenches and
the cement mortar plastered. The depth of wall below ground shall be such that the
wall prevents lose soil entering into pits/ trenches. The projection of the wall above
ground shall at least be 15 cm.
(g) Perforated concrete slabs shall be provided on the pits/trenches.
(h) If the open space surrounding the building is not paved, the top layer up to a sufficient
depth shall be removed and refilled with coarse sand to allow percolation of rain water
into ground.
v. The terrace shall be connected to the open well/bore-well/storage tank/ recharge
pit/trench by means of HDPE / PVC pipes through filter media. A valve system shall be
provided to enable the first washing from roof or terrace catchment, as they would contain
undesirable dirt. The mouth of all pipes and opening shall be covered with mosquito
(insect) proof wire net. For the efficient discharge of rain water, there shall be at least two
rain water pipes of 100 mm dia. for a roof area of 100 sq.m.
vi. Rain Water Harvesting structures shall be sited as not to endanger the stability of building
or earthwork. The structure shall be designed such that no dampness is caused in any
part of the walls or foundation of the building or those of an adjacent building.
vii. The water so collected/recharged shall as far as possible be used for non-drinking and
non-cooking purpose. Provided that when the rain water in exceptional circumstances will
be utilised for drinking and/or cooking purpose, it shall be ensured that proper filter
arrangement and the separate outlet for bypassing the first rain water has been provided.
Provided further that, it will be ensured that for such use, proper disinfectants and the
water purification arrangements have been made.
viii. For effective drainage of rain water, the roof of building shall be so constructed or framed
as to permit effective drainage of the rain water there from by means of rain water pipes.
Such pipes shall be so arranged, joined and fixed so as to ensure that the rain water is
carried away from the building without causing dampness in any part of the walls or
foundation of the building or those of adjacent buildings.

November 2018
35.0 Special Provisions for Installation of Solar Assisted Water Heating

System
Solar water heating systems should be made in the building for hospitals, hotels, hostels,
guest houses, police men/army barracks, canteens, laboratories and research institutions,
school and colleges and other institutes.
1. The solar water heating system should be mandatory in the hospitals and hotels, where
the hot water requirement is of continuous nature. In these building the system must be
provided with auxiliary backup system.
2. The use of solar water heating system is recommended in following type of building in
Government/Semi-Government and institutional building where the hot water requirement
may not be continuous / permanent.
i. Guest Houses.
ii. Police men/Army barracks.
iii. Canteens.
iv. Laboratory and Research Institutions where hot water is needed.
v. Hostels, Schools, Colleges and Other Institutes.
3. The installation of gas instantaneous water heaters or the electrical back-up in all such
water heating system shall be optional depending on the nature of requirement of the hot
water.
4. It is suggested that solar water heating system of the capacity of about 100 litres per day
based on thermo-symphonic system with necessary electrical back-up be installed at
residential building like hostels.
5. In order to facilitate the installation of solar water heating system, the new building shall
have the following provisions:
i. All such buildings where solar water heating systems are to be installed will have
open sunny roof area available for installation of solar water heating system.
ii. The roof loading adopted in the design of such building should be at least 50 kg per
sqm for the installation of solar water heating system.
iii. A Solar water heating system can also be integrated with the building design. These
can either be put on the parapet or could be integrated with the south facing vertical
wall of the building. The best inclination of the collector for regular use throughout the
year is equal to the local latitude of the place. The collectors should be facing south.
However, for only winter use the optimum inclinations of the Collector would be
(latitude + 15 degrees of the south). Even if the Collectors are built in the south facing
vertical wall of the building the output from such collectors during winter month is
expected to be within 32% output from the optimum inclined collector.
iv. All the new buildings to be constructed shall have an installed hot water line from the
roof top and also insulated distribution pipeline to each of the points where hot water
is required in the building.
v. The capacity of the solar water heating system to be installed on the building shall be
described on the basis of the average occupancy of the building. The norms for
hospitals, hotels and other functional building are given below.

November 2018
Type of Building Capacity Recommended - Litres per capita per day
(1) Hospitals 100

(2)Hotels five star 150
(3)Hotels other than five star 100
(4)Hostels and other such
35
buildings
(5)Canteen As required.
(6) Laboratory and Research
As required.
Institutions
(7) Other Buildings As required
vi. An open area of 3 sq.m. would be required for installation of a Collector which
supplies about 100 litres of water per day. At least 60% of the roof area may be
utilized for installation of the system.
vii. The specification for the solar water heating system laid down by the Ministry of Non-
Conventional Energy Sources can be followed. Flat plate collector confirming to latest
Bureau of Indian Standards should be used in all such solar water heating systems
36.0 Regulations for Sewerage Treatment Plant ,Waste Water Recycling and
Other Provisions
36.1 Types of Waste Water:

The Waste Water is of following types:
i. Black Water - means Waste Water from W.C. Urinals and M.S.W.
ii. Grey Water. –means Waste Water from Bathrooms, Sinks, Shower and Wash Areas etc.
iii. Apart from Residential Waste Water, Waste Water generated from Industrial, Medical,
Commercial and Waste generated from Garbage shall also be treated as per the
guidelines given by the Maharashtra Pollution Control Board.
36.2 Applicability:
These Regulations shall be applicable to all Developments/ Redevelopments/part
Developments for the uses as mention under (C-1) to (C-6) shall have the provision for
treatment, recycling and reuse of Waste Water. The applicant shall along with his application
for obtaining necessary layout approval/ building permission shall submit a plan showing the
location of Waste Water Treatment Plant, furnishing details of calculations, references,
implementation, etc. This Plan shall accompany with the applicant‘s commitment to monitor
the system periodically from the date of occupation of the respective building.
36.3 Regulations:
36.3.1 (C-1) For Layout Approval/Building Permission:
i. In case of Residential layouts, area admeasuring 10,000 sq.mt or more, in addition to 10
% open space, prescribed in the bye- laws, a separate space for Waste Water Treatment
cum Sewerage Treatment Plant and Recycling Plant shall be proposed in the layout.
ii. On the layout Plan, all Drainage lines, Chambers, Plumbing lines should be marked in
different colour and submit the layout for approval to the Authority.
iii. The Recycled Water shall be used for Gardening, Car Washing, Toilet Flushing, Irrigation,
etc. and in no case for drinking, bathing, washing utensils, clothes, etc

November 2018
iv. In the Estimate of Waste Water Recycling Plant cum Sewerage Treatment Plant only
provision for basic civil work and required machinery will be proposed by the Authority
other than these provisions, additional machinery, plumbing, Water tank pipe, landscape
should be provided by Owner or Developer on his Own Cost.
v. A clause must be included by the Owner/ Developer in the purchase agreement that the
purchaser, Owner of the Premises/Organization or Society of the purchasers shall ensure
that: -
(a) The Recycled Water is tested every six months either in in the laboratory approved by
the Authority or by State Government and the result of which shall be made
accessible to the Competent Authority/ EHO of the respective Ward Office.
(b) Any recommendation from testing laboratory for any form of corrective measures that
are needed to be adopted shall be compiled. Copy of any such recommendation and
necessary action taken shall also be sent by the testing laboratories to the Competent
Authority/ EHO of respective Wards.
(c) Maintenance of Recycling Plant should be done by the Developer or Housing Society
or Owner.
(d) Separating of Waste Water:
i. Separate plumbing network shall be installed to collect waste water from kitchens,
bath rooms, washing machines and dish washers leading to recycling plant with
separate underground and overhead tanks provided for this purpose.
ii. The entire connecting network shall be painted in purple blue color.
36.3.2 (C-2) Group Housing/Apartment Building:
In case of Group Housing if the area admeasuring 4000 sqm and above or if consumption of
Water is 20,000 litres per day or if a multi-storeyed building where there are 20 or more
tenements then Waste Water Recycling Plant as mentioned in (C-1) above should be
constructed.
36.3.3 (C-3) Educational, Industrial, Commercial, Government, Semi-Government

Organizations, Hotels, Lodgings etc:
For all above buildings having built-up area 1500 sq.mt. or more or if Water consumption is
20,000 litre per day whichever is minimum, then provision for Waste Water Treatment Plant
cum Sewerage Treatment Plant as mentioned in (C-1) is applicable.
36.3.4 (C-4) Hospitals:

Those Hospitals having 40 or more beds, Waste Water Recycling Plant cum Sewerage
Treatment Plant as mentioned in (C-1) is applicable.
36.3.5 (C-5) Vehicle Servicing Garages:

All Vehicle servicing garages shall ensure that the Waste Water generated through washing
of vehicles is treated and recycled back for the same use as mentioned in (C-1).
36.3.6 (C-6) Other Hazardous uses:

All other Establishments/ Buildings where chances of Waste Water generated containing
harmful chemicals, toxins are likely and where such water cannot be directly led into municipal
sewers, the concerned Competent Authority may direct the Owners, users of such
Establishments, Buildings to treat their Waste Water as per the directions laid in (C-1).

November 2018
36.4 Incentive:
The Owner/Developer/Society setting up and agreeing to periodically maintain such Waste
Water Treatment and Recycling Plant entirely through their own expenditure shall be eligible
for an incentive as decided by the Authority.
36.5 Penalty Clause:

i. Any person / Owner / Developer / Organization / Society violating the provisions of these
bye-laws, he shall be fined Rs. 2,500/- on the day of detection and if the violation
continues, then he shall be fined Rs.100/- for every day as concrete action after written
Notice from the Authority.
ii. If any person / Owner /Developer / Organization / Society fails to operate as determined
by the Authorised Officer of the Authority and from the observations of test results and/or
physical verification) the Recycling plant, then he will be charged a penalty of Rs.300/-
per day and disconnection of Water connection also.
36.6 Disposal of industrial and chemical effluents
In case of industrial buildings with different operations or processes the different (gaseous,
solid and liquid) effluents shall be treated in accordance with the directions given from time to
time by the Maharashtra Pollution Control Board and Chief Inspector of Steam Boilers and
Smoke nuisance before letting them out on the air, ground or water.
36.7 Other Provisions:

36.7.1 Provision of Water Retention Pond/ Holding Pond:
For Layout Approval/Building Permission:
i. As decided by the Authority, in low lying areas, at a location in the Residential layout
having area 10,000 sq.mt or more, in addition to 10 % open space, prescribed in the bye-
laws, 1% space for Water Retention Pond / Holding Pond shall be earmarked in the
layout,
ii. The owner shall surrender the area under water retention pond / holding pond to the
Authority free of cost without claiming any monetary compensation. In lieu thereof, FSI of
the area surrendered for such Water Retention Pond/ Holding Pond shall be granted on
the same plot by the VC&MD.
iii. The owner shall construct and maintain such water retention pond or holding pond at his
own cost.
36.7.2 Solid Waste Management:
Solid Waste disposal shall be carried out in accordance with the Solid Waste Management
Rules, 2016 for every domestic, institutional, commercial and any other non-residential solid
waste generator situated in the areas. Provided that the disposal of industrial waste,
hazardous waste, hazardous chemicals, bio medical wastes, e-waste, lead acid batteries and
radio-active waste, shall be carried in accordance with the separate rules framed under the
Environment (Protection) Act, 1986.
All buildings shall be provided with separate coloured bins or collectors to collect dry waste
(paper, plastic, metal, glass, rags, rubber, house sweeping, discarded clothing packaging of
all kinds, cardboards and cartons etc.) and wet waste (organic waste such as kitchen waste,
flowers and fruit waste, green waste from vegetable vendors , tea stalls or food shops etc).
Dedicated space shall be allocated for collecting dry and wet waste before transferring waste
for recycling/disposal separately.

November 2018
Separate coloured bins shall be provided for safe disposal of the sanitary waste before
transferring the waste for recycling/ disposal separately.
Separate bins shall be provided for safe disposal of hazardous waste (batteries, e-waste,
lamps, medical waste etc.) as provided in hazardous waste management guidelines
prescribed by the Ministry of Environment and Forest (MoEF), Government of India.
36.8 Installation of Solid Waste management system shall be mandatory for

i. Housing complexes and apartments, commercial establishments, hostels, hospitals,
Educational, Industrial, Commercial, Government, Semi-Government Organizations,
Hotels, Lodgings etc. having aggregate built up area of 4,000 sq.mt or more.
ii. All 3 star or higher category hotels :
To establish a dedicated solid waste management system to treat 100% bio degradable
waste generated in the buildings
The treatment of bio degradable shall be done through an organic waste composters/
vermiculture pits or other similar technologies such as bio-methanation of suitable capacity
installed through reputed vendors or as authorised by the VC&MD
The area under construction of Solid Waste Management System /Bio-degradable waste
treatment plant shall be free of FSI.
Provision for treating the wet waste in situ will shall be made and a clause must be
included by the owner/developer in the purchase agreement with the purchaser, owner of
the premises/organization or society of the occupiers or the society of purchasers stating
that, wet waste will be treated in situ and shall have to be maintained in operational
condition as per the requirement of the Authority if any.
The planning design, construction and installation of Solid Waste Management System
shall be as per the National Building Code of India, Part 9 Plumbing Services, Section 1-
Water Supply, Drainage and Sanitation (Including Solid Waste Management) Paragraph 6.
The disposal of e-waste shall be carried out in accordance to the e-waste Management Rules,
th
MoEFCC, Notification Dated 10 June 2015 through authorised recyclers or another system
as authorised by the VC&MD.
The disposal of hazardous waste shall be carried out in accordance with Hazardous and
Other Wastes (Management and Transboundary Movement) Rules, 2015, Published vis
th
notification dated 24 July 2015 through authorised recyclers or another system as authorised
by the VC&MD.
The disposal of Construction and demolition waste shall be carried out in accordance with
Construction and Demolition Waste Management Rules, 2016. Published vis notification dated
through authorised recyclers or another system as authorised by the VC&MD.
The disposal of biomedical waste shall be carried out in accordance with Bio Medical Waste
Management Rules, 2016, published via notification dated through authorised recyclers or
another system as authorised by the VC&MD.
The disposal of any other dry waste shall be carried out in accordance , shall be carried in
accordance with the separate rules framed under the Environment (Protection) Act, 1986 or
another system as authorised by VC&MD.

November 2018
36.8.1 Energy Efficient Buildings / Green Buildings:

Owner/Developer/Project proponent at his option may opt for the certification of Indian Green
Building code (IGBC)/Energy Conservation Building Conservation Code (ECBC). The
provisions of appliances/fitting as per IGBC/ECBC shall be as per direction of GOI/GOM if any
from time to time.
In order to do this the Authority may empanel agencies of repute as listed/ recognised by the
State/ Central Government.
Green Buildings shall be entitled for incentive FSI as follows: -
I. GRIHA 3 Star / IGBC Silver or equivalent rating: 3% FSI incentive on basic FSI
II. GRIHA 4 Star / IGBC Gold or equivalent rating: 5% FSI incentive on basic FSI
III. GRIHA 5 Star / IGBC Platinum or equivalent rating: 7% FSI incentive on basic FSI
Provided achieving minimum GRIHA 3 star / IGBC silver or equivalent rating for construction
projects shall be mandatory for all the buildings belonging to Government, Semi Government,
local bodies and public sector undertakings.
Incentive FSI shall be awarded after pre certification from the empanelled agency. This FSI
shall be excusive of the limits specified in this DCPR.
In case that the developer fails to achieve committed ratings as per pre certification at the time
of final occupancy, a penalty shall be imposed at the rate 2 times of the land cost as per ASR
for the incentive FSI for the rating not achieved.
36.8.2 Energy Conservation:

In developments on areas of 20 Ha or more use renewable energy based (Solar Photo
Voltaic, Biomass, Wind and such other source as approved by Ministry of New and
Renewable Energy, Gol) lighting system for minimum 25% external lighting (wattage)
requirement in Kw on site namely walkways, driveways and landscaped areas and common/
circulation areas within the building such as corridors, staircases, lift lobbies, entrance lobbies,
refuge areas with provision of back up lighting in case of any problems with renewable energy
based lighting systems.
Norms and standards mentioned in the Energy Conservation Building Code (ECBC) shall be
applicable to all developments as specified in the code.
36.9 Building Facades and urban design elements:

For buildings in CBD zone, the building façade elevation design shall be generally in
accordance with the regulations provided at Appendix-Q.
37.A Regulation For Inclusive Housing:

The provision regarding inclusive housing in development proposal shall be made applicable
as mentioned below.
37.A.1 (a)For the sub-division or layout of the land admeasuring 10,000 sq.mt. or more for residential
purpose minimum 20% of the net plot area shall have to be provided,
I. Either in the form of developed plots of 100 to 150 sq.mt. size for Economically Weaker
Sections/ Low Income Groups (EWS/LIG), (hereinafter referred to as "affordable plots") in
which plots of 100sq.mtr. size shall be kept for EWS
OR

November 2018
II. In the form of equivalent 20% net plot area, for constructing EWS/LIG tenements,
(b) The Landowner Developer shall sell the said affordable plots as mentioned at (i and ii) to
MSRDC SPA at the land rate prescribed in the Annual Statement of Rates prepared by
the Inspector General of Registration, Maharashtra State, Pune. If MSRDC SPA declines
to purchase the same within a reasonable time of six months, then he can sell the
affordable plots in the open market. The MSRDC SPA shall dispose off the said plots as
per their Land Disposal Rules.
37.A.2 For a plot of land, admeasuring 10,000 sq.mt. or more to be developed for a Housing Scheme
consisting of one or more buildings (hereinafter referred to as 'the said Scheme'), EWS/LIG
Housing in the form of tenements of size ranging between 30 to 50 sq.mt, (hereinafter referred
to as 'affordable housing tenements') shall be constructed at least to the extent of 20% of the
basic zonal F.S.I., subject to the following conditions: -
(a) The built up area of the EWS/LIG tenements constructed under the Scheme shall not be
counted towards F.S.I.
(b) The Landowner / Developer shall construct the stock of the affordable housing tenements
in the same plot and the Authority shall ensure that the Occupation Certificate for the rest
of the development 'under the said Scheme is not, issued till the Occupation Certificate is
issued for the Affordable Housing tenements under the said Scheme.
Provided further that the Affordable Housing tenements of equivalent value as per ASR
subject to minimum 20 % of built-up area as per original location may also be provided at
some other location (s) within the same land use zone, falling in the same village of the
MSRDC SPA Area.
(c) The Project Proponent/s, after getting the Commencement Certificate for the scheme,
shall immediately intimate to MSRDC SPA regarding the numbers of the affordable
housing tenements to be disposed by them to the allottee. Upon such intimation, MSRDC
SPA within a period of six months from the date of receipt of such intimation shall duly
after following procedure of lottery system prepare the list of the allottees and forward it to
the Project Proponent/s. The project proponent shall dispose of such EWS housing
tenements to the allottees at the construction cost in ASR applicable to the land under the
Scheme plus 20 % additional cost. Out of this 20 % additional cost, 10 % shall be paid to
MSRDC towards their administration charges.
(d) There shall be no obligation to construct affordable Housing tenements in the

redevelopment project of any co- operative Housing Society in which the carpet area of all
existing individual residential tenements does not exceed 80 sqm.
(e) In case of Redevelopment of Individual bungalow these provisions shall not apply.
However, if redevelopment proposed on area more than 10,000 Sqmt, this provisions
shall be applicable.
(f) There shall be no obligation to construct affordable housing tenements in accordance with
these provisions in any Housing Scheme or residential development project wherein,
owing to the relevant provisions of the Development Control Regulations, 20% or more of
the basic Zonal FSI is required to be utilized towards construction of residential tenements
for the EWS/LIG and also for the development / redevelopment of any land, owned by the
Government or any Semi-Government organization. Provided such development /
redevelopment is undertaken by the Government or such Semi- Government Organization
by itself or through any other agency under BOT or PPP model.

November 2018
Provided that in case of Development of reservations of Public Housing, Housing for Dis-
housed, / High Density Housing and the EWS/LIG tenements constructed under the
provisions of any other Act, these provisions shall not be applicable.
37.A.3 Amalgamation of affordable plots / affordable tenements shall not be allowed.
37.A.4 These provisions shall be applicable prospectively and shall not be applicable to any Housing
Scheme or residential development project wherein Commencement Certificate for full area
had been issued prior to the date of coming into force of these provisions and was valid on
such date. In case of revised approval this provision shall not be applicable. However, in case
of part Commencement Certificate or revision of proposal where newly proposed area is more
than 10000 sqmt then to that extent these regulations shall apply.
37.B Regulations for “Pradhan Mantri Awas Yojana”:

As per Government in Housing Department Notification PMAY/2018/CR-29/HP-2 dated
17.4.2018 Government has accorded sanction to make applicable Pradhan Mantri Awas
Yojana to MSRDC SPA Area.
37.B.1 ―Pradhan Mantri Awas Yojana‖ shall be applicable in the zone such as Residential /
Commercial / Public-Semi-Public / Industrial / Logistics Park Zone where construction is
permitted, for the purpose of providing affordable housing to the economically weaker
sections(EWS) and Low Income Group (LIG) undertaken by Government / any Institution
authorized by the Government or owner / any private developer (hereinafter referred to the
―project proponent‖) subject to following conditions:
1. These regulations shall only be applicable for development undertaken under ―Pradhan
Mantri Awas Yojana‖ wherein all the tenements shall be constructed for EWS/LIG with the
use of latest technology.
2. Such Development shall not be permitted on the lands, which deserve preservation or
protection from Environmental conditions viz. Hilltop and Hill slopes, Coastal Regulation
Restrictions, restrictions from water bodies and quarries or any restrictions mentioned
under Heritage Regulations.
3. Such Development shall not be permitted on the Forest lands, lands used for Orchards,
Nurseries, lands affected by Green belt Zone, Mangroves, Marshy lands, area under any
Buffer Zone, other Environmentally sensitive areas etc.
4. The minimum width of approach road shall be 15.0 m.
5. The permissible FSI for such projects shall be 2.5.
6. The VC&MD, before granting development permission, shall verify and satisfy himself in
respect of the feasibility of providing basic infrastructure facilities like water supply,
Sewerage etc, required for the project.
7. The project proponent shall plan proper internal Road network including major linkage to
outside roads, wherever necessary.
8. The project proponent shall provide all the basic facilities and utilities, on-site
infrastructure and also off-site infrastructure such as Road, water line, drainage line, street
light, Waste Water Recycling Plant etc. at his own cost to the satisfaction of the VC&MD
of the concerned authority. In no case the burden of providing infrastructure shall lie with
the Planning Authority.
Provided that the project proponent shall lay the water, drainage / sewage lines upto the
nearest existing lines which are laid by the Planning Authority.

November 2018
9. The land under project shall be considered as if it is in the Residential zone and all
concerned regulations, viz, side margin, building height etc., shall be applicable as per the
Residential Zone, except utilisation of TDR and Premium FSI.
10. The carpet area of the tenement shall not be more than the carpet area as may be
decided by the Government of Maharashtra from time to time in respect of EWS / LIG
Housing.
11. Amalgamation of two or more tenements shall not be permissible under any
circumstances.
12. All other guidelines and norms shall be followed as may be decided by the Government of
India or State Government, from time to time in respect of ―Pradhan Mantri Awas Yojana‖.
37.B.2 ―Pradhan Mantri Awas Yojana‖ shall be applicable in the Agriculture Zone / No Development
zone / Green zone for the purpose of providing affordable housing to the economically
weaker sections(EWS) and Low Income Group (LIG) undertaken by Government / any
Institution authorized by the Government or owner / any private developer (hereinafter
referred to the ―project proponent‖) subject to following conditions:
1. These regulations shall only be applicable for development undertaken under ―Pradhan
Mantri Awas Yojana‖ wherein all the tenements shall be constructed for EWS/LIG with the
use of latest technology.
2. Such Development shall not be permitted on the lands, which deserve preservation or
protection from Environmental conditions viz. Hilltop and Hill slopes, Coastal Regulation
Restrictions, restrictions from water bodies and quarries or any restrictions mentioned
under Heritage Regulations.
3. Such Development shall not be permitted on the Forest lands, lands used for Orchards,
Nurseries, lands affected by Green belt Zone, Mangroves, Marshy lands, area under any
Buffer Zone, other Environmentally sensitive areas etc.
4. The minimum width of approach road shall be 12.0 m.
5. The permissible FSI for such projects shall be 1.0.
6. The VC&MD, before granting development permission, shall verify and satisfy himself in
respect of the feasibility of providing basic infrastructure facilities like water supply,
Sewerage etc, required for the project.
7. The project proponent shall plan proper internal Road network including major linkage to
outside roads, wherever necessary.
8. The project proponent shall provide all the basic facilities and utilities, on-site
infrastructure and also off-site infrastructure such as Road, water line, drainage line,
street light, Waste Water Recycling Plant etc. at his own cost to the satisfaction of the
VC&MD of the concerned authority. In no case the burden of providing infrastructure
shall lie with the Planning Authority.
Provided that the project proponent shall lay the water, drainage / sewage lines upto the
nearest existing lines which are laid by the Planning Authority.
9. The land under project shall be considered as if it is in the Residential zone and all
concerned regulations, viz, side margin, building height etc., shall be applicable as per
the Residential Zone, except utilisation of TDR and Premium FSI.
10. The carpet area of the tenement shall not be more than the carpet area as may be
decided by the Government of Maharashtra from time to time in respect of EWS / LIG
Housing.
11. Amalgamation of two or more tenements shall not be permissible under any
circumstances.

November 2018
12. All other guidelines and norms shall be followed as may be decided by the Government of
India or State Government, from time to time in respect of ―Pradhan Mantri Awas Yojana‖.
38.0 Special Regulations for Development / Redevelopment of building falling

within Transit Oriented Development Corridor (TOD):
Transit oriented development aims at a development focused around a mass rapid transit
corridor (hence forth called as TOD corridor) which facilitates ease of access to the transit
facility, thereby encouraging people to walk and use public transportation over personal
modes of transportation. Development along mass rapid transit corridor shall be governed by
the following special regulations.
38.1 Definitions:
i. TOD Belt: It is the area falling within 500 meters distance on either side of the proposed
spine of 60M RoW with Metro corridor as shown in the Development Plan, measured
from its centre line and also includes the area falling within 500 meter distance from the
longitudinal ends of the corridor as shown in the Development Plan.
ii. Base permissible FSI: It is the FSI that is otherwise permissible by levying Land Linked
Premium on any land with respect to zone shown as per the sanctioned development plan
and the relevant provision of the Principal DCR excluding the TDR and the premium FSI,
redevelopment incentive FSI that can be received.
iii. Gross plot area: Gross Plot Area means total area of land after deducting area under
reservation or deemed reservation like amenity space if any, area under D.P. Road and
Road widening.
iv. Principal DCR: Development Control and Promotion Regulations sanctioned by the Govt.
for MSRDC Special Planning Authority.
38.2 Maximum Permissible FSI
The maximum permissible total FSI in TOD Belt shall be including the base permissible FSI,
subject to condition that, the additional FSI over and above the base permissible FSI shall be
allowed within the overall limit of maximum permissible FSI, as given in the Table below-
Sr. No. Minimum Road Width Plot Area Maximum Permissible FSI
1 9.00 m Below 1000 sq.mt. 2.00

2 9.00 m 1000 sq.mt. or above 3.00
3 12.00 m 2000 sq.mt. or above 3.50
4 15.00 m 2000 sq.mt. or above 4.00
Explanation: -
1. The maximum permissible FSI as per the above Table shall be determined by satisfaction
of both the criteria viz. Minimum Road width as well as plot area, simultaneously. However
in case, both these criteria are not satisfied simultaneously, the maximum permissible FSI
shall be the minimum of that permissible against each of these two criteria, as illustrated
below ;
2. Land owner / Developer shall not have option to use TDR in TOD Belt .

November 2018
Illustrations for Utilization of FSI:
Road width
Plot Area 9 mt.& 12 mt.&
Less than 9mt. 15 mt.& above
above above
below 1000 sq.mt. Principal DCR 2 2 2
1000 sq.mt. up to 2000
Principal DCR 3 3.5 3.5
sq. mt.
Above 2000 sq.mt. Principal DCR 3 3.5 4.0
38.2.1 Premium to be Paid:
Additional FSI over and above base permissible FSI of respective land use zones as per
principal DCR, may be permitted on the payment of 40% premium for Residential use and
Institutional use and 50% for Commercial use as per ASR rates.
(a) The additional FSI as prescribed in the Table under Regulation No. 38.2 above, in case of
development / redevelopment proposed in the TOD Belt with minimum tenement density
per hectare of the gross plot area as given below.
Minimum Numbers of Tenements = Gross Plot Area x Maximum Proposed FSI for
Residential use x 200 Tenement per Hectare.
(b) However, subject to the provisions of Regulation No. 38.3 herein below, if the tenement
density proposed is less than that stipulated in the table under Regulation No.38.2.1(a),
the premium to be paid in that event the additional premium shall be paid as may be
decided by the Govt. from time to time and such premium shall be chargeable on the total
additional FSI to be availed beyond the base permissible FSI.
38.2.2 Impact Assessment and Integrated Mobility Plan
Such additional FSI over and above the base permissible FSI, shall be granted by the VC&MD
after taking into account the Impact Assessment of the implementation of these regulations
regarding the impact on the city and sector level infrastructure and amenities as well as traffic
and environment on such TOD Belt. Such Impact Assessment shall also contain measures to
be undertaken to mitigate its likely impact and the Action Plan for implementation of such
measures in a time bound manner. It shall also contain Integrated Mobility Plan envisaging
therein inter-linkages between different modes of mass transport, parking management, traffic
management and pedestrianisation.
38.2.3 The maximum permissible FSI as given in Table under regulation no.38.2 shall be calculated
on the gross plot area.
38.2.4 In case of plot / plots falling partly within the TOD belt, the FSI permissible shall be as follows,
provided that the total area of the plot (plot falling within TOD belt plus plot falling outside TOD
belt) shall be as prescribed in the table in Regulation No. 38.2 :-
i. Where 50% or more area of such plot / plots falls within TOD Belt, these regulations
including FSI shall apply to the total area of such plot / plots.
ii. Where less than 50% area of such plot / plots falls within TOD Belt, these regulations
including FSI shall be applicable to the part of plot / plots falling within TOD Belt, whereas
for the part of plot / plots falling outside the TOD Belt, these regulations except provisions
regarding FSI shall be applicable. The FSI permissible for the part falling outside TOD
Belt shall be as per Principal Development Control Regulations.
38.2.5 Notwithstanding anything contained in any other provision of this DCR the Parking, Double

November 2018
height terraces up to 20% and 15% balconies not enclosed, Stair cases, Lift Wells with
machine rooms, Refuge Areas, Voids, Service Floor & Entrance Lobbies of the building in
TOD belt shall be free of FSI. However, open balconies are allowed after leaving 4.5 mt.
distance from plot boundary subject to condition of fire NOC. Notwithstanding anything
contained in any other provisions of these regulations, TDR shall not be allowed to be
received on the plots within TOD belt, irrespective of its location in Gaothan /congested area
or non-congested area as per the Sanctioned Development Plan.
38.3 Permissible mixed use in TOD Belt

Mixed use in the form of 50% residential and 50% commercial may be permissible on the
residential plot in TOD Belt (except CBD Zone) fronting on the road width of 12 mt. and above.
Public and Semi Public and mixed use to the extent of 50% Public and Semi Public and 50%
Commercial may be permissible in the Public and Semi Public Zone of TOD Belt and the
maximum permissible FSI shall be allowed on payment of premium.
38.4 Other provisions regarding marginal open spaces shall be governed by the proposed height of
structure, as given in the Regulation No. 38.5 below and should conform to the Maharashtra
Fire Prevention and Life Safety Measures Act, 2006 (Maharashtra Act no. III of 2007) as
amended from time to time. No building permission shall be issued without NOC of the Fire
Officer. Other regulations regarding room sizes, apertures for light and ventilation shall be as
per the principal DCPR, in force.
38.5 Marginal Spaces

Side and
Sr. Building
Rear Remark
No. Height
Margins
Minimum 3.0 mt. for Residential However, if from one
15.0 mt and minimum 4.5 mt. for Commercial side clear minimum
a H/2-4
below and Minimum 6.0 m. for Special marginal distance
Buildings. maintain as per this
Above 15.0 mt. DCPR then for other
Minimum 6.0 mt. for all
b and upto 18.0 H/4 sides marginal
Buildings.
mt. distance may be
H/5 subject relaxed by the
18.0 mt and
c to Maximum Minimum 6.0 mt. Authority by 1.5 mt.
above
12.0 mt. maximum.
Note- However if Developer / Owners provides more than 12.00 mt. side and rear margins shall
be permissible.
38.5.1 No projections shall be allowed in marginal spaces so that minimum 6 mt. Marginal spaces
remain free from all encumbrances for the movement of fire tenders. The VC&MD may take
decision to allow ramp in maximum side marginal distance as mentioned in above table and
subject to fire NOC. In case if ramp is necessary from accessibility, such ramp may be
allowed after leaving 6 mt. clear margin
38.5.2 For calculation of marginal distances the height of the parking floors (Maximum two floors
above the Ground Level) shall not be taken in account, however height of such parking floors
will be counted towards the total height of the building for deciding the building as high rise
building and for Civil Aviation purpose.Car lift / mechanical parking shall be permissible, as
per Principal DCR as amended from time to time.
38.6 Parking
Parking in the TOD Belt shall be provided as per the table given below.

November 2018
Transit Oriented
Sr. Development Influence Zone
Occupancy One parking space for every
No. Scooter /
Car Cycle
Motorcycle
1 Residential (a) Tenements having carpet area
From 25 and upto 40 sq.mt. 0 1 2

For 2 units above 40 and upto 60
1 1 2
sq.mt.
For every unit above 60 and upto 80
1 1 2
sq.mt.
For every unit above 80 sq.mt 1 2 1
2 Govt. & Semi
Govt. Private 100 sq.mt carpet area or fraction
1 2 2
business thereof
buildings
Note:
i. Parking spaces for differently – abled persons shall be provided as per Indian Road
Congress Code No. IRC 103:2012 in each new construction / development / re-
development in the TOD Belt.
ii. No on street parking shall be permissible, unless specifically allowed in the impact
assessment and mobility report.
38.6.1 Incentive for providing Public Parking in the area falling within the radius of 200 mt.
From the Metro Station
If the owner / developer of the plot falling within the radius of 200 mt. from the Metro Station, is
willing to provide Public Parking space over and above the parking spaces required as per the
table given in Regulation No.38.6 of these regulations, the same shall be allowed and in that
case the premium to be paid by such developer / owner as per Regulation No.38.2.1 shall be
reduced by the amount equal to the premium worked out for 25% of the area earmarked for
such additional Public Parking space, subject to following conditions:
(a) Such parking area shall be in the built-up form and shall be handed over to the Authority
free of cost before granting the Occupation Certificate to the project. The Authority should
enter into an agreement with owner / developer for such parking space at the time of
granting Commencement Certificate to the project. Such Public Parking area shall be
clearly shown on the proposed building plan / layout and a condition to above effect shall
be incorporated in the Commencement Certificate.
(b) The parking area shall have independent access from major road adjacent to the plot and
with proper entry and exits.
(c) The parking area to be made available at individual site shall be at minimum 100 sq.mt. at
one place either at Ground floor / Stilt floor or first floor.
(d) The maximum parking area that can be provided shall be decided by the VC&MD on
considering the location of such site and the parking requirement.
(e) A board showing the location of such public parking space should be displayed at suitable
places by the Planning Authority.
(f) Area covered under such parking shall not be counted towards FSI consumption.
(g) Concerned land owner / developer / society / public company shall not be allowed to
operate the public parking.
(h) The proposed development shall be further subject to such conditions as may be decided
by the VC&MD.

November 2018
38.7 In case of development or redevelopment, proposed by the Authority / individual applicant / any
other Planning Authority, from the edge of the Metro Rail, within 20 mt. distance from the Metro
Rail, on its either side, the concerned Planning Authority before granting such permission for
development / redevelopment shall seek prior NOC from the concerned Metro Authority as
required under the Metro Railways (Construction of Works) Act, 1978 from the point of view of
safety of the Metro Railway and such other related matters.
38.8 In case of any conflict between these Special Regulations and any other regulation/s of the
DCPR, the Special Regulations shall prevail for the TOD Belt.
38.9 No Compound wall / fencing shall be permissible on the boundary of plot fronting on road and
50% front marginal distance (subject to minimum of 3.0 mt.) shall be kept accessible and to be
used as foot paths, for pedestrians. However, it shall be permissible for the applicant to
construct / erect fencing, on the boundary, after leaving the space for pedestrians as specified
above.
However for the plots situated on 9mt. and 12mt. wide Roads having 100% residential use
therefore above rule shall not be made applicable.
38.9.1 Large wholesale stores, car dealer showrooms, warehouses/storages, auto service centers,
Garages etc. Shall not be permissible in the TOD belt.
38.9.2 Provision of inclusive housing shall not be applicable in the TOD belt.
38.9.3 The width of passage shall be minimum 1.2 mt. for residential use & 2.0 mt. for commercial
use.
38.10 Above regulations shall be applicable to all buildings (i.e. newly proposed buildings as well as
to the old buildings on which building potential is balanced.)
38.11 The VC&MD may grant relaxation as per the provision of principle DCPR (Regulation No.16.2).

November 2018
PART IX- ACQUISITION/DEVELOPMENT OF

RESERVED SITES IN DEVELOPMENT PLAN
39.0 Manner of Development of Reserved Sites in Development Plan
(Accommodation Reservation Principle)
The use of land situated within the SPA MSRDC Area which has been reserved for certain
purpose in the Development Plan shall be regulated in regard to type and manner of
development / redevelopment according to the provisions mentioned in following Table:
When the owner is allowed to develop the reservation he should have exclusive ownership or
title of the land without any restriction under any other Act or Regulation in force.
Principle For Development through

Person/Authority who Accommodation Reservation
Reservation
may acquire/ develop subject to which development is
permissible
1 2 3
1)Recreational - Planning Authority/ Planning Authority may acquire the

Appropriate Authority / land and develop the same for the
1.1) Open reservations like
Owner purpose. The ancillary uses like indoor
Garden, Play Ground,
games, public toilet, changing Rooms,
Children PG, Open Space,
gymnasium, canteen, sport shop,
Recreation Ground Park,
meditation, yoga hall, art and craft
Park etc.
centre, may be allowed at one
corner/side of the reservation subject
to condition that maximum built-up
area for such uses shall be 15%, out of
which maximum 10% shall be allowed
on ground floor & remaining on first
floor. However, if the Land under
reservation is owned by any
Government agency / Authority, in
such cases the Planning Authority may
allow such Government agency /
Authority to Develop full reservation for
the said purpose subject to condition
as may be decided by the and such
Developed Amenity shall be open to
the general Public.
OR
The VC&MD may allow the owner to

develop the reservation on 70 % of the
land and after handing over it to the
planning authority free of cost then
remaining 30 % land may be allowed
to be developed as per adjoining use
subject to following terms /conditions:-
i) The owner shall be entitled to
develop remaining 30 % land for the
uses permissible in adjoining zone with
full permissible FSI of the entire Plot
and permissible TDR potential of the

November 2018

Reservation
permissible
1 2 3
entire Plot.
ii) The VC&MD, if required, shall allow

the TDR for the unutilised FSI if any
(after deducting in-situ FSI as
mentioned in Sr. no (i) above) which
shall be utilised as per the TDR
utilisation regulations.
1.2) Stadium, Sport Planning Authority/ Planning Authority/ Appropriate

Complex, Recreational Appropriate Authority Authority shall acquire the land and
Centre etc. develop the same for the purpose.
1.3) Swimming Tank/ Planning Authority/ The Planning Authority/ Appropriate

Swimming Pool Appropriate Authority/ Authority may acquire and develop the
Owner site for the same purpose.
OR
The Planning Authority/ Appropriate
Authority after acquiring the land or
after acquiring and developing the
same, as the case may be, lease out
as per the provisions of the respective
Authorities Act/ Land Disposal Rules of
MSRDC as amended from time to time,
to the Registered Public Institution for
developing and running or only for
running the same.
OR
The Owner may be allowed to develop
according to the designs; specifications
and conditions prescribed by the
VC&MD and run the same.
2 ) Public Utilities Planning Authority/ 2) The Planning Authority/ Appropriate

Appropriate Authority Authority shall acquire the land and
a)Cremation ground,
develop the reservation for the same
b)Burial Ground, purpose.
c)Slaughter House,
d)Sewerage Treatment
Plant, Tertiary Treatment
Plant
e)Water Treatment Plant,
f)Water Tank / ESR / GSR
3) Commercial Utilities Planning Authority The Planning Authority/ Appropriate

Authority shall acquire the land and
3.1) Market and Mandies /Appropriate Authority
a) Weekly Market/ / Owner purpose.
b)Vegetable Market OR

November 2018

Reservation
permissible
1 2 3
c) Open Market. i) The VC&MD may allow the owner to

develop the reservation, subject to
d)Hawkers Market
handing over to the Planning Authority
e)Daily Bazaar 40% independent plot along with 50%
constructed amenity of total area free
of cost in lieu of construction amenity
TDR as per general Regulation No (iv)
mention below & as per norms
prescribed by VC&MD .
3.2) Shopping centres -
ii) The owner shall be entitled to
a) Shopping Centre, develop remaining 60 % land for the
b)Commercial Complex,
c) Fish Market etc. and permissible TDR potential of the
entire Plot.
iii) The VC&MD , if required, shall allow
mentioned in Sr. No (ii) above) which
iv) Reservation shall allow to be
developed in parts.
4) Health Facility Planning Authority The Planning Authority / Appropriate

Authority may acquire and develop the
a)Public Health Centre /Appropriate Authority
reservation site for the same purpose.
b) Dispensary / Owner
OR
c)Maternity Home
i) The VC&MD may allow the owner to
d) Clinic develop the reservation, subject to
e)Veterinary Hospital/Clinic
40 % independent plot along with 50%
f) General Hospital constructed amenity of total area free
g)Urban Health Centre
TDR as per general Regulation no (iv)
h)Super Specialty Hospital mention below & as per norms
and like prescribed by VC&MD .
entire Plot.
iii) The VC&MD , if required, shall
allow the TDR for the unutilised FSI
only (after deducting in-situ FSI as
mentioned in sr. no (ii) above ) which

November 2018

Reservation
permissible
1 2 3
iv) Reservation shall be allowed to be

developed in parts.
5) Transportation – Planning Authority The Planning Authority / Appropriate

5.1 ) Depots and Stands- /Appropriate Authority
reservation site for the same purpose.
(a) Bus Stand / Owner
OR
(b) Bus Depot etc.
i)The VC&MD may allow the owner to
(c) Metro Car Shed develop the reservation, subject to
(d) MRTS Station
TDR as per general Regulation No. (iv)
prescribed by VC&MD .
entire Plot.
5.2) Roads- Planning Authority/ The Planning Authority/ Appropriate

Authority shall acquire the land and
Proposed Development Plan Appropriate Authority.
Roads / Road widening.
purpose.
5.3) Parking - Planning Authority i) The Planning Authority/ Appropriate

/Appropriate Authority
site for the same purpose.
/ Owner
OR
ii) The Planning Authority/ Appropriate
to the Registered Public Institution for
developing and running or only for
running the same.
OR
The Owner may be allowed to develop
parking space according to the
designs, specifications and conditions
prescribed by the VC&MD subject to
handing over of constructed parking

November 2018

Reservation
permissible
1 2 3
area equal to double the reservation
area, to Planning Authority free of cost
subject to condition that,
i) The operation and the maintenance
of the facility will be decided by
VC&MD.
ii) Parking spaces may be in basement
or on stilts or on first/second floor with
separate entry & exit.
After handing over the above said
parking area to the Planning Authority,
the owner shall be entitled to construct
with full permissible FSI of the entire
Plot and permissible TDR potential of
the entire Plot for other permissible
uses in that zone.
iii) The VC&MD , if required, shall
allow the TDR for the unutilised FSI if
any (after deducting in-situ FSI as
mentioned in sr no (ii) above ) which
6 ) Educational – Planning Authority/ The Planning Authority/ Appropriate

(a)School and Play Ground Appropriate Authority/
site for the same purpose. The
(Primary & Secondary
Registered Public Planning Authority/ Appropriate
School)
Educational Institutions / Authority after acquiring land or after
(b) College Trusts acquiring and constructing the building
on it, as the case may be, lease out the
same as per the provisions of the
respective Authorities Act/ Land
Disposal Rules of MSRDC as
amended from time to time to the
Registered Public Educational
Institution trust for developing and
running or only for running the same.
OR
The owner may be allowed to develop
the reservation for the same purpose.
The Registered Public Educational
Institution trust on behalf of owner may
be allowed to be developed subject to
terms /conditions as prescribed by the
Planning Authority.
OR


November 2018

Reservation
permissible
1 2 3
TDR as per general Regulation No.(iv)
prescribed by VC&MD.

entire Plot.
iii) The VC&MD, if required, shall allow
Provided that the area of reservation to
be handed over shall not be less than
norms decided by the Education
Department.
(c)Educational Complex Planning Authority/ The Planning Authority/ Appropriate

Appropriate Authority/
Land Owner
OR
The Planning Authority/ Appropriate

Authority after acquiring land or after
acquiring and constructing the building
on it, as the case may be, lease out the
same as per the provisions of the
respective Authorities Act/ Land
Disposal Rules, 2018, MSRDC as
amended from time to time, to the
Registered Public Educational
Institution Trust for developing and
running or only for running the same.
OR
The owner may be allowed to develop

the reservation for the same purpose.
The Registered Public Educational
Institution trust on behalf of owner may
be allowed to be developed subject to
terms /conditions as prescribed by the
Planning Authority.

November 2018

Reservation
permissible
1 2 3
OR
If the area of the Educational Complex

reservation is more than 3.00 Ha, then
50% independent plot along with 50%
ii) The VC&MD, if required, shall allow

iii) The Planning Authority, if required,
shall allow TDR to the owner after
deducting in-situ FSI utilized on 50%
land mentioned in (ii).
7) Residential(R)- Planning Authority/ Planning Authority / Appropriate

Authority may acquire the reserved
(a)Public Housing EWS/LIG Appropriate Authority/
land and develop for the same
Housing.
Owner purpose.
(b)High Density Housing.
OR
(c)Housing for Dis-housed.
(d) Public Housing / Housing develop the reservation, subject to
for Dis-housed. handing over of 40% land along with
50% built up area of basic FSI
(f) old age homes
constructed tenements of 25 sq.m. to
orphanages, working women
30sq.mt carpet area to the Planning
hostels
Authority free of cost in lieu of
(e)Reservation similar as construction amenity TDR as per
above. general Regulation No.(iv) mention
below & as per norms prescribed by
VC&MD.

entire Plot.
iii) The Planning Authority, if required,

shall allow TDR to the owner after
deducting in-situ FSI utilized on 40%

November 2018

Reservation
permissible
1 2 3
land mentioned in (i).
iv) The Planning Authority /

Appropriate Authority shall allot such
tenement on priority to the persons
dispossessed by implementation of
Development Plan.
OR
The VC&MD may allow the owner to

develop the reservation, subject to a)
Handing over of 50 % land to Planning
Authority, for laying out plots for
EWS/LIG, The owner shall thereafter
be entitled to develop remaining plot as
per the uses permissible in residential
zone with permissible FSI of entire plot
on remaining plot without taking into
account the area handed over to the
Planning Authority.
The Planning Authority / Appropriate

Authority shall prepare layout for
EWS/LIG plots and allot such plots on
priority to the persons dispossessed by
implementation of Development Plan.
The Planning Authority may construct
EWS/LIG tenements on such land.
Owner can select any one option of the
above, once the permission for that
option is granted and work
commenced then he cannot be
permitted to shift for other option.
8) Assembly and Planning Authority/ i) The Planning Authority / Appropriate

Institutional- Authority may acquire and develop the
Town Hall, drama Theatre,
Owner
Auditorium, Samaj Mandir, ii) The Planning Authority / Appropriate
Community Hall,
Multipurpose Hall and similar
reservations ,
to a Registered Public Institution to
develop and running or only for running
the same.
OR


November 2018

Reservation
permissible
1 2 3

entire Plot.
iv) Reservation shall not be allowed to
be developed in parts.
9) Reservations of Planning Authority/ i) The Planning Authority / Appropriate

composite nature like Authority may acquire and develop the
Vegetable Market & site for the same purpose.
Shopping Centre, Town Hall Owner
Clarification-
& Library, Health Club and
Gymnasium etc. For the reservation of composite
nature, proposed in Development Plan
except Town Hall & Library, area of
each user shall be considered equal
i.e. 50-50% and such area shall be
allowed to be developed as per the
guidelines applicable for such
reservation as mentioned in these
regulations.
10) Reservations which are Planning Authority/ Planning Authority/ Appropriate

not included in these Authority may acquire the reserved
regulations but are land and develop for the same
compatible to other similar Owner purpose.
type of reservation.
OR
The development permissions for such
type of user under this Regulation may
be granted by the VC&MD in
consultation with the Divisional Joint
Director of Town Planning, subject to
verification of compatibility of both the
users and allowed to be developed as
per the guidelines applicable for such

November 2018

Reservation
permissible
1 2 3
reservation as mentioned in these
regulations.
11) For other buildable Planning Authority/ The Planning Authority / Appropriate
reservations shown in Authority may acquire and develop the
Development Plan which are reservation site for the same purpose.
not covered above including Owner. OR
reservations for Planning
Authority / Zonal office/
Government office purpose
entire Plot.
iv) Reservation shall be allowed to be
developed in parts.
12) Reservations for the Planning Authority/ Planning Authority / Appropriate

Appropriate Authority other Authority may acquire the reserved
than Planning Authority land and develop for the same
Owner purpose.
OR
The Authority may allow the owner to

Develop the reservation subject to
condition that;
i)Wherever the reservation is to be

developed by the Appropriate Authority
other than MSRDC, No Objection
Certificate from the Appropriate
Authority shall be obtained before
granting development permission.
ii) The concerned Appropriate Authority

(other than the State Government

November 2018

Reservation
permissible
1 2 3
Department) shall deposit cost of
construction for the built-up area to be
handed over to it, as per Annual
Statement of Rates with the Planning
Authority. However, the VC&MD shall
handover such constructed area to the
State Government / concerned State
Government Department free of cost.
General conditions to allow development under above regulations:
i. The above permissions for development of reservations shall be granted by the VC&MD
as per the norms mentioned in these regulations. Such permission may be granted by the
VC&MD where the land is not actually put to acquisition under The Right to Fair
Compensation and Transparency in Land Acquisition, Rehabilitation and Resettlement
Act, 2013 or proposal to that effect is not under process.
ii. If the area of reservation is not adequate to construct independent building as mentioned
above OR When it is not possible to handover individual plot along with public amenity,
then in such cases VC&MD may allow composite building on said land subject to
condition that the built up area mentioned as above may be allowed to be handed over to
the Planning Authority or Appropriate Authority, as the case may be, preferably on ground
floor and subject to premium as may be decided by Government from time to time. If
ground floor is utilised for parking, then on stilt/first floor with separate entry & exit from
public street. In such cases, built-up area along with proportionate undivided share of land
shall be handed over to the Planning Authority or Appropriate Authority, as the case may
be. In such cases no compensation of proportionate undivided land share shall be
permissible.
iii. In cases where not specifically mentioned in this regulation, if the area under the
reservation is owned by more than one owners, then the owner/s may come forward
jointly or the owners holding at least 50% or more area shall be allowed to develop the
reservation on such land.
iv. The owner/developer shall be entitled for construction amenity TDR as per the TDR
regulations after handing over the constructed amenity free of cost on the land
surrendered to the planning Authority under this Regulation. For specific reservation
where construction amenity is not required by the VC&MD, in such cases VC&MD should
not insist for such amenity.
v. It shall be obligatory on Planning Authority to make registered agreement with the
developer /owner at the time of granting the development permission subject to terms and
conditions as it deem fit. Occupancy Certificate shall be issued only after compliance of all
terms & conditions and getting possession of the constructed amenity.
vi. The above permissions for development of reservations shall be granted by the VC&MD
as per the norms mentioned in these regulations
vii. The area / built-up area to be handed over to the Planning Authority under these
Regulations shall be earmarked on the sanctioned building plan clearly mentioning the
same, and registered agreement to that effect shall be executed. After completion of
construction, the said amenity shall be handed over by executing the deed of transfer in
this respect and expenses thereon shall be borne by the owner. The occupation certificate
to the construction belonging to owner shall be granted only after handing over said
amenity to the Planning Authority. The constructed amenity shall be made available to the

November 2018
general public by the VC&MD within 3 month from possession as per the condition as
VC&MD deem fit.
viii. In cases, where permission for development under accommodation reservation principle
is already granted as per earlier regulations, the same shall continue to be valid till
completion of construction.
ix. Provisions of Regulations of Inclusive Housing, Amenity Space if any, shall not be
applicable for development under this Regulation. Moreover, Regulation of required
recreational open space shall not be applicable for development of reservation other than
Residential purpose as mentioned at sr.no.7 of above Table.
x. Notwithstanding, anything contained in these regulations, there shall be no cap for
utilization of available in-situ FSI and TDR potential of the entire plot on the remaining
plot.
xi. Once sanction is granted under this regulation, the owner /developer shall have to
complete the development and hand over the developed reservation to Planning Authority
within the period as specified by VC&MD. Thereafter Planning Authority may levy penalty
for any delay.
40.0 Transferable Development Rights (TDR ):
40.1 Transferable Development Rights (TDR) is compensation in the form of Floor Space Index
(FSI) or Development Rights which shall entitle the owner for construction of built-up area
subject to provisions in this regulation. This FSI credit shall be issued in a certificate which
shall be called as Development Right Certificate (DRC).
Development Rights Certificate (DRC) shall be issued by VC&MD under his signature and
endorsed thereon in writing in figures and in words, the FSI credit in square meters of the
built-up area to which the owner or lessee is entitled, the place from where it is generated and
the rate of that plot as prescribed in the Annual Statement of Rates issued by the Registration
Department for the concerned year.
40.2 Cases Eligible for Transferable Development Rights ( TDR ):

Compensation in terms of Transferable Development Rights (TDR) shall be permissible for:
i. lands under various reservations for public purposes, new roads, road widening etc. which
are subjected to acquisition, proposed in Draft or Final Development Plan, prepared under
the provisions of the Maharashtra Regional and Town Planning Act,1966;
ii. lands under any deemed reservations according to any regulations prepared as per the
provisions of Maharashtra Regional & Town Planning Act, 1966;
iii. lands under any new road or road widening proposed under the provisions of any Act ;
iv. development or construction of the amenity on the reserved land;
v. unutilized FSI of any structure or precinct which is declared as Heritage structure or
Precinct under the provisions of Development Control Regulations, due to restrictions
imposed in that regulation;
vi. in lieu of constructing housing for slum-dwellers according to regulations prepared under
the Maharashtra Regional & Town Planning Act, 1966;
vii. The purposes as may be notified by the Government from time to time, by way of,
modification to, new addition of, any of the provisions of sanctioned Development Control
Regulations.

November 2018
40.3 Cases Not Eligible for Transferable Development Rights ( TDR ):

It shall not be permissible to grant Transferable Development Rights (TDR) in the following
circumstances:
i. For earlier land acquisition or development for which compensation has been already paid
partly or fully by any means;
ii. where award of land has already been declared and which is valid under the Land
Acquisition Act, 1894 or the Right to Fair Compensation & Transparency in Land
Acquisition, Rehabilitation and Resettlement Act, 2013 unless lands are withdrawn from
the award by the Appropriate Authority according to the provisions of the relevant Acts.
iii. In cases where layout has already been sanctioned and layout roads are incorporated as
Development Plan roads prior to these regulations.
iv. in cases where layout is submitted along with proposed Development Plan Road, in such
cases TDR shall not be permissible for the width of road that would be necessary
according to the length as per Development Control Regulations;
v. if the compensation in the form of FSI / or by any means has already been granted to the
owner.
vi. where lawful possession including by mutual agreement /or contract has been taken.
vii. For an existing user or retention user or any required compulsory open space or
recreational open space or recreational ground, in any layout.
viii. For any designation, allocation of the use or zone which is not subjected to acquisition.
40.4 Generation of the Transferable Development Rights (TDR ):
40.4.1 Transferable Development Rights (TDR) Against Surrender of Land:
(a) For Surrender of the gross area of the land which is subjected to acquisition, free of cost
and free from all encumbrances, the owner shall be entitled for TDR or DR irrespective of
the FSI permissible or development potential of the very said land to be surrendered and
also that of land surrounding such land at the rate as given below:-
Area Designated on DP Entitlement for TDR/DR

Non-congested Area 2 times the area of surrendered land.
Congested Area 3 times the area of surrendered land.
(Explanation: Above entitlement may also be applicable to the compensation paid in the
form of FSI to the owner to be utilised on unaffected part of same land parcel and in such
cases the procedure of DRC shall not be insisted.)
Provided that, if levelling of land and construction/erection of the compound wall / fencing
as per Regulation No.40.4.1.b to the land under surrender is not permissible as per the
prevailing Development Control Regulations, the quantum of TDR shall be reduced to
1:1.85 and 1:2.85 in non-congested area and congested area respectively.
Provided also that Additional / incentive Transferable Development Rights (TDR) to the
extent of 20 %, 15 % , 10 % ,5 % and 5% of the surrendered land shall also be allowed to
the land owners who submit the proposal for grant of Transferable Development Rights
(TDR ) within 1, 2 ,3 , 4 and 5 years from this notification respectively.

November 2018
Provided also that Additional / incentive Transferable Development Rights (TDR) to the
extent of 40 %, 30 % , 20 % ,10 % and 10% of the surrendered land which is under
Service road reservation on either side of Mumbai Pune Expressway or 60 M . wide
proposed DP Spine road shall also be allowed to the land owners who submit the proposal
for grant of Transferable Development Rights (TDR ) within 1, 2 ,3 , 4 and 5 years from
this notification respectively.
Provided that the quantum of generation of TDR as prescribed above, shall not be
applicable for TDR generated from construction of amenity or construction of
reservation/roads, Slum TDR, and Heritage TDR. The quantum of TDR generated from
reservations in areas having legal impediment / constraint on construction or development
shall be 50% of normal TDR generated as prescribed above. Where there is no such legal
impediments / constraints to development or construction, the normal TDR generation
shall be as per above regulations.
(b) Development Rights Certificate (DRC) shall be issued only after the land is surrendered to
the Authority, free of cost and free from encumbrances and after levelling the land to the
surrounding ground level and after constructing / erecting a 1.5 m. high compound wall /
fencing i.e. brick/stone wall up to 0.60 mt above ground level and fencing above that up to
remaining height with a gate, at the cost of the owner and to the satisfaction of the
VC&MD. Provided that, if on certain lands such construction / erection of compound wall /
fencing is prohibited or restricted by any regulation, then quantum of Transferable
Development Rights (TDR ) shall be reduced as prescribed in proviso to Regulation No.
40.4.1.(a).
Provided further that, such construction / erection of compound wall/ fencing shall not be
necessary for area under Development Plan roads. In such cases TDR equivalent to
entitlement as mentioned in Regulation No. 40.4.1.a shall be granted without any
reduction.
(c) If any contiguous land of the same owner/developer, in addition to the land under
surrender for which Transferable Development Rights (TDR) is to be granted, remains
unbuildable, the VC&MD may grant Transferable Development Rights (TDR) for such
remaining unbuildable land also, if the owner / developer hands it over free of cost and
free from all encumbrance and encroachment. If such land is from the proposed roads
then such land shall be utilised for road side parking, garden, open space or road side
amenities including bus bays, public toilets or any compatible user as the VC&MD may
decide and if the such land is from the proposed reservation then same shall be included
in such proposed reservation and shall be developed for the same purpose. The VC&MD
shall quarterly report such cases to Government.
(d) In case of lessee, the award of Transferable Development Rights (TDR) shall be subject
to lessee paying the lessor or depositing with the Planning Authority for payment to the
lessor, an amount equivalent to the value of the lessors‘ interest to be determined by the
Planning Authority on the basis of Land Acquisition Act, 1894 or the Right to Fair
Compensation and Transparency in Land Acquisition, Rehabilitation and Resettlement
Act, 2013 against the area of land surrendered free of cost and free from all
encumbrances.
40.4.2 Transferable Development Rights (TDR ) Against Construction of Amenity:
When an owner or lessee with prior approval of VC&MD , may develop or construct the
amenity on the surrendered plot or on the land which is already vested in the Planning
Authority, at his own cost subject to such stipulations as may be prescribed and to the
satisfaction of the VC&MD and hands over the said developed/constructed amenity free of

November 2018
cost to the VC&MD then he may be granted a Transferable Development Rights (TDR ) in the
form of FSI as per the following formula:
Construction Amenity TDR in sq.m. = A/B * 1.25
Where,
A= cost of construction of amenity in rupees as per the rates of construction mentioned in

Annual Statement of Rates (ASR) prepared by the Inspector General of Registration for the
year in which construction of amenity is commenced.
B = land rate per sq.m. as per the Annual Statement of Rates (ASR) prepared by the
Inspector General of Registration for the year in which construction of amenity is commenced.
40.5 Utilisation of Transferable Development Rights ( TDR ):

40.5.1 A holder of DRC who desires to use FSI credit therein on a particular plot of land shall attach
valid DRCs to the extent required with his application for development permission. Proposal
for Transferable Development Rights (TDR) utilisation shall be submitted along with the
documents as may be prescribed by the VC&MD or by the government from time to time.
40.5.2 With an application for development permission, where an owner seeks utilisation of DRC, he
shall submit the DRC to the VC&MD who shall endorse thereon in writing in figures and
words, the quantum of the TDR proposed to be utilised, before granting development
permission. Before issuance of Occupation Certificate, the VC&MD shall endorse on the DRC,
in writing in figures and words, the quantum of TDR/DRs actually used and the balance
remaining if any.
40.5.3 The Transferable Development Rights (TDR) generated from any land use zone shall be
utilised on any receiving plot irrespective of the land use zone and anywhere in congested or
non-congested area earmarked on Development Plan. The equivalent quantum of
Transferable Development Rights (TDR) to be permitted on receiving plot shall be governed
by the formula given below:
Formula: X = (Rg / Rr) x Y
Where, X = Permissible Utilisation of TDR/DR in sq.m. on receiving plot
Rg = Rate for land in Rs. per sq.m. as per ASR of generating plots in generating year
Rr = Rate for land in Rs. per sq.m. as per ASR of receiving plot in generating year
Y = TDR debited from DRC in sq.m.
40.5.4 Utilisation of Transferable Development Rights (TDR ) and Road Width Relation:
1. Notwithstanding anything contained in any regulation, the total maximum permissible built-
up area and utilisation of Transferable Development Rights (TDR ) on receiving plot shall
be, subject to the road width, as prescribed below:
Sr.
Plots Fronting on Road width Maximum permissible TDR Loading
No.
1 2 3
1 9mt and above but less than 12 0.40

5 30 mt. and above 1.40

November 2018
Note:
i. Column No.3 shows the maximum permissible TDR that can be utilised on any plot.
Provided that specific area based restriction where TDR utilisation is not permissible
by earlier regulations shall remain in force except for Gaothan / Congested areas.
Provided also that the above utilisation of TDR would be available to an existing road
width of 9mt and above...
ii. Maximum Building potential shall be the basic FSI+TDR +Additional FSI if any +Road
widening FSI of the very said plot if any subject to limitation mention in Regulation no
26.3/Table no.11/Column No.6. However the VC&MD shall not grant any relaxation
due to such allowable loading potential unless he himself is satisfied that there is
constraint on development.
iii. Maximum permissible TDR loading as mentioned above on any plot shall be exclusive
of FSI allowed for inclusive housing if any.
iv. The priority and quantum of maximum permissible TDR loading mentioned above
shall include at least 20 % slum TDR (wherever applicable) and DRC generated from
the very said land and/or DRC generated from other location up to the permissible
limit mention above.
v. If a plot is situated on internal road having dead end within 50 mt. from the main road,
then such plot shall be treated as fronting on main road for the purpose of utilisation of
TDR.
2. Provided that, the restrictions of total maximum permissible built up area in terms of FSI
with respect to road width mentioned above shall not be applicable in cases where, the
permissible FSI is more than the basic FSI in various schemes, like Slum Rehabilitation
Scheme, Redevelopment of cess buildings, redevelopment of dangerous buildings, Urban
Renewal Scheme, Redevelopment of MHADA buildings/Colonies, Metro Influence Zone
BRTs, TODs etc. where specific provisions which are sanctioned by the Government shall
apply.
3. Provided that, the additional FSI permissible in certain categories of buildings such as,
Educational building, Registered Charitable Institutional/ Medical / Hospital Building, Star
Category Hotel, Religious Building etc. as per prevailing Development Control
Regulations, if any, can be availed either by full or part utilization of TDR or full or part
utilization of additional FSI at the option of owner. However, the restriction of road width
mentioned as above shall not be applicable when the owner exercises his option of
availing utilization of additional FSI and in such cases limitation of maximum building
potential as mentioned in Regulation No 40.5.4.1 shall not be applicable.
4. The utilisation of Transferable Development Rights (TDR) shall be permissible by

considering Gross Plot Area excluding area affected by reservations or deemed
reservation, if any. This principle shall also be applicable to the reservations to be
developed under the provisions of Accommodation Reservation, by considering the total
area of such reservation before surrender.
5. Areas Restricted from Utilisation of Transferable Development Rights (TDR ) :
Utilisation of Transferable Development Rights (TDR ) shall not be permitted in following

areas:-
(a) TOD Belt.

(b) Agricultural / No Development / Green zone / Eco Sensitive Zone and Bio Diversity
Park reservation in the Development Plan.

November 2018
(c) Area within the flood control line i.e. blue line (prohibitive zone) as specified by
Irrigation Department.
(d) Coastal regulation zone.
(e) Where the permissible basic Zonal FSI is less than 0.75.
(f) Area having developmental prohibition or restrictions imposed by any notification
issued under the provisions of any Central/State Act (like CRZ regulations, Defence
restriction areas, etc.) or under these regulations.
40.6 General Stipulation

40.6.1 Development Rights (DRs) will be granted to an owner or lessee, only for reserved lands
which are retainable and not vested or handed over to the Government /Urban Local Bodies
and not exempted under section 20 or 21 of the then Urban Land (Ceiling and Regulations)
Act, 1976 and undertaking to that effect shall be obtained, before a Development Right is
granted. In the case of schemes sanctioned under section 20 or 21 of the said Act, the grant
of Development Rights (DRs) shall be to such extent and subject to the conditions mentioned
in section-20 scheme and such conditions as the Government may prescribed. In case of non-
retainable land, the grant of Development Rights shall be to such extent and subject to such
conditions as the Government may specify. The provisions of this Regulation shall be subject
to the orders issued by the Government from time to time in this regard.
Provided that, in case of lands having tenure other than Class-I, like Inam lands, tribal lands
etc., N.O.C. from Competent Authority, mentioning i) share of Government and land holder
ii)transfer of such land in the name of Planning / Appropriate Authority, shall be produced by
the land holder at the time of submission of application for grant of TDR.
40.6.2 DRC shall be issued by the VC&MD as a certificate printed on bond paper in an appropriate
form prescribed by him. Such a certificate shall be a ―transferable and negotiable instrument‖
after the authentication by the VC&MD. The VC&MD shall maintain a register in a form
considered appropriate by him of all transactions, etc. relating to grant of, or utilisation of,
DRC.
40.6.3 The VC&MD shall issue DRC within 180 days from the date of application or reply from the
applicant in respect of any requisition made by him, whichever is later.
40.6.4 Transfer of DRC:
1. The VC&MD shall allow transfer of DRC in the following manner
i. In case of death of holder of DRC, the DRC shall be transferred only on production of
the documents as may be prescribed by him from time to time, after due verification
and satisfaction regarding title and legal successor.
ii. If a holder of DRC intends to transfer it to any other person, he shall submit the
original DRC to the VC&MD with an application along with relevant documents as may
be prescribed by the VC&MD and a registered agreement which is duly signed by
Transferor and Transferee, for seeking endorsement of the new holder‘s name, i.e.,
the transferee, on the said certificate. The transfer shall not be valid without
endorsement by the VC&MD and in such circumstances the Certificate shall be
available for use only to the holder / transferor.
2. The utilisation of TDR from certificate under transfer procedure shall not be permissible,
during transfer procedure.
40.6.5 The VC&MD may refrain the DRC holder from utilizing the DRC in the following
circumstances:
i. Under direction from a competent Court

November 2018
ii. Where the VC&MD has reason to believe that the DRC is obtained a) by producing
fraudulent documents b) by misrepresentation,
40.6.6 Any DRC may be utilised on one or more plots or lands whether vacant, or already developed
fully or partly by erection of additional storeys, or in any other manner consistent with the
prevailing Development Control Regulations,
40.6.7 DRC may be used on plots/land having Development Plan reservations of buildable nature,
whether vacant or already developed for the same purpose, or on the lands under deemed
reservations, if any, as per prevailing Regulations.
40.6.8 DRC may be used on plots/land available with the owner after surrendering the required land
and construction to the Planning Authority under the provisions of Accommodation
Reservation. In such circumstances, for the purpose of deciding Transferable Development
Rights (TDR) receiving potential, the total area of the reservation before surrender, shall be
considered.
40.6.9 Infrastructure Improvement Charges:
The utilizer shall pay to the Planning Authority, an infrastructure improvement charges, for a
proposed quantum of TDR to be utilised, at the rate of 5% of construction cost as per the
prevailing Annual Statement of Rates.
40.7 Vesting of Land:

40.7.1 The VC&MD, before issuing DRC, shall verify and satisfy himself that the ownership and title
of the land proposed for surrender is with the applicant, and get the Record of Right to be
corrected in the name of Planning Authority.
40.7.2 In case the Appropriate Authority for reservation is other than Planning Authority, it shall be
permissible for the VC&MD on the request of such authority to grant TDR under this regulation
and hold such possession as a facilitator. Provided that, the VC&MD shall handover the
possession of such land to concerned Appropriate Authority, after receipt of value of land,
from such Appropriate Authority as per Annual Statement of Rates prevailing at the time of
handing over possession of land under reservation.
Provided also that, if such Appropriate Authority is the State Government Department, the
VC&MD shall handover the possession of such land to the concerned Department free of
cost.

November 2018
PART X- REQUIREMENTS OF PARTS OF

BUILDINGS
41.0 This part sets out the standard space requirements of various parts of building, light and
ventilation, the building services, fire safety, etc. The following parts of a building, wherever
present, shall conform to the requirements given herein:
41.1 Plinth:
i. The plinth of building shall be so located with respect to the surrounding ground level that
adequate drainage of the site is assured. The height of the plinth shall not be less than 45
cm above the surrounding ground level. In areas subjected to flooding, the height of the
plinth shall be at least 45cm. above the high flood level or greater than 45 cm. as may be
decided by the Planning Authority in deserving cases.
ii. Interior Courtyards, Covered parking spaces and garages shall be raised at least 15 cm.
above the surrounding ground level and shall be satisfactorily drained.
iii. In the case of special housing schemes undertaken by public agencies for low income
group and economically weaker section of society, the minimum height of plinth shall be
not less than 30 cm. The minimum height of plinth shall be regulated on the basis of
environmental & topographical condition & higher plinth height may be required in areas
prone to flooding.
41.2 Habitable Room:-
41.2.1 Size and Dimension of Habitable Rooms:
Internal dimensions & size of rooms for various uses and occupancies shall be as in Table
No.17 below:-
Table No. 17
Minimum Area Minimum width in
No Occupancy
in sq. m. m.
(1) (2) (3) (4)
1 Any habitable room in residential building / room 9.5 2.4

from any other occupancy like hostels, residential
hotel, lodging & boarding/housing etc. except
kitchen
Any Habitable room from any other occupancy 9.5 2.4

like hostels, residential hotel, lodging & boarding
houses etc.
2 Room in a single – room tenement in Housing 12.5 3.0

scheme for EWS & LIG.
3 Room in two-room tenements-
a) one of the rooms 9.5 2.4
b) other room 7.5 2.4
Room in a two-room tenement in Housing

scheme for EWS & LIG
a) one of the room 9.0 2.5
b) other room 6.5 2.1
4 Single bedded room in a hostel of a recognized 7.5 2.4

November 2018
Table No. 17
Minimum Area Minimum width in
No Occupancy
in sq. m. m.
(1) (2) (3) (4)
educational institutions
5 Shop in R 1 zone 6.0 1.8
Shop in other than R 1 zones 10 2.0
6 Class room in an educational building 38 5.5
7 Institutional building (Hospital)
a) Special room 9.5 3
b) General Ward 40 5.5
8 Cinema Hall, auditorium assembly hall etc. Inconformity with

the Maharashtra
Cinema Rules
Note : Where enclosed balcony area is to be counted in minimum dimensions required for a
room, then such enclosed width shall not be more than 1/3 of the dimension of that room.
41.2.2 Height of Habitable Rooms:

The minimum and maximum height of a habitable room shall be given in Table No. 18
hereunder:
Table No. 18
Height of Habitable Rooms
Minimum Height Maximum Height
No. Occupancy
(m) (m)
(1) (2) (3) (4)
1 Flat Roof -
a) Any habitable room 2.75 4.2
b) Habitable room in LIG Housing 2.6 4.2
c) Air-conditioned habitable room 2.4 4.2
d) Assembly Halls, Residential Hotels of 3 star 3.6 4.2 Subject to

category and above, Institutional, Educational, written permission
Industrial, Hazardous or storage occupancies, of the VC&MD
Departmental Stores, Malls, IT Buildings, greater height may
Office Buildings, Entrance Halls and Lobbies be permitted.
to department stores and assembly halls.
e) shops 3.0 4.2
2 Pitched roof-
a) Any habitable room 2.75 4.2
b) Habitable room in EWS / LIG Housing. 2.6 (average 4.2 (average with
with2.1 m. at the 3.2 m. at the lowest
lowest point) point)
Provided that –
i. The minimum head-way under any beam shall be 2.4 m.

November 2018
ii. in all occupancies, except those included in serial no. 1 (d) in the Table above, any height
in excess of 4.2 m. shall be deemed to have consumed additional FSI of 50 percent of the
relevant floor area.
41.3 Kitchen:
41.3.1 Size of Kitchen:
i. The area of the kitchen where separate dining area is provided shall be not less than 5.5
sq.m. with a minimum width of 1.8m, where a kitchen, which is intended for use as a
dining area also, shall have a floor area of not less than 7.5 sq.m. with a minimum width of
2.1 m.
ii. In case of special housing scheme, undertaken by public agencies for low income group
and economically weaker section of the society, the size of a cooking alcove serving as
cooking space shall not be less than 2.4 sq.m. with a minimum width of 1.2m. The size of
individual kitchen provided in a two-roomed house shall be not less than 3sq.m. with a
41.3.2 Height of Kitchen:

The height of a kitchen measured from the surface of the floor, to the lowest point in the
ceiling (bottom of slab) shall not be less than 2.75 m. except for the portion to accommodate
floor trap of the upper floor subject to provisions of Regulation No.41.2.2. In the case of
pitched roof, the average height shall not be less than 2.75 m and the minimum height at the
eaves shall not be less than 2.1m.
41.3.3 Other requirements of kitchen:

Every kitchen shall have:
i. Unless separately provided, means for the washing of kitchen utensils which shall lead
directly or through a sink to grated and trapped connection to the waste pipe;
ii. An impermeable floor;
iii. A flue, if found necessary,
iv. Window of not less than 1 sq. m. in area, opening directly on to an interior or exterior open
space, but not into a shaft and
v. Refuse chutes, in the case of High Rise residential buildings more than 15 m. in height.
41.3.4 Requirements regarding pantry:
A pantry shall have:
i. A floor area of not less than 3 sq. m. with the smaller side not less than 1.4 m.
ii. A sink for the cleaning of kitchen‘s utensils which shall drain through a grated and trapped
connection to the waste water pipe where water borne sewerage system is not available
and the grated connection shall be made to the pucca surface drain leading to soak pit. or
other approved system of disposal; and
iii. An impermeable floor and an impermeable dado of 0.9 m. high.
41.4 Bath Rooms, Water Closets, combined bath room plus water closet:
41.4.1 Size of bath room and water closet:
i. The size of a bathroom shall be not less than 1.8 sq.m. with a minimum width 1.2 m. The
size of a water closet shall be not less than 1.10 sq.m with a minimum width of 0.9m. The
minimum area of a combined bathroom and water-closet shall be 2.8 sq. m. with a

November 2018
The minimum size shall be as under-
(a) Independent Bathroom 1.00 x 1.20 m.

(b) Independent Water closet 0.9 m. x 1 .10 m.
(c) Combined bath room and water closet. 1.80 sq. m. with minimum width of 1.00 m.
ii. In the case of EWS/LIG housing scheme the sizes of bathroom and water-closets shall be
as follows:
(a) The size of independent water-closet shall be at least 0.90sq.m. with minimum width
of 0.9m.
(b) The size of independent bathroom shall be at least 1.20sq.m. with a minimum width of
1.00m &
(c) The size of combined bathroom & water-closet shall be at least 1.80sq.m. with
minimum width of 1.0m
41.4.2 Height of bath room and water closet:
The height of a bathroom or water closet measured from the surface of the floor to the lowest
point in the ceiling (bottom of slab) shall be not less than 2.1m.
41.4.3 Other requirement of bath room and water closet:

Every bathroom or water-closet shall:
i. Be so situated that at least one of its walls shall open to external air,
ii. not be directly over or under any room other than another water-closet, washing place,
bath or terrace, unless it has a water-tight floor,
iii. Have platform or seat made of water-tight non-absorbent material;
iv. Be enclosed by walls or partitions and the surface of every such wall or partition shall be
finished with a smooth impervious material to a height of not less than 1 m. above the
floor of such a room.
v. Every water closet and/or a set of urinals shall have a flushing cistern of adequate
capacity attached to it. In EWS/LIG housing, however, no such flushing cistern need be
provided,
vi. Be provided with an impervious floor covering sloping towards the drain with a suitable
grade and not towards veranda or any other room,
vii. In High Density housing, pour flush water seal latrines (NEERI type) may be permitted
when the sewerage system is not available and the water table in the area is not high.
viii. All the sewerage outlets shall be connected to the sewerage system. Where no such
systems exist, a septic tank shall be provided within the plot conforming to the
requirements of Regulation No.41.30.
ix. Have a window or ventilator, opening to a shaft or open space, of area not less than
0.3sq.m. with side not less than 0.3m.
41.4.4 Restriction on use of room containing water closet:
No room containing a water-closet shall be used for any purpose except as a lavatory and no
such room shall open directly into any kitchen or cooking space by a door, window or other
opening. Every room containing water-closet shall have a door completely closing the
entrance to it.

November 2018
41.5 Ledge or Tand / Loft:

Location and extent - Lofts may be provided over kitchen, habitable rooms, bathrooms, water
closets, and corridor within a tenement in residential buildings, over shops and in industrial
building, as mentioned in below Table No.19 subject to the following restrictions:
i. The clear head room under the loft shall not be less than 2.2m.
ii. Loft in commercial areas and industrial building shall be located 2 m. away from the
entrance.
iii. Loft shall not interfere with the ventilation of the room under any circumstances.
iv. The minimum headroom of Ledge or Tand / Loft shall be 2.2m.
v. The maximum height between loft and ceiling shall be 1.5m.
Table No.19
Provision of Loft
Maximum Coverage
Sr. No. Rooms over which Permitted
(Percentage to area or room below)
(1) (2) (3)
1 Kitchen/Habitable room 25
2 Bathroom, water closet, corridor 100
3 Shops with width up to 3m. 33
4 Shops with width exceeding 3m. 50
5 Industrial 33
41.6 Mezzanine Floor:

41.6.1 Size of Mezzanine Floor:
The minimum size of the mezzanine floor, if it is to be used as habitable room, shall not be
less than 9.5sq.m. The aggregate area of such mezzanine floor shall in no case exceed 50 %
of built-up area of that room, shops etc.
Note: Mezzanine floor area shall be counted towards FSI.
41.6.2 Height of Mezzanine Floor:

The minimum height of a mezzanine floor shall be 2.2 m. The head room under mezzanine
floor shall not be less than 2.2 m
41.6.3 Other requirements of Mezzanine Floor:

A mezzanine floor may be permitted over a room or a compartment provided:
i. It conforms to the standards of habitable rooms as regards lighting and ventilation in

case the size of mezzanine floor is 9.50 sq. m. or more.
ii. It is so constructed as not to interfere, under any circumstances, with the ventilation of the
space over & under it.
iii. Such mezzanine floor or any part thereof will not be used as a kitchen.
iv. It is at least 1.8 m. away from front wall of such rooms.
v. Access to the mezzanine floor is from within the respective room only.
vi. In no case a mezzanine floor shall be closed so as to make it liable to be converted into
unventilated compartments.

November 2018
41.7 Store Room:

41.7.1 Size of Store Room:
The floor area of a store room in a residential building where light ventilation and height are
provided at standards lower than as required for living room shall not be more than 3 sq. m.
One or more store rooms may be allowed considering size of flat. Prayer/pooja room may be
allowed in same manner.
41.7.2 Height of Store Room:

The height of a store room shall not be less than 2.2m.
41.8 Garage:
41.8.1 Size of private Garage:
The size of a private garage in residential building shall not be less than 2.5 m x 5.0m. and not
more than 3.0m x 6.0m. The garage, if located in the side open space, shall not be
constructed within 3.0 m. from the main building, but at least 7.5 m. away from any access
road.
41.8.2 Size of public Garage:

The size of a public garage shall be calculated based on the number of vehicles to be parked.
41.8.3 Height of private Garage:

The minimum and maximum height of garage shall be 2.4 m. and 2.75 m. respectively.
41.8.4 Plinth of private Garage:-

The plinth of garage located at ground level shall not be less than 15 cm. above the
surrounding ground level
41.8.5 Set Back of private Garage:

The garage shall set-back behind the building line for a street or road on which the plot abuts
and shall not be located affecting the access ways to the building. If the garage is not set-back
as aforesaid, the Planning Authority may require the owner or occupier of the garage to
discontinue use, of premises or to take such other measures as the Planning Authority may
consider necessary in order to prevent danger or obstruction to traffic along the street
41.9 Location of Garage in case of corner plot:

When the site fronts on two streets, the location of a garage (in a corner plot) (if provided
within the marginal distances) shall be on diagonally opposite the point of intersection.
41.10 Roofs:
The roof of a building shall be so constructed or framed as to permit effectual drainage of the
rainwater there from by means of sufficient rainwater pipes of adequate size, wherever
required, so arranged, jointed and fixed as to ensure that the rain-water is carried away from
the building without causing dampness in any part of the walls or foundations of the building or
those of an adjacent buildings.
The VC&MD may require rainwater pipes to be connected to a drain or sewer through a
covered channel formed beneath the public foot path to connect the rainwater pipe to the road
gutter or in any other approved manner, if not used for rain water harvesting.
Rainwater pipes shall be affixed to the outside of the walls of the buildings or in recesses or
cut formed in such walls.

November 2018
41.11 Basements:
One or more basements may be permissible for following uses and shall be constructed after
leaving the prescribed set-back / required front open space / required front margin, and
prescribed building lines.
(a) storage of household or other goods or ordinarily non-combustible material;

(b) Strong rooms, bank lockers, safe deposit volts. etc.
(c) air-conditioning equipment and other machines used for services and utilities of the
building;
(d) parking spaces;
(e) D.G. set room, meter room and Electric substation (which will conform to required safety
requirements);
(f) Effluent Treatment Plant, suction tank, pump room;
(g) Users strictly ancillary to the Principal user.
Provided that the users mentioned at (a) & (b) above shall be permitted in the 1st
basement only by counting in F.S.I. subject to the following conditions
i. All requirements regarding access, safety (including fire safety), ventilations, etc. shall
be complied with.
ii. All the planning standards (particularly as regarding parking) should be strictly
adhered to. The basement shall not be used for residential purpose.
iii. Users other than (a) and (b) shall not be counted in FSI.
Provided that,
i. If the basement is proposed flushing to average surrounding ground level, then such
basement can be extended in side and rear margins upto 3 m. from the plot
boundary.
ii. Multilevel basements may be permitted if the basement is used for parking. The
ramps of minimum 3.0 m. width for entry and exit of vehicles separately shall be
provided. In case of bonafide hardship, the VC&MD may allow only one ramp with
not less than 6.0 m. in width.
iii. If the basement is proposed to be constructed below podium then marginal distances
shall be as that of podium.
The basement shall have the following requirements:
i. Every basement shall be in every part at least 2.4 m. in height from the floor to the
underside of the roof slab or ceiling soffit of beam;
ii. Adequate ventilation shall be provided for the basement with a ventilation area not
less than 2.5% of the area of the basement. The standard of ventilation shall be the
same as required by the particular occupancy according to these regulations. Any
deficiency may be met by providing adequate mechanical ventilation in the form of
blowers, exhaust fans or air-conditioning systems, etc.;
iii. The minimum height of the ceiling of any basement shall be 0.9 m. and the maximum
shall be 1.2 m. above the average surrounding ground level. However it does not
apply to the mechanically ventilated basements. In such cases, basement may also
be allowed flushing to the average ground level.

November 2018
iv. Adequate arrangements shall be made so as to ensure that surface drainage does
not enter the basement;
v. The walls and floors of the basements shall be water-tight and be so designed that
the effect of the surrounding solid soil and moisture, if any, is taken into account in
design and adequate damp proofing treatment is given and;
vi. The access to the basement shall be separate from the main and alternate staircase
providing access and exit from higher floors. Where the staircase is continuous the
same shall be enclosed type serving as a fire separation from the basement floor and
higher floors. Open ramps shall be permitted if they are constructed within the
building line subject to the provision of Clause (iv) above.
41.12 Ramp:
A. Non Vehicular Ramp:
All the requirements of stairways in Regulation No.41.26.3 shall apply mutatis mutandis to
non-vehicular ramp. In addition, the following requirement shall be complied with:
(a) Ramps with a slope of not steeper than 1 in 10 may be substituted for and shall comply
with all the applicable requirements of required stairways as to enclosure, capacity and
limited dimensions. In certain cases steeper slopes may be permitted but in no case
greater than 1 in 8.
(b) Ramps shall be surfaced with approved non-slip slipping material. Provided that in the
case of public offices, hospitals, assembly halls, etc. the slope of the ramp shall not be
more than 1: 12.
(c) The minimum width of the ramps in hospitals shall be 2.25 m.
(d) Handrails shall be provided on both sides of the ramp.
(e) Ramps shall lead directly to outside open space at ground level or courtyards or safe
place.
(f) For building above 24 m. in height access to ramps from any floor of the building shall be
through smoke stop door.
(g) When there is a difference in level between connected areas for horizontal exits, ramps
not more than 1 in 10 slope shall be provided; steps shall not be used.
(h) For High Rise building, if marginal open space is greater than minimum 6 m. then ramps
may be permitted.
B. Ramp to basements and upper storeys for vehicles:
For parking spaces in a basement and upper floors, at least two ramps of minimum 3.00m.
width or one ramp of 6.00meter width and slope not more than 1:10 shall be provided
preferably at the opposite ends.
C. In case of special building mentioned in Regulation No.6.2.2.(g), ramp may be permitted

in the side and rear marginal distances after leaving 6.0 m. distance from the plot
boundary for movement of fire-fighting vehicles. Provided that when a building abutting 3
or more roads, then ramps may be allowed in front marginal distances facing the smaller
road or less important road from traffic point of view.

November 2018
41.13 Podium :
Podium for parking of the vehicle may be permitted with following requirements / conditions
i. Every podium shall be in every part at least 2.4 m. in height from the floor to the soffit of
beam.
ii. Podium shall not be provided in front setback space.
iii. Podium shall only be used for parking / children play area / landscaping (shall not be
counted in statutory RG) and it shall be designed to take load of fire engine.
iv. Podium shall be permissible for plots having area of 1500 sq. m. and above and may be
in multilevel.
v. Podium shall be permissible joining two or more buildings or wings of buildings.
vi. Podium shall be allowed at a distance of 4.50 m. from the plot boundary with minimum
6.00 meter from at least one side.
vii. The consent from the Chief Fire Officer shall be necessary before permitting the
aforesaid podium.
viii. No statutory recreational Open Space is allowed on Podium.
41.14 Balcony:
Balcony or balconies of a minimum width 1.00 m. and maximum of 2.00 mt. may be permitted
free of FSI at any floor except ground floor, not more than 15 % of the built up area of the
same floor and such balcony projection shall be subject to the following conditions:
i. In non-congested area, no balcony shall reduce the marginal open space to less than 3
m. In congested area balcony may be permitted on upper floors projecting in front
setbacks except over lanes having width 4.50 m. or less and in marginal distances
subject to 1.0m. Clear marginal distance from the plot boundary to the external face of
the balcony.
ii. No balcony shall be allowed on ground floor which shall reduce minimum required front
setback or marginal distance.
iii. The width of the balcony shall be measured perpendicular to the building upto the
outermost edge of balcony.
iv. The Balcony may be allowed to be enclosed on payment of premium at the rate of 10%
of market value for land as per Annual Statement of Rates. The area taken for
computing premium shall be equal to the built up area of enclosed balcony.
v. Nothing shall be allowed beyond the outer edge of balcony.
vi. Balconies in excess of 15% of built up area of the same floor shall be calculated in FSI.
41.15 Stilt:
Stilt may be permitted on any floor subject to height of floor upto the soffit of the beam shall
not be less than 2.4 m. In case of stilt on ground floor, plinth shall not be more than 15 cm
from surrounding ground level.
41.16 Chimneys:
Chimneys, where provided, shall conform to the requirements of IS: 1646-1960 Indian
Standard Code of Practice for Fire Safety of Building. Provided that the chimney shall be built
atleast 0.9 m. above flat roof. In the case of sloping roof, the chimney top shall not be less
than 0.6 m. above the ridge of the roof from which the chimney penetrates.

November 2018
41.17 Letter box:

A letter box of appropriate dimensions shall be provided on the ground floor of residential and
commercial buildings with five and more storeys.
41.18 Meter Room:

For all buildings above 15 m in height and in special occupancies, like educational, assembly,
institutional, industrial, storage, hazardous and mixed occupancies with any of the aforesaid
occupancies having area more than 500sq.m. on each floor, provision shall be made for an
independent and ventilated meter (service) room, as per requirements of electric (service)
supply undertakings on the ground floor with direct access from outside for the purpose of
termination of electric supply from the licensee‘s service and alternative supply cables. The
door/doors provided for the service room shall have fire resistance of not less than two hours.
41.19 Lighting and ventilation of room:

i. Adequacy and manner of provision:
1. The minimum aggregate area of opening of habitable rooms and kitchens excluding
doors shall be not less than 1/6th of floor area.
2. No portion of a room shall be assumed to be lighted if it is more than 7.5 m. from the
opening assumed for lighting / ventilation of the portion, provided additional depth of
living room beyond 7.5 m. may be permitted subject to provision of proportionate
increase in the opening.
3. Where the lighting and ventilation requirements are not met through day lighting and
natural ventilation, the same shall be ensured through artificial lighting and mechanical
ventilation as per latest version of Part VIII - Building Services Section, Lighting and
Ventilation of National Building Code of India published by the Bureau of Indian
Standards. In the case of special types of buildings requiring artificial lighting and air-
conditioning for special types of manufacturing or other process the requirements about
natural day lighting and ventilation may be relaxed.
ii. Ventilation Shaft : For ventilating the spaces for water closets & bathrooms, if not
opening on front, side, rear & interior open spaces, these shall open on the ventilation
shaft, the size of which shall not be less than the values as given in Table No.20 :
Table No. 20
Cross-section of Minimum one dimension of the
Sr. Height of Buildings
Ventilation shaft shaft
No. in m.
in sq. mt. in m.
(1) (2) (3) (4)
1 Upto 10 1.2 0.9

2 Upto 12 2.4 1.2
3 Upto 18 4.0 1.5
4 Upto 24 5.4 1.8
5 Upto 30 8.0 2.4
6 Above 30 9.0 3.0
iii. Artificial Lighting and Mechanical ventilation - where lighting and ventilation
requirements are not met through day-lighting and natural ventilation, they shall be
ensured through artificial lighting and ventilation in accordance with the provisions of

November 2018
Part 8, Building Services- Section 1, Lighting and Natural Ventilation, National Building
Code of India, 2016.
iv. In any residential hotel where toilets are provided with a mechanical ventilation system,
the size of the Ventilation Shaft prescribed in this Regulation stand relaxed.
41.20 Overhead Tanks:

Every overhead water storage tank shall be maintained in a perfectly mosquito-proof condition
by providing a properly fitting hinged cover and every tank more than 1.5 m. in height shall be
provided with a permanently fixed iron ladder.
41.21 Parapet:
Parapet walls and handrails provided on the edges of roof terraces, balcony, and veranda
shall not be less than 1.05m. and shall not be more than 1.2m in height from the finished floor
level.
41.22 Cabin:
Where cabins are provided, a clear passage not less than 0.9 m. wide will be maintained. The
size of a cabin shall not be less than 3 sq.m. and the distance from the farthest space of
Cabin to the nearest exit shall not be more than 18.5m. if the Cabin does not derive direct light
and ventilation from any open spaces / mechanical means, its maximum height shall be 2.2m.
41.23 Boundary /Compound Wall:

i. Unless the special permission of the VC&MD obtained, the maximum height of the front
compound wall shall be 1.5 m. above the central line of the front street. Compound wall
up to 2.4 m. height may be permitted if the top 0.9 m. is of open type construction
(railings).
ii. In the case of a corner plot, the height of the boundary wall shall be restricted to 0.75 m.
for a length of 10 m. on the front and side of the inter sections and the remaining height
of 0.75 m. if required in accordance with sub-regulation (i) may be made up of open type
construction (through railings)
iii. The provision of sub-regulations (i) and (ii) shall not be applicable to boundary walls of
jails.
iv. In case of industrial buildings, electric sub-stations, transformer stations, institutional
buildings like sanatoria, hospital, industrial building like workshops, factories and
educational buildings like schools, colleges including the hostels and other user of public
utility undertakings the height up to 2.4 m. may be permitted by the VC&MD.
v. The compound gate should open entirely inside the property and shall not open on any
access / pathway / road / street.
41.24 Society Office:

In the case of multi-storied multi-family dwelling apartments constructed for co-operative
housing societies or apartment owner‘s co-operative societies, a Society Office upto 12 sq.m.
shall be provided on the ground floor or uppermost floor. If the numbers of flats are more than
20 the maximum area of the Society Office shall be of 20 sq.mt.
41.25 Exit requirements:

41.25.1 General Exit requirements:
(a) An exit may be a doorway; corridor, passageway(s) to an internal staircase, or external
staircase, or to a veranda or terrace(s), which have access to the street, or to the roof of

November 2018
a building or a refuge area. An exit may also include a horizontal exit leading to an
adjoining building at the same level.
(b) Lifts and escalators shall not be considered as exits.

(c) Every exit, exit access or exit discharge shall be continuously maintained free of all
obstructions or impediments to full use in the case of fire or other emergency.
(d) Every building meant for human occupancy shall be provided with exits sufficient to permit
safe escape of occupants, in case of fire or other emergency.
(e) In every building or structure, exits shall comply with the minimum requirements of this
part, except those not accessible for general public use.
(f) No building shall be so altered as to reduce the number, width or protection of exits to less
than that required.
(g) Exits shall be clearly visible and the route to reach the exits shall be clearly marked and
signs posted to guide the occupants of the floor concerned.
(h) The floors of areas covered for the means of exit shall be illuminated.
(i) All exits shall provide continuous means of egress to the exterior of a building or to an
exterior open space leading to a street.
(j) Exits shall be so arranged that they may be reached without passing through another
occupied unit. Alarm devices shall be installed for buildings above 15 m in height, to
ensure prompt evacuation of the occupants concerned through the exits.
41.25.2 Type of Exits:

An exit may be a doorway, a corridor, a passage or a way to an internal staircase or external
staircase, ramp or to a veranda and/or terraces which have access to the street or to roof of a
building. An exit may also include a horizontal exit leading to an adjoining building at the same
level. Lifts and escalators shall not be considered as exits.
41.25.3 Number and Size of Exits:

The requisite number and size of various exits shall be provided, based on number of
occupants in each room and floor based on the occupant load, capacity of exits; travel
distance and height of building as per provisions of Regulations No.41.25.4. and 41.25.5.
41.25.4 Arrangement of Exits:

Exits shall be so located that the travel distance on the floor shall not exceed 22.5 m. for
residential, education, institutional and hazardous occupancies and 30 m. for assembly
business, mercantile, industrial, storage & hazardous occupancies. Whenever more than one
exit is required for a floor of a building, exits shall be placed at remote from each other as
possible. All the exits shall be accessible from the entire floor area at all floor levels.
41.25.5 Occupant Load:

For determining the exits required, the number of persons within any floor area or the
occupant load shall be based on the actual number of occupants, but in no case less than that
specified in Table No.21 below:

November 2018
Table No. 21
Occupant Load
Occupant Load floor area
Sr. No Group of Occupancy
in sq. m. per person
(1) (2) (3)
1 Residential 12.5
2 Educational 4
3 Institutional 15 (See Note 1)
Assembly
4 a) With fixed or loose seat and dance floors 0.6 (See Note 2)
b) Without seating facilities including dining rooms 1.5(See Note 2)
Mercantile
5 a) Street floor & Sales basement 3
b) Upper sale floors 6
6 Business and industrial 10
7 Storage 30
8 Hazardous 10
Note:
i. Occupant load in dormitory portions of homes for the aged, orphanages, insane, asylums
etc. where sleeping accommodation provided, shall be calculated at not less than 7.5 sq.
m. gross floor area per person.
ii. The gross floor area shall include, in addition to the main assembly rooms or space, any
occupied connecting room or space in the same storey or in the storeys above or below
where entrance is common to such rooms and spaces and they are available for use by
the occupants of the assembly place. No deductions shall be made in the area for
corridors, closets or other subdivisions, that area shall include all space serving the
particular assembly occupancy.
41.25.6 Capacity of Exits:
1. Occupants per unit exit width shall be in accordance with Table No. 22
Table No. 22
Occupants per unit exit width
Sr. Group of Number of Occupants

No. Occupancy Stairways Ramps Doors
(1) (2) (3) (4) (5)

1 Residential 25 50 75
2 Educational 25 50 75
3 Institutional 25 50 75
4 Assembly 40 50 60
5 Business 50 60 75
6 Mercantile 50 60 75
7 Industrial 50 60 75
8 Storage 50 60 75
9 Hazardous 25 30 40

November 2018
41.25.7 Provision for Staircase:

All buildings having height more than ground floor shall have provision of staircase. The
special buildings specified in Regulation No.6.2.2.(g) shall have two staircases out of which
one shall be fire escape staircase.
They shall be of enclosed type. At least one of them shall be on external walls of buildings and
shall open directly to the exterior, interior open space or to an open place of safety. Further,
the provision or otherwise of alternative staircases shall be subject to the requirements of
travel distance being complied with.
41.25.8 Width of stair case:

Notwithstanding anything contained in Regulations No. 41.25.3, 41.25.4 & 41.25.5 the
following minimum width provisions shall be made for staircases flight/corridor as given in
Table No.23:
Table No. 23
Minimum width of Staircase
S.No. Use of Building Built-up area Built-up area

upto 500 sq. mt. above 500 sq. mt.
per floor per floor
1 Multi-storied Residential Building 1.20 mtr. 1.50 m.
2 Residential hotel buildings 1.50 mtr. 1.80 m.

Assembly Building like auditorium,
3 theatres and cinemas etc., Mangal 1.80 m. 2.00 m.
Karyalaya, Marriage Hall.
4 Institutional Buildings like hospitals

2.00 mtr. 2.30 m.
and educational
All other Buildings, including

5 1.50 mtr 1.80 m.
commercial buildings
Note:-
i. For individual house and row housing with 2 storeys, the minimum shall be 0.75 m.
ii. The width of the mid-landing/quarter landing should not be more than 1.5 times and the
floor landing should not be more than two times of the width of the stair flight.
41.25.9 Corridors:
(a) The minimum width of a corridor other than internal passages shall be calculated based
on the provisions of a Regulation No.41.25.8 as per the corresponding width of staircase;
(b) In case of more than one main staircase of the building interconnected by a corridor or
other enclosed space, there shall be at least one smoke stop door across the corridor or
enclosed space between the doors in the enclosing walls of any two staircases.
(c) The passages (covered or uncovered) including an arcade, a courtyard, a porch or
portico, spaces to be left open to sky in accordance with these Regulations, in any
premises shall not be used for any other purpose than the one permissible.
41.25.10 Lifts and Escalators:
(a) Lifts:
At least one lift shall be provided in every building more than 15m. in height. In case of
buildings more than 24m high at least two lifts shall be provided. However, in the case of a

November 2018
proposal to add one additional floor to an existing building having a lift, it will not be
necessary to raise the existing lift to the additional floor.
(a) All the floors shall be accessible for 24 hours by the lifts. The lifts provided in the
buildings shall not be considered as a means of escape in case of emergency.
(b) Grounding switch at ground floor level to enable the fire service to ground the lift
cars in any emergency shall also be provided;
(c) The lift machine room shall be separate and no other machinery shall be installed
therein.
(d) The planning and design of lifts including their number, type and capacity depending
on the occupancy of the building, the population of each floor based on the
occupant load and the building height shall be in accordance with Section 5 -
Installation of Lifts and Escalators & Moving Walks of Part 8- Building Services, of
the National Building Code of India, 2016.
(b) Escalators:
Escalators may be permitted in addition to required lifts. Such escalators may be permitted
in atrium area in shopping malls / public buildings.
41.25.11 Fire Lift:

Where applicable, fire lifts shall be provided with a minimum capacity for 8 passengers
and fully automated with emergency switch on ground level. In general, buildings 15 m in
height or above shall be provided with fire lifts. In case of fire, only fireman shall operate
the fire lift. In normal course, it may be used by other persons. Each fire lift shall be
equipped with suitable inter-communication equipment for communicating with the control
room on the ground floor of the building. The number and location of fire lifts in a building
shall be decided after taking into consideration various factors like building population,
floor area, compartmentalization, etc.
41.26 Requirements of individual exit at each floor:

The detailed requirements in respect of exits shall be as provided in Regulations Nos. 41.26.1
to 41.26.5 (both inclusive) given below:
41.26.1 Doorways-
i. Every exit doorway shall open into an enclosed stairway or a horizontal exit, or a
corridor or passageway providing continuous and protected means of egress:
ii. No exit doorway shall be less than 100 cm. in width except assembly buildings where
door width shall be not less than 200 cm. Doorway shall be not less than 200 cm. in
height. Doorways for the bathrooms, water-closets or stores shall be not less than 75
cm. wide.
iii. Exit doorways shall open outwards, that is away from the room but shall not obstruct the
travel along any exit. No door, when opened shall reduce the required width of stairways
or landing to less than 90 cm. Overheads or sliding doors shall not be installed.
iv. Exit door shall not open immediately upon a flight of stair. A landing equal to at least the
width of the door shall be provided in the stairway at each doorway. Level of landing
shall be the same as that of the floor which it serves.
v. Exit doorway shall be openable from the side which they serve without the use of a key.
vi. Mirrors shall not be placed in exit ways or exit doors to avoid confusion regarding the
direction of exit.

November 2018
41.26.2 Revolving doors:

Revolving doors shall not be used as required exits except in residential business and
mercantile occupancies; they shall not constitute more than half the total required door width.
41.26.3 Stair Ways:

i. Interior staircase shall be constructed of non-combustible materials throughout
ii. Interior staircase shall be constructed as a self-contained unit with at least one side
adjacent to an external wall and shall be completely enclosed.
iii. A staircase shall not be arranged around a lift shaft
iv. Hollow combustible construction shall not be permitted.
v. The minimum width of tread without nosing shall be 25 cm. for an internal staircase for
residential building. In the case of other buildings, the minimum tread shall be 30 cm.
The treads shall be constructed and maintained in a manner to prevent slipping.
vi. The maximum height of riser shall be 19 cm. in the case of residential buildings and
15cm. in the case of other buildings. They shall be limited to15 per flight.
vii. Handrails shall be provided with a minimum height of 100 cm. from the center of the
treads to the top of the handrails. Balusters / railing shall be provided such that the width
of staircase does not reduce.
viii. Floor indicator - The number of each floor shall be conspicuously painted in figures at
least 15 cm. large on the wall facing the flights of a stairway or at such suitable place as
is distinctly visible from the flights.
ix. The minimum headroom in a passage under the landing of a staircase shall be 2.2 m.
x. For building more than 15m. in height or more access to main staircase shall be gained
through at least half an hour fire resisting automatic closing doors placed in the
enclosing wall of the staircase. It shall be a swing type door opening in the direction of
the escape.
xi. No living space, store or other space including fire risk shall open directly into the
staircase.
xii. External exit door of staircase enclosure at ground level shall open directly to the open
spaces or should be reached without passing through any door other than a door
provided to form a draught lobby.
xiii. In the case of assembly, institutional or residential occupancies or hotels or industrial
and hazardous occupancies, the exit sign with arrow indicating the way to the escapes
route shall be provided at a height of 0.5 m. from the floor level on the wall and shall be
illuminated by electric light connected to corridor circuits. All exit way marking signs
should be flushed with the wall and so designed that no mechanical damage shall occur
to them due to moving of furniture or other heavy equipment. Further all landings of floor
shall have floor indicating boards prominently indicating the number of floor. The floor
indication board shall be placed on the wall immediately facing the flight of stairs and
nearest to the landing. It shall be of the size not less than 0.5 x 0.5 m.
xiv. In case of a single staircase, it shall terminate at the ground floor level and the access to
the basement shall be by a separate staircase. Whenever the building is served by more
than one staircase one of the staircases may lead to basement level provided the same
is separated at ground level by either a ventilated lobby or a cut-off screen wall without
opening, having a fire resistance of not less than 2 hours with discharge point at two

November 2018
different ends or through enclosures. It shall also be cut-off from the basement areas at
various basement levels by a protected and ventilated lobby or lobbies.
41.26.4 Fire escape or external stairs:
Fire escape staircase, when provided, shall comply the following:
i. External stairs shall always be kept in sound operable conditions.

ii. All external stairs shall be directly connected to the ground.
iii. Entrance to the external stairs shall be separate and remote from the internal staircase.
iv. Care shall be taken to ensure that no wall opening or window opens on to or close to
an external stairs.
v. The route to the external stairs shall be free of obstructions at all times.
vi. The external stairs shall be constructed of non-combustible materials, and any doorway
leading it shall have the required fire resistance.
vii. No external staircase, used as a fire escape, shall be inclined at an angle greater than
45 degree from the horizontal.
viii. External stairs shall have straight flight not less than 1250 mm wide with 250 mm
treads and risers not more than 190 mm. The number of risers shall be limited to 15
per flight.
ix. Handrails shall be of a height not less than 1000 mm and not exceeding 1200 mm.
There shall be provisions of balusters with maximum gap of 150 mm.
x. The use of spiral staircase shall be limited to low occupant load and to a building not
exceeding 9 m in height. A spiral staircase shall be not less than 1500 mm in diameter
and shall be designed to give adequate headroom.
xi. Unprotected steel frame staircase will not be accepted as means of escape. However,
steel staircase in an enclosed fire rated compartment of 2 h will be accepted as means
of escape.
41.26.5 Corridors and passageways:
i. The minimum width of a corridor shall not be less than 75cm. in the case of 2 storeys
row housing residential buildings and 100cm. in the case of other buildings and actual
width shall be calculated based on the provision of Regulations No.41.25.3 to 41.25.5
(both inclusive)
ii. Where there is more than one staircase serving a building, there shall be at least one
smoke-stop door in the space between the staircases.
iii. Exit corridors & passageways shall be of width not less than the aggregate required
width of exit doorways leading from them in the direction of travel of the
exterior/stairways.
iv. Where stairways discharge through corridors & passageways the height of the
corridors & passageways shall not be less than 2.4 m.
v. All means of exit including staircases, lifts, lobbies & corridors shall be adequately
ventilated.
41.27 Refuge Area:

For buildings more than 24 m in height, refuge area of 15 sq. m. or an area equivalent to 0.3
sq. m. per person to accommodate the occupants of two consecutive floors, whichever is
higher, shall be provided as under:

November 2018
The refuge area shall be provided on the periphery of the floor or preferably on a cantilever
projection and open to air at least on one side protected with suitable railings. All refuge areas
shall be accessible from common passages / staircases.
(a) For floors above 24 m and Up to 39 m-One refuge area on the floor immediately above 24
m.
(b) For floors above 39 m-One refuge area on the floor immediately above 39 m and soon,
after every 15 m. Refuge area provided in excess of the requirements shall be counted
towards FSI. However, area remained in excess because of planning constraints not more
than 10% of required refuge area shall not be counted in FSI.
41.28 Water Supply and Drainage arrangement:

Every plot individually for a building or group of buildings shall provide for drinking water
storage facilities and sub-soil dispersion system within its boundaries.
41.29 Wells:
Wells, intended to supply water for human consumption or domestic purposes, may be
permitted at suitable place.
Requirements:
The well other than a bore well or a tube well shall:
(a) Have a minimum internal diameter of not less than 1 m.

(b) be constructed to a height not less than 1 m. above the surrounding ground level, to
form a parapet or kerb and to prevent surface water flowing into a well, and shall be
surrounded with a paving constructed of impervious material which shall extend for a
distance of not less than 1.8 m in every direction from the parapet from the kerb
forming the well head and the upper surface of such a paving shall be sloped away
from the well.
(c) Be of sound and permanent construction (pucca) throughout. Temporary exposed
(kutcha) wells shall only be permitted in fields or gardens for purposes of irrigation; and
(d) The interior surface of the lining or walls of the well shall be rendered impervious for a
depth of not less than 1.8 m measured from the level of the ground immediately
adjoining the well head.
41.30 Sub soil dispersion system/septic tank:

Every building, group of buildings together shall be either connected to the Municipal Drainage
system or provided with sub-soil dispersion system in the form of septic tank which shall be
governed by the following or any other alternative design and specifications.
1. Design of septic tank:
Where a septic tank is used for sewage, disposal the location, design and construction of the
septic tank shall conform to requirements of the following Regulations.
2. Location of septic tank and subsurface absorption system:
A subsoil dispersion system shall not be closer than 18 m. from any source of drinking water
such as well to mitigate the possibility of bacterial pollution of water supply. It shall also be as
far removed from the nearest habitable building as economically feasible but not closer than 6
m. to avoid damage to the structures.

November 2018
3. Requirements:
(a) Septic tanks shall have minimum width of 75 cm. a minimum depth of one meter below
the water level and a minimum liquid capacity of one cubic meter. Length of tanks shall
be 2 to 4 times the width.
(b) Septic tanks may be constructed of brickwork, Stone Masonry, concrete or other
suitably material as approved by the Authority.
(c) Under no circumstances should effluent from a septic tank be allowed into an open
channel drain or body of water without adequate treatment.
(d) Minimum nominal diameter of pipe shall be 100 mm. Further, at junctions of pipes in
manholes, direction of flow from a branch connection should not make an angle
exceeding 45 degree with the direction of flow in the main pipe;
(e) The gradients of land drains, under-drainage as well as the bottom of dispersion
trenches and soak ways should be between 1:300 and 1:400.
(f) Every septic tank shall be provided with ventilating pipe of at least 50 mm diameter.
The top of the pipe shall be provided with a suitable cage of mosquito proof wire mesh.
The ventilating pipe shall extend to a height which would cause no smell nuisance to
any building in the area. Generally, the ventilating pipe may extend to a height of about
2 m. when the septic tank is at least 15 m. away from the nearest building and to a
height of 2 m. above the top of the building when it is located closer than 15 meters.
(g) When the disposal of septic tank effluent is to seepage pit, the seepage pit may be of
any suitable shape with the least cross sectional dimension of 90 cm. and not less than
100 cm in depth below the invert level of the inlet pipe. The pit may be lined with stone,
brick or concrete blocks with dry open joints which should be backed with at least 7.5
cm. of clean coarse aggregate. The lining above the inlet level should be finished with
mortar. In the case of pits of large dimensions, the top portion may be narrowed to
reduce the size of the RCC cover slabs. Where no lining is used, especially near trees,
the entire pit should be filled with loose stones. A masonry ring may be constructed at
the top of the pit to prevent damage by flooding of the pit by surface run off. The inlet
pipe may be taken down a depth of 90 cm from the top as an anti-mosquito measure;
and
(h) When the disposal of septic tank effluent is to a dispersion trench, the dispersion trench
shall be 50 to 100 cm deep and 30 to 100 cm wide excavated to a slight gradient and
shall be provided with 15 to 25 cm of washed gravel or crushed stones. Open jointed
pipes placed inside the trench shall be made of unglazed earthenware clay or concrete
and shall have minimum internal diameter of 75 to 100 mm. No dispersion trench shall
be longer than 30 m and trenches shall not be placed closer than 1.8 m.
41.31 Structural safety, water supply, drainage and sanitary requirement, outdoor
display and other services:
Building shall be planned, designed and constructed to ensure structural safety, water supply,
drainage, sanitary requirement, outdoor display and other services etc. shall be as per
National Buildings Code of India unless otherwise specified Part-XIII of these regulations.
41.32 Additional requirements in case of Housing Schemes:

Following amenities shall be provided in any housing scheme and shall be counted in FSI:
i. Fitness Centre, Crèche, society office cum letter box room, admeasuring area of about
20 sq.m.in scheme having minimum 100 flats and there after additional 20 sq. m. area
for every 300 flats.

November 2018
ii. Sanitary block for servants having maximum area of 3.00 sq. m. in schemes having
minimum 100 flats and thereafter additional 3.00 sq. m. area for every 200 flats.
iii. Drivers room of size 12 sq. m. With attached toilet in schemes having minimum 100 flats
and thereafter additional 10 sq. m. area for every 300 flats.
In case of scheme having more than 1000 flats, the above amenities shall be reasonably
provided keeping in view the above requirements.

November 2018
PART XI- PARKING, LOADING AND

UNLOADING SPACES
42.0 Parking, Loading and Unloading Spaces
42.1 Parking spaces - Wherever a property is to be developed or redeveloped, parking spaces at

the scale laid down in these Regulations shall be provided. When additions are made to an
existing building, the new parking requirements will be reckoned with reference to the additional
space only and not to the whole of building but this concession shall not apply where the use is
changed. The provisions for parking for number of vehicles for different occupancies shall be as
given in Table No. 25.
42.2 General space requirement:

(a) Location of parking spaces-The parking spaces mentioned below include parking
spaces in basements or on a floor supported by stilts, or on upper floors, covered or
uncovered spaces in the plot and / or lock up garages. The height of the stilt shall
generally be allowed upto 3 m. and shall not be less than 2.5m from the bottom of the
beam. More height may be allowed in case of shopping mall, hotels etc. as per
requirements.
(b) Size of parking space: The minimum sizes of parking spaces to be provided shall be as
shown below in Table No. 24.
Table No. 24
Sr.No Type of Vehicle Minimum Size/ area of parking space
1 Motor vehicle 2.5 m X 5 m
2 Scooter, Motor Cycle. 1.0 m. x 2.0 m.
3 Bicycle 0.5 m. x 1.0 m.
4 Transport vehicle 3.75 m. X 7.5 m.
Note: In the case of parking spaces for motor vehicle, upto 50 percent of the prescribed space may
be of the size of 2.3 m. X 4.5 m.
(c) Marking of parking spaces: Parking space shall be paved and clearly marked for
different types of vehicles.
(d) Manoeuvring and other ancillary spaces: Off street parking space must have adequate
vehicular access to a street and the area shall be exclusive of drives, aisles and such
other provisions required for adequate manoeuvring of vehicles.
(e) Ramps for Basement parking: - Ramps for parking in basement should conform to the
requirement of Regulation No.41.12.
(f) Off street parking space shall be provided with adequate vehicular access to a street, and
the area of drives, aisles and such other provisions required for adequate maneuvering of
vehicle shall be exclusive of the parking space stipulated in these regulations.
(g) To meet the parking requirements as per these regulations, common parking area for
group of buildings, open or multi-storeyed, may be allowed in the same premises.
(h) In addition to the parking spaces provided for building of Mercantile (Commercial) like
office, market, departmental store, shopping mall and building of industrial and storage,
loading and unloading spaces shall be provided at the rate of one space for each 1000 sq.
m. of floor area or fraction thereof exceeding the first 200 sq. m. of floor area, shall be
provided. The space shall not be less than 3.75 m. x 7.5 m.

November 2018
(i) Parking lock up garages shall be included in the calculation for floor space for F.S.I.
calculations.
(j) The space to be left out for parking as given in this regulation shall be in addition to the
marginal open spaces left out for lighting and ventilation purposes as given in these
regulations. Those spaces may be used for parking provided minimum distance of 3
m.(6.0 m. in case of special building mentioned in Regulation No.6.2.2.g) around the
buildings is kept free of any parking or loading and unloading spaces excepting the
buildings as mentioned in Regulation No.42.2.(i).
(k) In case of parking spaces provided in basements, at least two separate ramps of adequate
width and slope for entry and exit at opposite ends or one ramp with 6.0m meter width
shall be provided (as per Regulation No. 41.12) where parking of motor vehicles is
envisaged.

November 2018
Table No.25
Off Street Parking Spaces
Sr. Congested Area Non Congested Area

Visitors
Occupancy One parking Space for every
No. Parking
Car Scooter Cycle Car Scooter Cycle
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10
Residential (a) 2 Tenements each having

1. 1 2 2 2 2 2 5%
i) Multifamily residential carpet area more than 80sq.m.
(b) 3 tenements each having

carpet area equal to or above 40 0 3 4 1 4 4 5%
sq.m. and upto 80 sq.m.
c) 4 tenements each having

0 4 4 1 5 5 5%
carpet area less than 40 sq.m.
ii) Lodging establishments

. tourist homes, hotels with (a) For every five guest rooms 1 3 3 2 3 3 -
lodging accommodation
(a) For hotel, eating houses 40

sq.m. of carpet area of restaurant
iii) Restaurants 0 2 2 1 2 2 -
including kitchen, pantry hall,
dining rooms, banquette hall etc.
Institutional (Hospital, For 80 sq.m. carpet area or

2 1 1 2 1 3 3 -
Medical Institutions) fraction thereof.
3. Assembly (theatres, cinema

houses, Multiplex, concert
halls, auditoria, assembly For every 40 Seats. 1 2 5 2 7 7 -
halls including those of
college and hostels)

November 2018
i)Mangal Karyalaya / For every 80 sq.m. carpet area or

4. 1 4 4 2 8 8 -
Marriage Halls, Cultural Halls fraction thereof.
For every 80 sq.m. carpet area /

ii)Party /Marriage Lawns covered area / or 100 sq.m.of 0 2 2 1 3 3 -
lawn area or fraction thereof.
iii) Club House/

samaj
Mandir/
For every 100 Sq Mtr carpet area
Community 1 4 2 1 4 2 -
or fraction thereof
HAll in
Layout
Open Spaces
Educational – i) For every 80 sq.m. carpet area

or fraction thereof the
5. i)Primary and secondary 0 2 2 1 2 2 -
administration as well as public
Schools service area of the school.
1 LCV 1 LCV
Includes includes
ii) For every 3 class rooms mini bus 3 15 mini bus 5 20 -
and and
tempo tempo
i)For every 80 sq.m. carpet area

or fraction thereof the
ii) College 1 10 5 1 10 5 -
administration area and public
service area of college.

November 2018
ii) For every 3 class rooms 1 30 10 2 40 10 -
iii)Coaching Classes/Tuition
For every 20 students 0 4 8 0 5 10 -
Classes/Hobby Classes
i)Government or semi-public
offices, private business For every 80 sq.m. carpet area or
6. 1 2 4 2 4 4 10%
buildings, Corporate Offices, fraction thereof
I.T. Buildings
Mercantile (markets,
departmental stores, shops,
For every 80 sq.m. carpet area or
7. shopping malls and other 1 3 3 1 4 4 5%
fraction thereof
Commercials users) including
wholesale markets
For every 250 sq.m. carpet area

8. Industrial 1 2 2 1 4 4 -
or fraction thereof
For every 240 sq.m. carpet area

9. Storage (any type) 0 2 2 1 2 2 -
or fraction thereof
Plots less than 200 sq.m.

10. 0 1 1 0 1 1 -
(any use)
Note:-
1. For plots upto 100 sq.mt. as in the case of shops, row houses parking space need not be insisted.
2. Fraction of parking unit need not be provided. However, in case where proportional number of vehicles is less than 1 (i.e. fraction) it
will be rounded to the next full number.
3. In case of independent single family residential bungalows having plot area upto 300 sq.mt., parking space need not be insisted
separately.
4. Further a garage shall be allowed in rear or side marginal distance at one corner having minimum dimension of 2.5 m. x 5.0 m. &
maximum dimension 3 m. x 6 m. i.e. minimum 12.5 sq.mt. and maximum 18.0 sq.mt. built up area.
5. Mechanical /Hydraulic Parking shall be permissible at different level after required parking subject to satisfaction of all technical
norms as per site conditions.
6. The Planning Authority while scrutinising the development permission may insist upon additional 20% of the parking area required
for the purpose of visitors.

November 2018
PART XII- FIRE PROTECTION REQUIREMENTS

43.0 Fire protection requirements:
All buildings shall be planned, designed and constructed as per these regulations and to ensure
fire prevention and fire safety measures required shall be done in accordance with provisions of
the Maharashtra Fire Prevention and Life Safety Measures Act, 2006 as amended from time to
time, and Part 4 of Fire Protection and Life Safety of National Building Code of India 2016(for the
provisions which are not covered in these regulations.) In case of building identified in Regulation
No.6.2.2.(g), the building schemes shall also be cleared by the Fire Officer, Fire Brigade
Department of the Corporation.
43.1 Construction materials:

All materials of constructions in load bearing elements, stairways and corridors and facades shall
be non-combustible.
The interior finish materials shall not have a flame spread ability rating exceeding Class I (see
3.4.11.2 of Part 4 of National Building Code 2016).
The internal walls or staircase shall be of brick or reinforced concrete with a minimum of 2 h. fire
rating.
The staircase shall be ventilated to the atmosphere at each landing and a vent at the top; the vent
openings shall be of 0.5sq.m in the external wall and the top. If the staircase cannot be ventilated,
because of location or other reasons, a positive pressure 50 Pa shall be maintained inside. The
mechanism for pressurizing the staircase shall operate automatically with the fire alarm. The roof
of the shaft shall be 1 m. above the surrounding roof. Glazing or glass bricks, if used in staircase,
shall have fire resistance rating of minimum 2 h.
43.2 Lifts:
General requirements of lifts shall be as follows:
(a) Walls of lift enclosures shall have a fire rating of 2 h; lifts shall have a vent at the top of area
not less than 0.2 sq.m.
(b) Lift motor room shall be located preferably on top of the shaft and separated from the shaft by
the floor of the room.
(c) Landing doors in lift enclosures shall have a fire resistance of not less than 1 h.
(d) The number of lifts in one row for a lift bank shall not exceed 4 and the total number of lifts in
the bank (of two rows) shall not exceed 8. A wall of 2 h. fire rating shall separate individual
shafts in a bank.
(e) Lift car door shall have a fire resistance rating of half an hour.
(f) Collapsible gates shall not be permitted for lifts and shall have solid doors with fire resistance
of at least 1 h.

November 2018
(g) If the lift shaft and lobby is in the core of the building, a positive pressure between 25 and 30
Pa shall be maintained in the lobby and a positive pressure of 50 Pa shall be maintained in
the lift shaft. The mechanism for pressurization shall act automatically with the fire alarm; it
shall be possible to operate this mechanically also.
(h) Exit from the lift lobby, if located in the core of the building, shall be through a self-closing
smoke stop door of half an hour fire resistance.
(i) Lifts shall not normally communicate with the basement; if, however, lifts are in
communication, the lift lobby of the basements shall be pressurized as in (g), with self-closing
door as in (h).
(j) Grounding switch(es), at ground floor level, shall be provided on all the lifts to enable the fire
service to ground the lifts.
(k) Telephone or other communication facilities shall be provided in lift cars for building of 30 m.
in height and above. Communication system for lifts shall be connected to fire control room for
the building. Suitable arrangements such as providing slope in the floor of lift lobby, shall be
made to prevent water used during fire-fighting, etc., at any landing from entering the lift
shafts.
(l) Suitable arrangements such as providing slope in the floor of lift lobby, shall be made to
prevent water used during fire-fighting, etc., at any landing from entering the lift shafts.
(m) A sign shall be posted and maintained on every floor at or near the lift indicating that in case
of fire, occupants shall use the stairs unless instructed otherwise. The sign shall also contain
a plan for each floor showing the locations of the stairways. Alternate source of power supply
shall be provided for all the lifts through a manually operated changeover switch.
(n) Fire Lifts - Following details shall apply for a fire lift :
i. To enable fire services personnel to reach the upper floors with the minimum delay, one
fire lift per 1200 sq.m. of floor area shall be provided and shall be available for the
exclusive use of the firemen in an emergency.
ii. The lift shall have a floor area of not less than 1.4 sq.m. It shall have loading capacity of
not less than 545 kg (8 persons lift) with automatic closing doors of minimum 0.8 m.
width.
iii. The electric supply shall be on a separate service from electric supply mains in a building
and the cables run in a route safe from fire, that is, within the lift shaft. Lights and fans in
the elevators having wooden panelling or sheet steel construction shall be operated on
24 V supply.
iv. Fire-fighting lift should be provided with a ceiling hatch for use in case of emergency, so
that when the car gets stuck up, it shall be easily openable.
v. In case of failure of normal electric supply, it shall automatically trip over to alternate
supply. For apartment houses, this changeover of supply could be done through
manually operated changeover switch. Alternatively, the lift shall be so wired that in case
of power failure, it comes down at the ground level and comes to stand-still with door
open.

November 2018
vi. The operation of a fire lift is by a simple toggle or two-button switch situated in a glass-
fronted box adjacent to the lift at the entrance level. When the switch is on, landing call-
points will become inoperative and the lift will be on car control only or on a priority
control device. When the switch is off, the lift will return to normal working. This lift can be
used by the occupants in normal times.
vii. The words ‗Fire Lift‘ shall be conspicuously displayed in fluorescent paint on the lift
landing doors at each floor level.
viii. The speed of the fire lift shall be such that it can reach the top floor from ground level
within 1 minute.
43.3 Basements :
i. Each basement shall be separately ventilated. Vents with cross-sectional area (aggregate)
not less than 2.5 percent of the floor area spread evenly round the perimeter of the basement
shall be provided in the form of grills or breakable stall board lights or pavement lights or by
way of shafts. Alternatively, a system of air inlets shall be provided at basement floor level
and smoke outlets at basement ceiling level. Inlets and extracts may be terminated at ground
level with stall board or pavement lights as before, but ducts to convey fresh air to the
basement floor level have to be laid. Stall board and pavement lights should be in positions
easily accessible to the fire brigade and clearly marked ‗SMOKE OUTLET‘ or ‗AIR INLET‘
with an indication of area served at or near the opening.
ii. The staircase of basements shall be of enclosed type having fire resistance of not less than 2
h and shall be situated at the periphery of the basement to be entered at ground level only
from the open air and in such positions that smoke from any fire in the basement shall not
obstruct any exit serving the ground and upper storeys of the building and shall communicate
with basement through a lobby provided with fire resisting self-closing doors of 1 h
resistance. For travel distance, if the travel distance exceeds as given therein, additional
staircases shall be provided at proper places.
iii. In multi-storey basements, intake ducts may serve all basement levels, but each basement
levels and basement compartment shall have separate smoke outlet duct or ducts. Ducts so
provided shall have the same fire resistance rating as the compartment itself. Fire rating may
be taken as the required smoke extraction time for smoke extraction ducts.
iv. Mechanical extractors for smoke venting system from lower basement levels shall also be
provided. The system shall be of such design as to operate on actuation of heat / smoke
sensitive detectors or sprinklers, if installed, and shall have a considerably superior
performance compared to the standard units. It shall also have an arrangement to start it
manually.
v. Mechanical extractors shall have an internal locking arrangement, so that extractors shall
continue to operate and supply fans shall stop automatically with the actuation of fire
detectors.
vi. Mechanical extractors shall be designated to permit 30 air changes per hour in case of fire or
distress call. However, for normal operation, air changes schedule shall be as given in Part 8,

November 2018
Building Services, Section 3, Air-conditioning, Heating and Mechanical Ventilation of National

Building Code.
vii. Mechanical extractors shall have an alternative source of supply.
viii. Ventilating ducts shall be integrated with the structure and made out of brick masonry or
reinforced cement concrete as far as possible and when this duct crosses the transformer
area or electrical switchboard, fire dampers shall be provided.
ix. Use of basements for kitchens working on gas fuel shall not be permitted, unless air
conditioned. The basement shall not be permitted below the ward block of a hospital/nursing
home unless it is fully sprinkled. Building services such as electrical sub-stations, boiler
rooms in basements shall comply with the provisions of the Indian Electricity Act / Rules.
x. If cut-outs are provided from basements to the upper floors or to the atmospheres, all sides
cut-out openings in the basements shall be protected by sprinkler head at close spacing so
as to form a water curtain in the event of a fire.
xi. Openable windows on external wall shall be fitted with such locks that can be opened by a
fireman‘s axe.
xii. All floors shall be compartmented with area not exceeding 750 sq.m. by a separation wall
with 2 h fire rating, for floors with sprinklers the area may be increased by 50 percent. In long
building, the fire separation walls shall be at distances not exceeding 40 m. For departmental
stores, shopping centres and basements, the area may be reduced to 500 sq.m. for
compartmentation. Where this is not possible, the spacing of the sprinklers, care should be
taken to prevent spray from one sprinkler impending the performance of an adjacent sprinkler
head.
xiii. It is essential to make provisions for drainage of any such water on all floors to prevent or
minimize water damage of the contents. The drain pipes should be provided on the external
wall for drainage of water from all floors. On large area floors, several such pipes may be
necessary which should be spaced 30 m. apart. Care shall be taken to ensure that the
construction of the drain pipe does not allow spread fire / smoke from floor to floor.
43.4 Service Ducts/Shafts:

(a) Service ducts and shafts shall be enclosed by walls of 2 h and doors of 1 h. fire rating. All
such ducts/shafts shall be properly sealed and fire stopped at all floor levels.
(b) A vent opening at the top of the service shaft shall be provided having between one- fourth
and one-half of the area of the shaft.
43.5 Refuse chutes:
Shall have opening at least 1 m. above roof level for venting purpose and they shall have an
enclosure wall of non-combustible material with fire resistance of not less than 2 h. They shall not
be located within the staircase enclosure or service shafts, or air-conditioning shafts inspection
panel and doors shall be tight fitting with 1 h fire resistance; the chutes should be as far away as
possible from exit.

November 2018
43.6 Refuge Area:

Provisions contained in Regulation No. 41.27 shall apply for all buildings except multi-family
dwellings.
43.7 Electrical services shall conform to the following :
(a) The electric distribution cables / wiring shall be laid in a separate duct. The duct shall be
sealed at every floor with non-combustible materials having the same fire resistance as that
of the duct. Low and medium voltage wiring running in shaft and in false ceiling shall run in
separate conduits;
(b) Water mains, telephone lines, intercom lines, gas pipes or any other service line shall not be
laid in the duct for electrical cables; use of bus ducts / solid rising mains instead of cables is
preferred;
(c) Separate circuits for fire-fighting pumps, lifts, staircases and corridor lighting and blowers for
pressurizing system shall be provided directly from the main switch gear panel and these
circuits shall be laid in separate conduit pipes, so that fire in one circuit will not affect the
others. Such circuits shall be protected at origin by an automatic circuit breaker with its no-
volt coil removed. Master switches controlling essential service circuits shall be clearly
labelled;
(d) The inspection panel doors and any other opening in the shaft shall be provided with air-tight
fire doors having fire resistance of not less than 2 h;
(e) Medium and low voltage wiring running in shafts and within false ceiling shall run in metal
conduit. Any 230 V wiring for lighting or other services above false ceiling shall have 660 V
grade insulation. The false ceiling including all fixtures used for its suspension, shall be of
non-combustible material and shall provide adequate fire resistance to the ceiling in order to
prevent spread of fire across ceiling. Reference may be made to good practice;
(f) An independent and well ventilated service room shall be provided on the ground level or first
basement with direct access from outside or from the corridor for the purpose of termination
of electric supply from the licensees‘ service and alternative supply cables. The doors
provided for the service room shall have fire resistance of not less than 2 h.
Note : If service room is located at the first basement, it should have automatic fire
extinguishing system.
(g) If the licensees agree to provide meters on upper floors, the licensees‘ cable shall be
segregated from consumers‘ cable by providing a partition in the duct. Meter rooms on upper
floors shall not open into staircase enclosures and shall be ventilated directly to open air
outside; and
(h) Suitable circuit breakers shall be provided at the appropriate points.
43.8 Gas supply shall conform to the following:

(a) Town Gas / L.P.Gas Supply Pipes – Where gas pipes are run in buildings, the same shall be
run in separate shafts exclusively for this purpose and these shall be on external walls, away
from the staircases. There shall be no interconnection of this shaft with the rest of the floors.
LPG distribution pipes shall always be below the false ceiling. The length of these pipes shall

November 2018
be as short as possible. In the case of kitchen cooking range area, apart from providing hood,
covering the entire cooking range, the exhaust system should be designed to take care of 30
cu.m. per minute per sq.m. of hood protected area. It should have grease filters using metallic
grill to trip oil vapours escaping into the fume hood.
Note:- For detailed information on gas pipe installations, reference may be made to Part 10
‗Plumbing & Services(including solid waste management) , Section 4 Gas Supply‘, of
National Building Code of India.
(b) All wiring in fume hoods shall be of fiber glass insulation. Thermal detectors shall be installed
into fume hoods of large kitchens for hotels, hospitals and similar areas located in high rise
buildings. Arrangements shall be made for automatic tripping of the exhaust fan in case of
fire. If LPG is used, the same shall be shut off. The voltage shall be of 24 V or 100 V DC
operated with the external rectifier. The valve shall be of the hand re-set type and shall be
located in an area segregated from cooking ranges. Valves shall be easily accessible. The
hood shall have manual facility for steam or carbon dioxide gas injection, depending on duty
condition; and
(c) Gas meters shall be housed in a suitably constructed metal cupboard located in a well
ventilated space, keeping in view the fact that LPG is heavier than air and town gas is lighter
than air.
43.9 Illumination of Means of Exit:
Staircase and corridor lights shall conform to the following:
(a) The staircase and corridor lighting shall be on separate circuits and shall be independently
connected so as it could be operated by one switch installation on the ground floor easily
accessible to fire-fighting staff at any time irrespective of the position of the individual control
of the light points, if any. It should be of miniature circuit breaker type of switch so as to avoid
replacement of fuse in case of crisis;
(b) Staircase and corridor lighting shall also be connected to alternative supply. The alternative
source of supply may be provided by battery continuously trickle charged from the electric
mains;
(c) Suitable arrangements shall be made by installing double throw switches to ensure that the
lighting installed in the staircase and the corridor does not get connected to two sources of
supply simultaneously. Double throw switch shall be installed in the service room for
terminating the stand-by supply.
(d) Emergency lights shall be provided in the staircase and corridor; and
(e) All wires and other accessories used for emergency light shall have fire retardant property.
43.10 A stand-by electric generator shall be installed to supply power to staircase and corridor lighting
circuits, fire lifts, the stand-by fire pump, pressurization fans and blowers, smoke extraction and
damper systems in case of failure of normal electric supply. The generator shall be capable of
taking starting current of all the machines and circuits stated above simultaneously. If the stand-by
pump is driven by diesel engine, the generator supply need not be connected to the stand-by pump
Where parallel HV / LV supply from a separate sub-station is provided with appropriate transformer
for emergency, the provision of generator may be waived in consultation with the Authority.

November 2018
43.11 Transformers shall conform to the following:-

(a) A sub-station or a switch-station with oil filled equipment shall not be located in the building.
The sub-station structure shall have separate fire resisting walls/surroundings and shall
necessarily be located at the periphery of the floor having separate access from fire escape
staircase. The outside walls, ceiling, floor, openings including doors and windows to the sub-
station area shall be provided with a fire resisting door of 2 h fire rating. Direct access to the
transformer room shall be provided, preferably from outside fire escape staircase.
(b) The sub-station area needs to be maintained at negative air pressures and area in sub-station
shall not be used as storage / dump areas.
(c) When housed inside the building, the transformer shall be of dry type and shall be cut off from
the other portion of premises by walls/ doors / cut-outs having fire resistance rating of 4 h.
43.12 Air-conditioning shall conform to the following:
(a) Escape routes like staircases, common corridors, lift lobbies, etc. shall not be used as return
air passage.
(b) The ducting shall be constructed of substantial gauge metal in accordance with good practice.
(c) Wherever the ducts pass through fire walls or floors, the opening around the ducts shall be
sealed with materials having fire resistance rating of the compartment.
(d) Where duct crosses a compartment which is fire rated, the ducts shall be fire rated for same
fire rating. Further depending on services passing around the duct work, which may get
affected in case of fire temperature rising, the ducts shall be insulated.
(e) As far as possible, metallic ducts shall be used even for the return air instead of space above
the false ceiling.
(f) Where plenum is used for return air passage, ceiling and its fixtures shall be of non-
combustible material.
(g) The materials used for insulating the duct system (inside or outside) shall be of non-
combustible material, glass wool shall not be wrapped or secured by any material of
combustible nature.
(h) Area more than 750 sq.m. on individual floor shall be segregated by a fire wall and automatic
fire dampers for isolation shall be provided.
(i) Air ducts serving main floor areas, corridors, etc. shall not pass through the staircase
enclosure.
(j) The air-handling units shall be separate for each floor and air ducts for every floor shall be
separated and in no way inter-connected with the ducting of any other floor.
(k) If the air-handling unit serves more than one floor, the recommendations given above shall be
complied with in addition to the conditions given below:
i. Proper arrangements by way of automatic fire dampers working on smoke detector / or
fusible link for isolating all ducting at every floor from the main riser shall be made.
ii. When the automatic fire alarm operates, the respective air-handling units of the air-
conditioning system shall automatically be switched off.
(l) The vertical shaft for treated fresh air shall be of masonry construction.
(m) The air filters of the air-handling units shall be of non-combustible materials.
(n) The air-handling unit room shall not be used for storage of any combustible materials.

November 2018
(o) Inspection panels shall be provided in the main trunking to facilitate the cleaning of ducts of
accumulated dust and to obtain access for maintenance of fire dampers.
(p) No combustible material shall be fixed nearer than 150 mm to any duct unless such duct is
properly enclosed and protected with non-combustible material (glass wool or spyglass with
neoprene facing enclosed and wrapped with aluminium sheeting) at least 3.2 mm thick and
which would not readily conduct heat.
(q) Fire Dampers:
1. These shall be located in conditioned air ducts and return air ducts/ passages at the
following points:
i. At the fire separation wall.

ii. Where ducts/passages enter the central vertical shaft.
iii. Where the ducts pass though floors.
iv. At the inlet of supply air duct and the return air duct of each compartment on
every floor.
2. The dampers shall operate automatically and shall simultaneously switch off the air-
handling fans. Manual operation facilities shall also be provided.(Note- For blowers,
where extraction system and duct accumulators are used, dampers shall be provided).
3. Fire/smoke dampers (for smoke extraction shafts) for buildings more than 24 m in height.
(a) For apartment houses in non-ventilated lobbies / corridors operated by fusible link /
smoke detectors and with manual control. b) For other buildings on operation of
smoke detection system and with manual control.
4. Automatic fire dampers shall be so arranged as to close by gravity in the direction of air
movement and to remain tightly closed on operation of a fusible link / smoke detector.
43.13 Provisions of boiler and boiler rooms shall conform to Indian Boiler Act. Further, the
following additional aspects may be taken into account in the location of boiler room:
(a) The boilers shall not be allowed in sub-basement, may be allowed in the basements away
from the escape routes.
(b) The boilers shall be installed in a fire resisting room of 4 h fire resistance rating and this room
shall be situated on the periphery of the basement. Catch-pits shall be provided at the low
level.
(c) Entry to this room shall be provided with a composite door of 2 h fire resistance.
(d) The boiler room shall be provided with fresh air inlets and smoke exhausts directly to the
atmosphere.
(e) The furnace oil tank for the boiler, if located in the adjoining room shall be separated by fire
resisting wall of 4 h rating. The entrance to this room shall be provided with double composite
doors. A curb of suitable height shall be provided at the entrance in order to prevent the flow
of oil into the boiler room in case of tank rupture.
(f) Foam inlets shall be provided on the external walls of the building near the ground level to
enable the fire services to use foam in case of fire.

November 2018
43.14 Provision of first-aid and fire-fighting appliances:

The first-aid fire-fighting equipment shall be provided on all floors, including basements lift rooms,
etc. in accordance with good practice in consultation with the Authority.
43.15 Fire alarm system:

i. All buildings with heights of 15 m or above shall be equipped with manually operated electrical
fire alarm (MOEFA) system automatic fire alarm system in accordance with good practice.
However, apartment buildings between 15 m and 30 m in height may be exempted from the
installation of automatic fire alarm system provided the local fire brigade is suitably equipped
for dealing with fire in a building of 15 m in height or above and in the opinion of the Authority,
such building does not constitute a hazard to the safety of the adjacent property or occupants
of the building itself.
ii. Manually operated electrical fire alarm system shall be installed in a building with one or more
call boxes located at each floor. The call boxes shall conform of good practice.
iii. The installation of call boxes in hostels and such other places where these are likely to be
misused shall as far as possible be provided. Location of call boxes in dwelling units shall
preferably be inside the building.
43.16 Lightening protection of buildings:
The lightning protection for buildings shall be provided as given in Part.8 ‗Building Services,
Section 2, Electrical and Allied Installations‘ of National Building Code of India.
43.17 Fire control room:

For all buildings 15 m in height or above and apartment buildings with a height of 30 m and
above, there shall be a control room on the entrance floor of the building with communication
system (suitable public address system) to all floors and facilities for receiving the message from
different floors. Details of all floor plans along with the details of fire-fighting equipment and
installations shall be maintained in the fire control room. The fire control room shall also have
facilities to detect the fire on any floor through indicator board connections; fire detection and
alarm systems on all floors. The fire staff in-charge of the fire control room shall be responsible for
the maintenance of the various services and fire-fighting equipment and installations in co-
ordination with security, electrical and civil staff of the building.
43.18 Fire officer for hotels, business and mercantile buildings with height more than 30
m:
A qualified Fire Officer with experience of not less than 3 years shall be appointed who will be
available on the premises.
The Fire Officer shall:

(a) maintain the fire-fighting equipment in good working condition at all times,
(b) prepare fire orders and fire operational plans and get them promulgated,

November 2018
(c) impart regular training to the occupants of the buildings in the use of fire-fighting equipments
provided on the premises and keep them informed about the fire emergency evacuation
plan,
(d) keep proper liaison with City Fire Brigade, and
(e) ensure that all fire precautionary measures are observed at the times.
Note: Competent Authority having jurisdiction may insist on compliance of the above rule in case
of buildings having very large areas even if the height is less than 30 m.
43.19 Housekeeping:
To eliminate fire hazards, good housekeeping, both inside and outside the building, shall be
strictly maintained by the occupants and / or the owner of the building.
43.20 Fire drills and fire orders:

Fire notices/orders shall be prepared to fulfil the requirements of fire-fighting and evacuation from
the buildings in the event of fire and other emergency. The occupants shall be made thoroughly
conversant with their actions in the event of emergency, by displaying fire notices at vantage
points and through regular training. Such notices should be displayed prominently in broad
lettering.
For guidelines for fire drills and evacuation procedures for high-rise buildings, Appendix-E of
National Building Code of India may be referred.
43.21 Compartmentation:
The building shall be suitably compartmentalized so that fire/smoke remain confined to the area
where fire incident has occurred and does not spread to the remaining part of the building.
43.22 Materials for interior decoration / furnishing:

The use of materials, which are combustible in nature and may spread toxic fume / gases should
not be used for interior decoration / furnishing, etc.
For various types of occupancies, requirements given in National Building Code, Part 4 shall be
followed.

November 2018
PART XIII- STRUCTURAL SAFETY, STRUCTURAL

DESIGN, STABILITY AND STRUCTURAL AUDIT
44.0 The buildings shall be planned, designed and constructed to ensure structural safety. The
structural design of foundations, elements made of masonry, timber, plain concrete, reinforced
concrete, pre-stressed concrete and structural steel shall be carried out in accordance with Part 6.
Structural design Section 1-loads, forces and effects, Section 2- Soils And Foundation, Section
3—Timber And Bamboo, Section 4-Masonry, Section 5-Concrete, Section 6-Steel, Section-7
Prefabrication, systems building and mixed / composite construction of National Building Code of
India, amended from time to time. Proposed construction shall be as per the norms as specified
by Indian Standard Institute, for the resistance of earthquake, Fire Safety and natural calamities.
Certificate to that effect shall be submitted by the Licensed Structural Engineer of the developer /
land owner, along with the proposal for development permission. Structural design and stability
report shall be compulsory for all new buildings. Also the periodic structural inspection / Audit of
existing buildings shall be necessary. The Licensed Structural Engineer shall be authorized to do
the structural design and audit of the existing buildings. The qualification, competency, scope and
responsibility for the Licensed Structural Engineer shall be as per Appendix – ―O‖.

November 2018
PART XIV- WATER SUPPLY, DRAINAGE &

SANITARY REQUIREMENT, OUTDOOR DISPLAY
AND OTHER SERVICES
45.1 Quality of Materials and Workmanship:
i) All materials and workmanship shall be of good quality conforming generally to accepted
standards of Public Works Department of Maharashtra and Indian Standard Specifications
and Codes as included in Part 5 - Building Materials and Part 7 - Construction Management
Practices and Safety of National Building Code of India, amended from time to time.
ii) All burrow pits dug in the course of construction and repair of buildings, roads, embankments
etc. shall be deep and connected with each other in the formation of a drain directed towards
the lowest level and properly stopped for discharge into a river stream, channel or drain and
no person shall create any isolated burrow pit which is likely to cause accumulation of water
which may breed mosquitoes.
45.2 Alternative Materials, Methods of Design & Construction and Tests:
i. The provision of the regulations are not intended to prevent the use of any material or method
of design or construction not specifically prescribed by the regulations, provided any such
alternative has been approved.
ii. The provision of these regulations is also not intended to prevent the adoption for
architectural planning and layout conceived as an integrated development scheme.
iii. The VC & MD may approve any such alternative provided it is found that the proposed
alternative is satisfactory and confirm to the provisions of relevant parts regarding material,
design, and construction and that material, method or work offered is, for the purpose
intended, at least equivalent to that prescribed in the rules in quality, strength, compatibility,
effectiveness, fire rating and resistance, durability and safety.
iv. Tests: Whenever there is insufficient evidence of compliance with the provisions of the
regulations of evidence that any material or method of design or construction does not
confirm to the requirements of the rules or in order to substantiate claims for alternative
materials, design or methods of construction, the VC & MD ay require tests sufficient in
advance as proof of compliance. These tests shall be made by an approved agency at the
expense of the owner.
v. Test method shall be as specified by the regulations for the materials or design or
construction in question. If there are no appropriate test methods specified in the regulations,
the VC & MD shall determine the test procedure. For methods of tests for building materials;
reference may be made to relevant Indian standards as given the National Building Code of
India, published by the Bureau of Indian Standards. The latest version of the National building
Code of India shall be taken into account at the time of enforcement of these rules.
vi. Copies of the results of all such tests shall be retained by the VC & MD for a period of not
less than two year after the acceptance of the alternative material.

November 2018
45.3 Building Services:

i. The planning, design and installation of electrical installations, air-conditioning and heating
work shall be carried out in accordance with Part 8 - Building Services, Section 2-Electrical
and allied Installations, Section 3 Air Conditioning, heating and mechanical ventilation of
National building Code of India, amended from time to time.
ii. The planning design including the number of lifts, type of lifts, capacity of lifts depending on
occupancy of building; population on each floor based on occupant load, height of building
shall be in accordance with Part 8, Section - 5 , Installation of Lifts and Escalators of National
Building Code of India, amended from time to time. In existing buildings, in case of proposal
for one additional floor, existing lift may not be raised to the additional floor.
iii. Maintenance of Lift in working order: The lifts shall be maintained in working order properly
45.4 Water Supply, Drainage and Sanitary Requirements:

The planning, design, construction and installation of water supply, drainage and sanitation and
gas supply systems shall be in accordance with the provisions of Part 9 – Plumbing &
Services(including Solid Waste Management)- Section 1 Water Supply, Drainage and Sanitation,
Section 2 – Gas supply of National Building Code of India as amended from time to time.
45.4.1 Requirements of water supply in building:

The total requirements of water supply shall be calculated based on the population as given in
Table No.26:
Table No. 26
Occupancy Basis
Residential Building 5 persons per tenement

Other Buildings No. of persons on occupant load and area of floors given in Table
No.21.
The requirements of water supply for various occupancies shall be as given in Table No. 26,27,28
or as specified by the VC & MD from time to time.

November 2018
Table No. 27
PER CAPITA WATER REQUIREMENT OF VARIOUS USES / OCCUPANCIES
Consumption per head per day
Sr. No. Types of Occupancy
(in litres)
(1) (2) (3)

RESIDENTIAL
1
a) In living unit located on plots less than 50 sq.m. 90.
b) In living units 135
c) Hotels with lodging accommodation (per bed) 180

2 EDUCATIONAL
a) Day schools 45
b) Boarding schools 135
INSTITUTIONAL (Medical Hospitals)

3
a) Number of beds not exceeding 100 340
b) Number of beds exceeding 100 450
c) Medical quarters and hostels 135

4 Assembly Cinema theatres, auditoria, etc. (per 15
seat of accommodation)
5 Government and Semi-Public uses 45
6 MERCANTILE (Commercial)
a) Restaurants (per seat) 70
b) Other business buildings 45

7 INDUSTRIAL
a) Factories where bath rooms are to be provided 45
b) Factories where no bath rooms are required to 30
be provided
8 Storage (Including warehousing) 30
9 Hazardous 30
10 Intermediate / Stations (excluding mail & express 45 (25)*
stops)
11 Junction Stations 70 (45)*
12 Terminal / Stations 45
13 International and Domestic Airports 70
*The values in parenthesis are for stations where bathing facilities are not provided.
Note : The number of persons for Serial Number (10) to (13) shall be determined by the average
number of passengers handled by the station daily ; due consideration may be given to the staff
and workers likely to use the facilities.

November 2018
Table No. 28
FLUSHING STORAGE CAPACITIES
Sr.No Classification of Buildings Storage Capacity
For tenements having common

1. 900 litres net per w.c. seat.
convenience.
For residential premises other than tenements 270 litres for one w.c. seat & 180 litres for
2.
having common convenience. each additional seat in the same flat.
900 litres per w.c. seat and 180 litres per

3. For factories and workshops.
urinal seat.
900 litres per w.c. seat & 350 litres per urinal
4. For cinemas, public assembly halls etc.
seat.
45.4.2 Drainage and Sanitation Requirements:
(a) General:
i. There should be at least one water tap and arrangement for drainage in the vicinity of each water-
closet or group of water-closets in all the buildings.
ii. Each family dwelling unit on premises (abutting on a sewer or with a private sewage disposal
system) shall have, at least, one water-closet and one kitchen type sink. A bath or shower shall
also be installed to meet the basic requirement of sanitation and personal hygiene.
iii. All other structures for human occupancy or use on premises, abutting on a sewer or with a
private sewage disposal system, shall have adequate sanitary facilities, but in no case less than
one water-closet and one other fixture for cleaning purposes.
(b) For Residences:
i. Dwelling with individual convenience shall have at least the following fitments:
(a) One bathroom provided with a tap and a floor trap,
(b) One water-closet with flushing apparatus with an ablution tap; and
(c) One tap with a floor trap or a sink in kitchen or wash place.
ii. Dwelling without individual conveniences shall have the following fitments:
(a) One water tap with floor trap in each tenement,
(b) One water-closet with flushing apparatus and one ablution tap, bath for every two
tenements, and
(c) One bath with water tap and floor trap for every two tenements.
(c) For Buildings Other than Residences:
i. The figures shown are based upon one (1) fixture being the minimum required for the number of
persons indicated or part thereof.
ii. Building categories not included in the tables shall be considered separately by the VC&MD.
iii. Drinking fountains shall not be installed in the toilets.

November 2018
iv. Where there is the danger of exposure to skin contamination with poisonous, infectious or
irritating material, washbasin with eye wash jet and an emergency shower located in an area
accessible at all times with the passage / right of way suitable for access to a wheel chair, shall
be provided.
v. When applying the provision of these tables for providing the number of fixtures, consideration
shall be given to the accessibility of the fixtures. Using purely numerical basis may not result in an
installation suited to the need of a specific building. For example, schools should be provided with
toilet facilities on each floor. Similarly toilet facilities shall be provided for temporary workmen
employed in any establishment according to the needs; and in any case one WC and one
washbasin shall be provided.
vi. All buildings used for human habitation for dwelling work, occupation, medical care or any
purpose detailed in the various tables, abutting a public sewer or a private sewage disposal
system, shall be provided with minimum sanitary facilities as per the schedule in the tables. In
case the disposal facilities are not available, they shall be provided as a part of the building
design for ensuring high standards of sanitary conditions in accordance with this section.
vii. Workplaces where crèches are provided, they shall be provided with one WC for 10 persons or
part thereof, one washbasin for 15 persons or part thereof, one kitchen sink with floor tap for
preparing food / milk preparations. The sink provided shall be with a drinking water tap.
viii. In all types of buildings, individual toilets and pantry should be provided for executives and for
meeting / seminar / conference rooms, etc. as per the user requirement
45.4.3 Sanitation Requirements for Various Uses / Occupancies:
Table No. 29
Sanitation requirement for shops and commercial offices
Sr.No. Fitments For personnel
(1) (2) (3)

One for every 25 persons or part thereof exceeding 15
1. Water-closet (including employees and customers). For female personnel, 1
per every 15 persons or part thereof exceeding 10.
2. One per every 100 persons with a minimum of one on each

Drinking water fountain
floor.
One for every 25 persons or part thereof. One of such wash
basins on each floor shall be fixed at height of 80 cm. with tap
3. Wash basin
at 100 cm. above finished floor level for the use of
handicapped disabled, old and infirm persons.
4. Urinals One for 50 persons or part thereof.
One per floor minimum, preferably in or adjacent to sanitary

5. Cleaner‘s sink
rooms.

November 2018
Note: Number of customers for the purposes of the above calculations shall be the average
number of persons in the premises for a time interval of one hour during the peak period. For
male-female calculation a ratio of 1:1 may be assumed.
Table No. 30
Sanitation Requirements for Institutional (Medical) Occupancy - (Staff Quarters & Hostels)
Doctor‟s Dormitories
Sr. Fitments Nurse‟s
No. For Male Staff For Female Staff Hostel
(1) (2) (3) (4) (5)
One for 4
1 Water-closet One for 4 persons One for 4 persons persons or
part thereof.
One in each water One in each

2 Ablution taps One in each water closet
closet water closet
One for every 8 persons or part thereof.

One of such wash basins on each floor
One for every 8 One for every
shall be fixed at height of 80 cm. with
3 Wash basin persons or part 8 persons or
tap at 100 cm. above finished floor level
thereof part thereof
for the use of persons with disabilities,
old and infirm persons
One for 4-6

Baths (with One for 4 persons
4 One for 4 persons or part thereof persons or
shower or part thereof
part thereof.
One per floor One per floor

5 Cleaner‘s sink One per floor minimum
minimum minimum
Drinking water
6 1 per 100 persons or part thereof with a minimum of 1 on each floor.
fountains
Table No.31
Sanitation Requirements For Government And Public / Business Occupancies And Offices
For Female
Sr. No Fitments For Male Personnel
Personnel
(1) (2) (3) (4)
One for every 15

1 Water-closet One for every 25 persons or part thereof. persons or part
thereof
One in each water

2 Ablution taps One in each water closet
closet
3 Urinals Nil upto 6 persons. One for 7-20 persons, 2 for

November 2018
Table No.31
Sanitation Requirements For Government And Public / Business Occupancies And Offices
For Female
Sr. No Fitments For Male Personnel
Personnel
(1) (2) (3) (4)

21-45 persons, 3 for 46-70 persons, 4 for 71-
100 persons.
From 101 to 200 persons add at the rate of 3
percent. For over 200 persons add at the rate
of 2.5 percent
One for every 25 persons or part thereof. One

of such wash basins on each floor shall be fixed
4 Wash basin at height of 80 cm. with tap at 100 cm. above
finished floor level for the use of persons with
disabilities, old and infirm persons.
Drinking water One for every 100 persons with a minimum of

5
fountains one for each floor.
6 Baths Preferably one on each floor
One per floor minimum preferably in or adjacent

7 Cleaner‘s sinks
to sanitary rooms
Table No.32
Sanitation Requirements For Residence
Dwellings with Individual Dwellings without Individual

Sr.No. Fitments
convenience convenience
(1) (2) (3) (4)
1 Bath room 1 provided with water tap. 1 for each two tenements
2 Water closet 1 1 for each two tenements
1 From 101 to 200 persons add at

Sink (or Nahani) in the rate of 3 percent. For over 200
3 persons at the rate of 2.5 percent.
the floor
1 with draining arrangement in

each tenement.
4 Wash tap 1
1 in common bath room and
common water closets.

November 2018
Table No.33
Sanitation Requirements For Assembly Occupancy Buildings (Cinemas, Theatres And Auditoria)
Sr.No. FOR PUBLIC FOR STAFF

Fitments
For Male For Female For Male For Female
(1) (2) (3) (4) (5) (6)
1 Water-closet 1 per 100 3 per 100 persons 1 for 1-15 1 for 1-12
persons upto upto 200 persons persons persons
400 persons
2 for 16-35 2 for 13-25
persons persons
2 Ablution taps One in each One in each water One in each One in each
water closet closet water closet water closet
3 Urinals 1 for 25 Nil upto 6

persons or persons 1 for 7-
part thereof 20 persons 2 for
21-45 persons
4 Wash basin 1 for every 200 One for every 200 1 for 1-15 1 for 1-12
persons or persons or part persons persons
part thereof thereof. One of
2 for 16-35 2 for 13-25
such wash basins
persons persons
on each floor shall
be fixed at height of
80 cm. with tap at
100 cm. above
finished floor level
for the use of
persons with
disabilities, old and
infirm persons.
5 Drinking water 1 per 100 persons or part thereof.

fountains
Note : It may be assumed that two thirds of the number are males and one third females.

November 2018
TABLE No.34
SANITATION REQUIREMENTS FOR ASSEMBLY OCCUPANCY BUILDINGS- (ART
GALLERIES, LIBRARIES MUSEUMS)
Sr. FOR PUBLIC FOR STAFF

Fitments
No. For Male For Female For Male For Female
(1) (2) (3) (4) (5) (6)
1. Water 1 per 200 persons 1 per 100 1 for 1-15 1 for 1-12 persons 2
closet up to 400 persons upto 200 persons 2 for 16- for 13-25 persons
persons. persons 35 persons
2. Ablution One in each water One in each One in each One in each water
taps closet water closet water closet closet
3.
Urinals 1 for 50 persons Nil up to 6
persons 1 for 7-
20 persons 2 for
21-45 persons
4. Wash 1 for every 200 One for every 1 for 1-15 1 for 1-12 persons
basin persons or part 200 persons or persons
2 for 13-25 persons.
thereof. For over part thereof. For
2 for 16-35
400 persons, add over 200 persons
persons.
at the rate of 1 add at the rate of
per 250 persons 1 per 150
or part thereof. persons or part
thereof. One of
such wash
basins on each
floor shall be
fixed at height of
80 cm. with tap
at 100 cm. above
finished floor
level for the use
of persons with
disabilities, old
and infirm
persons.
5.
Drinking 1 per floor, minimum
water
fountains
Note: It may be assumed that two thirds of the number are males and one thirds females.

November 2018
TABLE NO.35
SANITATION REQUIREMENTS FOR RESTAURANTS
Sr. FOR PUBLIC FOR STAFF

Fitments
No For Male For Female For Male For Female
(1) (2) (3) (4) (5) (6)
1. Water-closet One for 50 One for 50 1 for 1-15 persons 1 for 1-12
seats up to seats up to persons
2 for 16-35 persons 3
200. For over 200. For over
for 36-65 persons 4 2 for 13-25
200, add at the 200, add at the
for 66-100 persons persons 3 for
rate of one per rate of one per
26-40 persons
100 or part 100 or part
4 for 41-57
thereof. thereof.
persons 5 for
58-77 persons
6 for 78-100
persons
2. Ablution taps One in each One in each One in each water One in each
water closet water closet
water closet closet
3 Urinals 1 for 50 --- Nil up to 6 persons 1 ---

persons for 7-20 persons 2 for
21-45 persons 3 for
46-70 persons 4 for
71-100 persons
4 Wash basin One for every water closet provided
5 Kitchen sinks One in each kitchen.

and dish washers
6 Slop or service One in the Restaurant

sink
Note: It may be assumed that two thirds of the number are males and one third females.

November 2018
TABLE NO.36
SANITATION REQUIREMENTS FOR FACTORIES
Sr.No. Fitments For Male Personnel For Female Personnel
(1) (2) (3) (4)
1. Water closet 1for 1-15 persons. 2 for 16-35 persons. 1for 1-12 persons. 2 for 13-25
3 for 36-65 persons. 4 for 66-100 persons. 3 for 26-40 persons. 4
persons. for 41-57 persons. 5 for 58-77
persons. 6 for 78-100 persons.
From 101 to 200 persons, add at the
rate 3 percent. From over 200 persons, From 101 to 200 persons, add
add at the rate of 2.5 percent. at the rate 5 percent. From over
200 persons, add at the rate of
4 percent.
2 Ablution taps 1 in each water closet 1 in each water closet
One water tap with draining arrangement shall be provided for every 50
persons or part thereof in the vicinity of water closets and urinals.
3 Urinals Nil upto 6 persons. 1 for 7-20 persons. 2

for 21-45 persons. 3 for 46-70 persons.
4 for 71-100 persons
4 Washing taps 1 for every 25 persons or part thereof. 1 for every 25 persons or part
and draining thereof
5 Drinking water 1 for every 100 persons with a minimum of one on each floor.
fountain
6 Baths preferably As required for particular trades of occupations.

showers)
Note 1: For many trades of a dirty or dangerous character, more extensive provisions are required.
Note 2 : Creches, where provided shall be fitted with water closets (one for 10 persons or part thereof)
and wash basins (one for 15 persons or part thereof) and drinking water tap with draining arrangements
(one for every 50 persons or part thereof.)

November 2018
TABLE NO.37
SANITATION REQUIREMENTS FOR LARGE STATIONS AND AIR-PORTS
Urinals for Males

Sr.No. Place WC for Males WC for Females
only
(1) (2) (3) (4) (5)
1. Junction stations, 3 for first 1000 4 for first 1000 persons 4 for every 1000
intermediate stations persons and 1 for and 1 for every persons and 1 for
and bus stations. every subsequent additional 1000 person every additional
1000 persons or part 1000 persons
thereof.
2. Terminal stations and 4 for first 1000 5 for first 1000 persons 6 for first 1000
bus terminals persons and 1 for and 1 for every persons and 1 for
every subsequent subsequent 2000 every additional
1000 persons or part persons or part thereof 1000 persons or
thereof. part thereof.
3. Domestic airports min. 2* 4* 2*
for 200 persons 5 8 6
4 International Airports
for 200 persons 6* 10 8
Note 1: Provisions for wash basins, baths including shower stalls, shall be in accordance with Part IX
Section 2 Drainage and Sanitation of National Building Code of India.
45.5 Signs and Outdoor Display Structures :

The display of advertising signs on buildings and land shall be in accordance with Part 10,
Section-2 "Signs and outdoor display structures" of National Building Code of India as
amended from time to time and also governed by Outdoor Advertising Policy of MSRDC as per
Appendix-P and as amended from time to time.

November 2018
PART XV- MISCELLANEOUS PROVISIONS

46.1 All Projects of Public interest including rehabilitation undertaken by MSRDC SPA shall be allowed
with permissible basic FSI of Public / Semi-Public zone provided that the same shall be proposed
on MSRDC SPA lands.
Note: The Premium charges mentioned in the above Regulation shall not be applicable, if the
work is undertaken by MSRDC SPA.
46.2 Uses permissible under flyovers

Following uses may be permitted below the flyovers :
1. Garden, park, promenades
2. Electricity Distribution Stations; electric bill and cash collection centres.
3. Police chowky, RTO vehicle chowky, City bus shelter / taxi stands / auto rickshaw stand;
4. Public Toilet.
Provided further that the plantation/green space of width not less than 1.0 m shall be developed
all along the edge of carriageway below the flyover or central median with width not more than
width of pillar, except the accesses wherever necessary or as may be required by VC&MD.
46.3 Innovative Development Proposal:

If any development proposal is submitted by the owner or developer, consisting of new concepts,
innovative ideas, then such proposal may be approved by the SPA MSRDC in its Authority
meeting, if it is otherwise in accordance with the spirit of these regulations.
If the existing user shown on the Development Plan is not in conformity with the adjoining land
use as per sanctioned DP, and if such user is discontinued then the adjoining predominant land
use shall be permissible in such cases.
The area beneath the High tension Lines and within its buffer space may be used for walkways,
cycle tracks jogging tracks and horticulture use.
A day care centre is a permissible activity in the Park which is shown as a reservation on
Development Plan.

November 2018
APPENDICES

November 2018
APPENDIX A-1
FORM FOR CONSTRUCTION OF BUILDING OR LAYOUT OF BUILDING / GROUP
HOUSING
( Regulation No. 6.1 )
Application for permission for development under Section 44 / 58 of The Maharashtra
Regional and Town Planning Act, 1966.
From _________________
(Name of the owner)
To,
The VC&MD,
MSRDC SPA,
Sir,
I intend to carry out the under mentioned development in the site/plot of land, on
Plot No……… Town and Revenue S.No……….City Survey No…………..Mauje
…………situated at Road / Street ………… Society ………….in accordance with Section 44 /
58 of the Maharashtra Regional and Town Planning Act, 1966.
I forward herewith the following plans and statements (Item i to ix) wherever
applicable, in quadruplicate, signed by me (Name in block letters) …………..and the Architect /
Licensed Engineer / Structural Engineer / Supervisor, (License No………….), who has
prepared the plans, designs and a copy of other statements /documents as applicable
i) Key Plan (Location Plan), (to be shown on first copy of the set of plans)
ii) Site Plan showing the surrounding land and existing access to the land proposed to be
developed; (to be shown on first copy of the set of plans)
iii) A detailed building plan showing the plan, section and elevations of the proposed
development work along with existing structure to be retained/ to be demolished, if any;
iv) Particulars of development in Form enclosed (to be submitted for development other than
individual buildings);
v) Copy of sanctioned layout plan if any;
vi) An extract of record of rights, property register card (any other document showing
ownership of land to be specified) along with consent of co-owners where third party interest is
created;
vii) Attested copy of receipt of payment of scrutiny fees;
viii) Latest property tax receipt;
ix) No Objection Certificate(s), wherever required.
I request that the proposed development/ construction may be approved and
permission be accorded to me to execute the work.
Signature of the Licensed Signature of Owner
/Surveyor/Architect Name of Owner
Name Address of Owner
License No. Contact No.

November 2018
FORM GIVING PARTICULARS OF DEVELOPMENT

(Item iv of Appendix A-1)
1 (a) (i) Full Name of Applicant
(ii) Address of applicant

(iii) E-mail ID
(iv) Contact / Mobile No.
(b) (i) Name and address of Architect/
licensed Engineer/ Structural
Engineer/ Supervisor employed.
(ii) No. and date of issue of License
2 (a) Is the plot of, a City Triangulation

Survey Number, Revenue Survey
Number or Hissa Number of a Survey
Number or a Final Plot Number of a
Town Planning Scheme or a plot of
an approved layout?
(b)Please state Sanction Number and
Date of Sub-division / Layout
(c) Whether the land is situated in
Congested Area or Outside
Congested Area ?
3 (a) What is the total area of the plot
according to the ownership document
and Revenue Record?
(b) What is the total area of the plot
according to Measurement Plan?
(c) What is the actual area available
on site measured by Architect/
licensed Engineer/ Structural
Engineer / Supervisor?
(The permission shall be based on
the area whichever is minimum.)
(d) Is there any deduction in the
original area of the plot on account of
D.P. roads, or reservation(s). If so,
are they correctly marked on the site
plan? Please state the total area of
such deductions?
(e) Is there any water stream in the
land? State the area of such land.
(f) What is the area remained for
development after above

November 2018
deduction(s)?
(g) What is the area proposed for
recreational open space?
(h) Whether amenity space as
required under Regulation no.24.4 is
provided? Please mention the area.
(j) What is the net plot area as per
Regulation No. 24.9? (excluding (h)
above)
4 Are all plans as required under
Regulation no.6.2 enclosed?
5 (a) In what zone does the plot
include?
(b) For what purpose the building is
proposed? Is it permissible according
to the land use classification?
6 (a) Is road available as an approach
to the land? What is the average
existing width of the road? (If the plot
abuts on two or more roads, the
above information in respect of all
roads should be given)
(b) Is the land fronting on D.P. road?
If so, width of the D.P. road
(c) Is the land fronting on National or
State highway? If so, is the Building
line / control line maintained? Please
state the distance.
(d) What is the height of the building
above the average ground level of
the plot?
(e) Is it within permissible limit of
height specified in Regulation no.
6.2.2(g) ?
(f) Does height exceed the limit
specified in (e) above? If so, is height
approved by Director of Fire Services
, M.S./ Chief Fire Officer SPA?
7 Is the land subject to restrictions of
blue / red flood line, airport, railway,
electric line,gas line, land fill sites,
archeology, etc.? Please state the
details along with ‗No objection
certificate‘ if any.

November 2018
8 (a) If there are existing structures on

the plot
(i) Are they correctly marked and
numbered on the site plan?
(ii) Are those proposed to be
demolished immediately and hatched
in yellow colour?
(iii) What is the plinth area and total
floor area of all existing structures to
be retained?
(Please give details confirming to the
plan submitted)
9 Is balcony area within the permissible
limit of 15 % ? State said balcony
area and area counted in FSI.
10 Are double height terrace within the
limit of 20%? Are they of supported
type? State said double height
terrace area and area counted
in FSI.
11 (a) Please state the total built up
area,
(existing + proposed + extra
balconies + extra double height
terraces.)
(b) What is the basic permissible
F.S.I. of the zone according to front
road width?
(c) What is the premium FSI
proposed to be consumed?
(d) What is the fungible FSI proposed
to be consumed?
(e) What is the area of TDR proposed
to be consumed?
(f) What is the additional FSI
proposed to be consumed?
(g) Please state the overall F.S.I.
utilized in the proposal?
(h) Is built-up area of mentioned on
the plan? each flat / unit
12 Whether area for inclusive housing is
required as per Regulation no. 37.A?
Please state the details.
13 (a) What is the width of the front

November 2018
marginal distance (s)? If the building

abuts two or more roads, does the
front marginal distance
comply with Regulation?
14 (a) What is : Permissible Proposed
(i) The side marginal distance (s)?

(ii) The rear marginal distance (s)?
(iii) The distance between buildings?
15 (a) What are the dimensions of the
inner or outer chowk?
(b) Is / are room (s) dependent for its
light and ventilation on the chowk? If
so, are the dimensions of the chowk
as required?
16 (a) Whether sizes of the rooms
comply with the dimensions
mentioned in the regulations?
(b) Whether use of every room / part
mentioned on the plan?
(c) Whether every room derives light
and ventilation required under the
regulations?
If the height of the building is more
17
than 15 meter above the average
ground level, is provision for lifts
made?
(a) If so, give details of lift.
Passenger No. of
Capacity Lifts
(b) Details of Fire Lift.

Passenger No. of
Capacity Lifts
18 (a) Does the building fall under

purview of Regulation no.6.2.2.(g)?
(b) If so, is fire escape staircase
provided in addition to regular
staircase?

November 2018
(c) Whether the ramps to the

basement are provided leaving 6 m
marginal distance for movement of
fire fighting vehicle?
(d)If podiums are proposed, does it
allow the movement of fire fighting
vehicle properly?
19 (a) What are the requirements of
Required Proposed
parking spaces under the Regulation
Car
no.42.0? How many are proposed?
Scoote
r
Cycle
(b) (i) Are loading-unloading spaces
necessary?
(ii) If so, what is the requirement?
(iii) How many are proposed?
20 Is the sanitary arrangement provided

as per the regulation?
21 Details of the source of water to be
used in the construction
22 Distance from the sewer.
23 Please explain in detail in what
respect the proposal does not comply
with the Development Control and
Promotion Regulations and the
reasons there for, attaching a
separate sheet if necessary.
I hereby declare that I am the Architect/ licensed Engineer/ Structural Engineer/ Supervisor
employed for the proposed work and that the statements made in this form are true and correct
to the best of my knowledge.
Date : / /
Signature of the Architect/ licensed Engineer/

Structural Engineer/ Supervisor employed.

November 2018
FORM OF STATEMENT 1
(to be printed on plan)
[Sr. No. 8 (a) (iii)]

Existing Building to be retained
Existing Building No. Floor No. Plinth Area Total Floor Use/
Area of Occupancy
Existing of Floors.
Building
1 2 3 4 5
FORM OF STATEMENT 2
(to be printed on plan)
[Sr. No. 11 (h) ]
Area details of Flat / unit
Building Floor No. Flat / Built up area Area of Area of Total
No. unit No. of flat / unit Balcony Double area of
along with attached to height flat /
Share of flat / unit terraces unit
Common attached to (4 + 5 +
areas like flat / unit 6)
staircase /
passages
1
2 3 4 5 6 7
Note:
1) Built up area of all flats / units on the respective floor shall tally with the total built up of that
floor.
2) Above statements may vary, wherever required.

November 2018
PROFORMA - I
(At Right Hand top Corner of Plans)
PROPOSED----------------COMPLEX ON C.T.S. Drawing Sheet No.
NO./PLOT NO. / S.NO. / F.P.NO.------- OF VILLAGE
MAUJE -----
Stamps of Approval of Plans:
A AREA STATEMENTS
1. Area of plot
(Minimum area of a, b, c to be considered)
a) As per ownership document (7/12, CTS extract)
b) as per measurement sheet
c) as per site
2. Deductions for
(a) Proposed D.P./ D.P. Road widening Area
(b) Any D.P.Reservation area
(c) Natural Water course area
(Total a+b+c)
3. Gross Area of Plot (1-2)
4. Recreational Open space
(a) Required
(b) Proposed
5. Amenity Space -
(a) Required -
(b) Proposed -
6. Service road and Highway widening
7. Internal Road area
8. Net Area of Plot = [3 – 5(b)]
9. Built up area with reference to Basic F.S.I. as per
front road width
10. Addition of area for F.S.I.
(a) In-situ area against D.P. road if any
(b) In-situ area against Amenity Space
(c) Premium FSI area
(d) TDR area
(e) Additional FSI area under chapter VIII
(Total of a+b+c+d+e)
11. Total area available (9+10)

November 2018
12. Maximum utilization of F.S.I. Permissible as per

Road width (as per Regulation no. 26.3 )
13. Total Built-up Area in proposal. (excluding area at
Sr.No.15.b)
a) Existing Built-up Area.
b) Proposed Built-up Area
c) Excess Balcony area counted in F.S.I.
d) Excess Double Height terraces area counted in
F.S.I.
Total (a+b+c+d)
14. F.S.I. Consumed (13/8) (should not be more than
serial no.12 above.)
15. Area for Inclusive Housing, if any
a) Required (20% of sr.no.9)
b) Proposed
Certificate of Area:
Certified that the plot under reference was surveyed by me on__________ and the dimensions
of sides etc. of plot stated on plan are as measured on site and the area so worked out tallies
with the area stated in document of Ownership/ T.P. Scheme Records/ Land Records
Department/City Survey records.
Signature
(Name of Architect/
Licensed Engineer/
Supervisor.)
Owner‘s declaration –
I/We undersigned hereby confirm that I/We would abide by plans sanctioned by MSRDC SPA.
I/We would execute the structure as per sanctioned plans. Also I/We would execute the work
under supervision of proper technical person so as to ensure the quality and safety at the work
site.
Owner (s) name and signature
Architect/ Licensed Engineer/ Supervisor name and signature
Registration/
License
Drawn by Job No. Drawing No. Scale Checked by No.of Arch./
Lic. Eng./
Supervisor

November 2018
APPENDIX A-2
FORM FOR SUB-DIVISION OF LAND AS PLOTTED LAYOUT
Application for permission for development under Section 44 / 58 of The Maharashtra
Regional and Town Planning Act, 1966
From ………….. (Name of the owner)

To,
The VC&MD,
MSRDC SPA
I intend to carry out the under mentioned development in the site/plot of land, bearing
S.No./ Gut No. …………… City Survey No.……………………, Mouje …………………, situated
at Road/ Street ……………………… in accordance with Section 44/58 of The Maharashtra
Regional and Town Planning Act, 1966 .
I forward herewith the following plans and statements (Item 1 to 6) wherever
applicable, in quadruplicate, signed by me (Name in block letters) …………………………… and
the Architect / Licensed Engineer / Structural Engineer / Supervisor (License
No……………………….), who has prepared the plans, designs and a copy of other statements
/documents as applicable (Items 7 to …..).
(1) Key Plan (Location Plan); (to be shown on first copy of the set of plans)
(2) Site Plan showing the surrounding land and existing access to the land included in
the layout; (to be shown on first copy of the set of plans)
(3) A layout plan showing,
(i) sub-divisions of the land or plot with dimensions and area of each of the proposed
sub-divisions and its use according to prescribed regulations;
(ii) width of the proposed streets; and
(iii) dimensions and area of recreational open spaces provided in the layout.
(iv) Dimensions and area of amenity space provided in the layout.
(4) An extract of record of rights property register card (any other document showing
ownership of land to be specified) along with consent of co- owners where third party interest is
created.
(5)Particulars of development in Form enclosed.
(6)Attested copy of Receipt for payment of scrutiny fees.
(7) No Objection Certificate, wherever required.
(8) ………………………………………………
(9)……………………………………………….
I request that the proposed layout may please be approved and permission accorded
to me to execute the work.
Signature of the Licensed Signature of Owner
/Surveyor/Architect Name of Owner
Name Address of Owner
LicenseNo. Dated :
Contact No.
Dated :

November 2018
FORM GIVING PARTICULARS OF DEVELOPMENT

(PART OF APPENDIX 1… ITEM 5)
1 (a) (i) Full Name of Applicant
(ii) Address of applicant
(iii) e-mail ID
(iv) Mobile No.
(b) (i) Name and address of Architect/ licensed Engineer
employed.
(ii) No. and date of issue of License
2 (a) Is the plot of, a City Triangulation Survey Number,
Revenue Survey Number or Hissa Number of a Survey
Number or a Final Plot Number of a Town Planning
Scheme?
(b)Whether the land is situated in Congested Area or

Outside Congested Area?
3 (a) What is the total area of the plot according to the
ownership document and measurement plan?
(b) Does it tally with the Revenue/CTS Record
(c) What is the actual area available on site measured by
Architect/ licensed Engineer/ Structural Engineer /
Supervisor?
(The permission shall be based on the area whichever is
minimum.)
(d) Is there any deduction in the original area of the plot
on account of D.P. Roads, or reservation(s). If so, are they
correctly marked on the site plan?
Please state the total area of such deductions?
(e) Is there any water stream in the land? State the area of
such land and state whether it is excluded?
(f) What is the area remained for development after above
deduction(s)?
(g) What is the area proposed for recreational open
space?
(h) Whether amenity space as required under Regulation
no. 24.4 is left? Please mention the area.
(j) What is the net plot area as per Regulation no.24.9?
(excluding (h) above)
4 Are all plans as required under Regulation no.6.2
enclosed?
5 (a) In what zone does the plot fall?

November 2018
(b) For what purpose the layout is proposed? Is it

permissible according to the land use classification?
6 (a) Is road available as an approach to the land? What is
the average existing width of the road? (If the plot abuts on
two or more roads, the above information in respect
of all roads should be given)
(b) Is the land fronting on D.P. road? If so, width of the
D.P. road
(c) Is the land fronting on National or State highway? If
so, is the Building line / control line maintained? Please
state the distance.
7 Is the land subject to restrictions of blue / red flood line,
airport, railway, electric line, land fill sites, archaeology,
etc? Please state the details along with ‗No objection
certificate‘ if any.
8 Whether the internal roads proposed in the layout conform
to the Regulation no. 24.2.
9 Whether roads in the layout are co-ordinated with the
roads in the surrounding layout?
10 Whether the area and dimensions of plots are proposed as
per prescribed regulations?
11 Whether area for inclusive housing is required as per
Regulation no. 37.A ? Please state the details.
I hereby declare that I am the Architect/ licensed Engineer employed for the
proposed work and that the statements made in this form are true and correct
to the best of my knowledge.
Date :
/ /
Signature of the Architect/ licensed

Engineer/ Structural Engineer/
Supervisor employed.
Address :
Email ID :
Mobile No:

November 2018
PROFORMA - I
(At Right Hand top Corner of Plans)
PROPOSED ------------------ Drawing Sheet
-------- LAYOUT ON C.T.S. No. X/Y
NO./PLOT NO. / S.NO. /
F.P.NO.------- OF
VILLAGE MAUJE -----
Stamps of Approval of Plans:
A AREA STATEMENTS
1. Area of plot
(Minimum area of a, b, c to
be considered)
a) As per ownership
document (7/12, CTS
extract)
b) as per measurement
sheet
c) as per site
2. Deductions for
(a) Proposed D.P./ D.P.
Road widening Area
(b) Any D.P.Reservation
area
(c) Natural Water course
area
(Total a+b+c)
3. Gross Area of Plot (1-2)
4. Recreational Open
space
(a) Required
(b) Proposed
5. Amenity Space -
(a) Required -
(b) Proposed -
6. Service road and
Highway widening
7. Internal Road area
8. Area under layout plots
9. Net area of plots for FSI
Calculations = (3-5b)
10. Permissible FSI factor

November 2018
for layout plots = (9/8)

11. Area for inclusive
housing
(a) Required -
(b) Proposed -
Certificate of Area:
Certified that the plot under reference was surveyed by me on and the dimensions
of sides etc. of plot stated on plan are as measured on site and the area so worked out tallies
with the area stated in document of Ownership/ T.P. Scheme Records/ Land Records
Department/City Survey records.
Signature
(Name of Architect/Licensed Engineer/Supervisor.)
Owner (s) name and signature
Architect/ Licensed Engineer/ Supervisor name and signature
Job No. Drawing No. Scale Drawn by Checked by Registration /
Licence no. of
Arch./ Lic. Eng./
Supervisor
Statement of distribution of FSI on each plot

(to be printed at suitable place on plan)
Plot Plot Rounding Remainin Built up Front basic Permissib
no. area area of g Plot area on pro- Road FSI le Built-
(sq.m. Road area rata basis width up area
(if any) (b-c) i.e. (m.) on Basic
(sq.m.) (sq.m.) (d x Pro-rata FSI
FSI factor) (e x g)
(sq.m.)
(a) (b) (c) (d) (e) (f) (g) (h)

November 2018
APPENDIX 'B'
FORM OF SUPERVISION
( Regulation No. 6.2.5 )
To,
The VC & MD,
MSRDC SPA,
Sir,
I hereby certify that the development/erection/re-erection/demolition or material

alteration in/ or Building No____________ on / in Plot No. ____________ in Block
No.________________ situated at Road / street ___________________ City Survey No.
__________________ shall be carried out under my supervision and I certify that all the materials
(types and grade) and the workmanship of the work shall be generally in accordance with the
general specifications and that the work shall be carried out according to the sanctioned plans. I
shall be responsible for the execution of the work in all respects.
Signature and name of the Architect or Licensed

Engineer/Structural Engineer/ Supervisor -------------------------------------------------------------
License No. -----------------------------------------------------------------

-
Date : -----------------------------------------------------------------
--

November 2018
APPENDIX 'C'
QUALIFICATION, COMPETENCE, DUTIES AND RESPONSIBILITES ETC. OF
LICENSED TECHNICAL PERSONNEL OR ARCHITECT FOR PREPARATION OF
SCHEMES FOR DEVELOPMENT PERMISSION AND SUPERVISION
C-1 General
C-1.1 The qualifications of the technical personnel and their competence to carry out
different jobs for building permit and supervision for the purpose of licensing by the
Authority shall be as given in Regulation No.C-2 to C-5. The procedure for licensing
the technical personnel is given in Regulation No.C-6.
C-2 ARCHITECT
Qualifications-The minimum qualifications for an architect shall be the qualifications
C-2.1
as provided for in the Architects Act, 1972 for registration with the Council of
Architecture. Such registered Architects shall not be required to again register their
names with the Authority. However, he shall submit the registration certificate to the
Authority.
Competence of Architect: To carry out work related to development permission as
C-2-2
given below and shall be entitled to submit -
(a) All plans and information connected with development permission.
(b) Structural details and calculations for building on plot upto 500 sq. m. and upto 3
storeys or 11 m. height and
(c) Certificate of supervision and completion for all buildings.
C-3 ENGINEER
C-3.1 Qualifications-
1) The qualifications for Licensing Engineer will be the corporate membership (Civil) of
the Institution of Engineers or such Degree in Civil or Structural Engineering or
equivalent;
2) Diploma in Civil Engineering or equivalent, having experience of 10 years in the
field of land and building planning.
C-3.2 Competence- To carry out work related to development permission as given below
and shall been titled to submit-
(a) All plans and related information connected with development permission.
(b) Structural details and calculations for buildings on plot upto 500 sq.m. and upto 5
storeys or upto16 mt. height, and
(c) Certificate of supervision and completion for all buildings.
C-4 STRUCTURAL ENGINEER
C-4.1 Qualifications
i) for Structural Engineer-1 (SE-1)
a) A degree in Civil Engineering of a recognized Indian or foreign university or
associate membership in the Civil Engineering division of the Institution of Engineers

November 2018
(India) or equivalent overseas institution;

b) Associate membership in Civil Engineering division of Institution of Engineers
(India) or equivalent overseas institution possessing exceptional merit;
Experience-Minimum 3 years' experience in Structural Design
ii) for Structural Engineer-2 (SE-2)
a) Post-graduation in Structural Engineering from the recognized university

Experience- 3 years' experience in Structural Design for the buildings having height
upto 50 mt.
iii) for Structural Engineer-3 (SE-3)
a) Post-graduation in Structural Engineering from the recognized university or foreign
university or
b) The recognized registered national/international firm engaged in all types of
structural designs.
Experience-
a) 5 years' experience in Structural Design for the buildings having height more than
50 mt.
b) National or international registered firm who has designed and executed the
structure above 50 mt height in India or abroad.
C-4.2 Competence
Structural Engineer-1 (SE-1)
(a) Structural details and calculations for building heights upto 16 mt. and
(b) Structural Stability Certificate along with Indemnity Bond for such buildings.
(a) Structural details and calculations for building heights above 16 mt and upto 50 m.
and
(a) Structural details and calculations for building heights above 50 m. and
C- Complicated buildings and sophisticated structures as decided by VC & MD which are
4.2.1 not within the horizontal areas and vertical limits under C-2.2(b), C-3.2(b) and C-5.2(a)
(i) shall be designed only by Structural Engineer.
C-5 SUPERVISOR:
C-5.1 Qualification
(a)For Supervisor 1 :-
(i) Three years architectural assistantship or intermediate in architecture with two
years‘ experience, or
(ii) Diploma in Civil engineering or equivalent qualifications with two years‘ experience.

November 2018
(iii) Draftsman in Civil Engineering from ITI or equivalent qualifications with Ten years‘
experience out of which five year shall be under Architect/Engineer.
(b) For Supervisor - 2:-
Draftsman in Civil Engineering from ITI or equivalent qualifications with five years‘
experience under Architect / Engineer.
C-5.2 Competence
(a) For Supervisor-1: he shall be entitled to submit -
(i)All plans and related information connected with development permission on plot
upto 500sq.
m. and upto 2 storeys; and
(ii) Certificate of supervision of buildings on plot upto 500 sq. m. and up to 2 storeys
and completion thereof.
(b) For Supervisor-2 : he shall be entitled to submit -
(i) All Plans and related information upto 200 sq. m. built up area and up to 2 storeys,
and
(ii) Certificate of supervision for limits at (i) above and completion thereof.
C-6 LICENSING-
C-6.1 Technical Personnel to be licensed:-
The Qualified technical personnel or group as given in Regulations No. C-3, C-4, C-5
shall be licensed with the authority and the license shall be valid for three calendar
ST
years ending 31 December after which it shall be renewed annually or every three
years.
C-6.2 Fees for Licensing- The annual licensing fees shall be as follows:-
For Engineer and structural Engineer 5000 p.a.
For supervisor (1) 5000 p. a.
For supervisor (2) 2000 p. a
The VC&MD may revise above fees from time to time, if necessary.
C-6.3 Duties and Responsibilities of Architects / Licensed Technical Personnel:
The duties and responsibilities of architects / licensed technical personnel shall be as
follows:-
(1) It will be incumbent on every architect / licensed technical personnel, in all matters
in which he may be professionally consulted or engaged, to assist and co-operate with
the VC & MD and other Officers in carrying out and enforcing the provisions of
Maharashtra Regional & Town Planning Act, 1966 and of any regulations for the time
being in force under the same.
(2) Every architect / licensed technical personnel shall be responsible, for due
compliance with the provisions of Maharashtra Regional & Town Planning Act, 1966
and of any regulations for the time being in force under the said Act, It shall be
obligatory on him to satisfy himself that a qualified and competent Maistry or Inspector
of Works is constantly employed and present on the work to supervise the execution of

November 2018
all work and to prevent the use of any defective material therein and the improper
execution of any such work.
(3) Every architect / licensed technical personnel shall be responsible for carrying out
work according to sanctioned plan.
(4) Every architect / licensed technical personnel shall be responsible for correctness
of the calculations and dimensions mentioned on the plan and shall be liable for
consequences arising thereof.
(5) Architect / licensed technical personnel shall not involve himself in any
unauthorised development. He shall also make aware the client about legal provisions
in respect of proposed development and consequences thereof.
(6) When an architect / licensed technical personnel cease to be in the employment for
the development work, he shall report the fact forthwith to the VC & MD.

November 2018
APPENDIX 'D-1‟
FORM FOR SANCTION OF BUILDING PERMISSION AND
COMMENCEMENT CERTIFICATE
( Regulation No. 7.0.(i) )
To,
----------------------------------------------
----------------------------------------------
Sir,
With reference to your application No ___________________,dated ________________ for the

grant of sanction of Commencement Certificate under Section 44 of The Maharashtra Regional and
Town Planning Act, 1966 to carry out development work / Building on Plot No_______________
Revenue Survey No_______________, City Survey
No_________________, mauje___________________ situated at Road /Street_______________,

Society ___________ the Commencement Certificate/Building Permit is granted under Section 45
of the said Act, subject to the following conditions:
1. The land vacated in consequence of the enforcement of the set-back rule shall form part of the
public street.
2. No new building or part thereof shall be occupied or allowed to be occupied or used or
permitted to be used by any person until occupancy permission has been granted.
3. You will have to handover the amenity space to the Authority before approval of final layout as
per Regulation no.24.4. (wherever applicable)
4. You will have to submit an undertaking in respect of recreational open spaces as stipulated in
Regulation. (wherever applicable)
5. The Commencement Certificate/ Building permit shall remain valid for a period of one year
commencing from the date of its issue unless the work is not commenced within the valid
period.
6. This permission does not entitle you to develop the land which does not vest in you.
7. ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- ----------------------
8. -----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Office No. Office Stamp
Date : Yours faithfully,
VC&MD
MSRDC SPA
or an officer appointed by him

Specimen of Stamp of Approval to be marked on Building Plan

November 2018
APPENDIX 'D-2'
FORM FOR TENTATIVE APPROVAL FOR DEMARCATION OF
LAND / SUB-DIVISION LAYOUT
( Regulation No. 7.0 (i) )
To,
----------------------------------------------
Sir,
With reference to your application No ___________________, dated
________________ for the land sub-division approval, under Section 44 of The
Maharashtra Regional and Town Planning Act, 1966 to carry out development work in
respect of land bearing Survey No_______________, mauje____________ situated at
Road /Street_______________, Society ___________, it is to inform you that, land sub-
division layout is hereby tentatively approved and recommended for demarcation, subject
to the following conditions:
1. You will get the land sub-division layout demarcated on the site by the Land
Records Department and submit the certified copy to that effect for final approval.
2. It shall be the responsibility of the owner to carry out all the development work
including construction of roads, sewer lines, water supply lines, culverts, bridges, street
lighting, etc. and hand it over to the Authority after developing them to the satisfaction of
the VC&MD.
3. If you wish that the Authority has to carry out these development works, then you
will have to deposit the estimated expenses to the Authority in advance, as decided by the
VC&MD.
4. You will have to handover the amenity space to the Authority before approval of
final layout as per Regulation no.24.4. (applicable in case where owner is not allowed to
develop)
5. You will have to submit an undertaking in respect of recreational open spaces as
stipulated in Regulation.
7. ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Office No.
Office Stamp
Yours faithfully,
VC&MD
MSRDC SPA
or an officer appointed by
him
Note: Specimen of Stamp to be marked on land sub-division layout plan recommended for
demarcation.

November 2018
APPENDIX 'D-3'
FORM FOR FINAL APPROVAL TO THE LAND SUB-DIVISION / LAYOUT
To,
____________________________
____________________________
____________________________
Sir,
With reference to your application No. ___________________, dated ________________ for
the land sub-division approval, under Section 44 of The Maharashtra Regional and Town
Planning Act, 1966 to carry out development work in respect of land bearing Revenue Survey
No_______________, City Survey No_________________, mauje____________ situated at
Road /Street_______________, Society ___________ , the land sub-division layout is finally
approved as demarcated under Section 45 of the Maharashtra Regional & Town Planning Act,
1966, subject to the following conditions:
1. It shall be the responsibility of the owner to carry out all the development work including
construction of roads, sewer lines, water supply lines, culverts, bridges, street lighting, etc. and
hand it over to the Authority after developing them to the satisfaction of the VC&MD.
2. If you wish that the Authority should carry out these development works, then you will have
to deposit the estimated expenses to the Authority in advance, as decided by the VC&MD.
3. As per the undertaking submitted by you in respect of recreational open space as
stipulated in Regulation no.24.3, the said open space admeasuring ------- sq.m. stand vested in
the name of plot holders of the layout or society of the plot holders and you have no right of
ownership or interest in the said recreational open space.
4. Since you have handed over the amenity space to the Authority, you shall be entitled for FSI
equivalent to TDR, on the remaining land. (wherever applicable)
6. ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
7. ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
8. ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
9. ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Office No. ------------------------------------------------------ Office Stamp

------------------------------------------------------ Date : ----------
Yours faithfully,
VC&MD
MSRDC SPA

Stamp of approval of land sub-division layout plan

November 2018
APPENDIX 'E-1'
FORM FOR REFUSAL OF BUILDING PERMIT / COMMENCEMENT CERTIFICATE

To,
----------------------------------------------
----------------------------------------------
----------------------------------------------
Sir,
With reference to your application No. ___________________, dated ________________ for the
grant of sanction for the Development work / the erection of building / execution of work on Plot
No.__________ Revenue Survey No_______________, City Survey No_________________,
mauje____________ situated at Road /Street_______________, Society ___________ , I regret
to inform you that the proposal has been refused under Section 45 of the Maharashtra Regional
and Town Planning Act, 1966, on the following grounds.
1. -----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
2. -----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
3. -----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
4. -----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
5. -----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
6. -----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Office Stamp
Date :
Yours faithfully,
VC&MD
MSRDC SPA

November 2018
APPENDIX 'E-2'
FORM FOR REFUSAL OF LAND SUB-DIVISION / LAYOUT

To,
----------------------------------------------
----------------------------------------------
----------------------------------------------
Sir,
With reference to your application No. ________________dated _______________ for the grant of
sanction for the development work bearing Revenue Survey No._____,City Survey No._______
situated at Road/Street_____________, mauje_______________, I regret to inform you that the
proposal has been refused under Section 45 of the Maharashtra Regional and Town Planning Act,
1966, on the following grounds.
1. -----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
2. -----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
3. -----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
4. -----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
5. -----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
6. -----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Office Stamp
Date :
Yours faithfully,
VC&MD
MSRDC

November 2018
APPENDIX „F‟
FORM FOR INTIMATION OF COMPLETION OF WORK UPTO PLINTH LEVEL

To,
The VC&MD,
MSRDC SPA
Sir,
The construction up to plinth / column up to plinth level has been completed in Building
No ______________Plot No ______________, Revenue Survey No.____________, City Survey
No. __________ situated at Village______________ Sector No. ________Ward
No.____________, situated at Road/Street ________________,Society____________ in
accordance with your permission No _________ dated ___________________ under my
supervision and in accordance with the sanctioned plan.
Please check the completed work and permit me to proceed with the rest of the work.
Yours faithfully
Signature of Architect /Licensed Engineer/

Structural Engineer/Supervisor
Name : ______________________
(In Block Letters)_______________
Address : ____________________
____________________
____________________
E-mail ID : ___________________
Mobile No.: ___________________
Date: ________________

November 2018
APPENDIX „G‟
FORM OF APPROVAL / DISAPPROVAL OF DEVELOPMENT WORK UPTO PLINTH LEVEL

To,
_________________
_________________
_________________
Sir,
Please refer to your intimation No _____________________ dated

_____________________ regarding the completion of construction work upto plinth / column upto
plinth level in Building No _______________ Plot No ____, Revenue Survey No.____________,
City Survey No. _________ Village______________Sector No. ________Ward
No.____________, situated at Road/Street ________________,Society______________ You
may proceed / are not allowed to proceed with the further work as per sanctioned plans / as the
construction upto plinth level does / does not confirm to the sanctioned plans.
Yours faithfully,
VC&MD
MSRDC SPA
Office No ___________________________
Office Stamp ________________________
Date : ______________________________

November 2018
APPENDIX 'H'
FORM FOR COMPLETION CERTIFICATE
To,
The Vice Chairman & Managing Director,
MSRDC SPA
Sir,
I hereby certify that the erection / re-erection or part/ full development work in / on building / part
building No ___________ Plot No _________, Revenue Survey No.____________, City Survey
No. __________ situated at , mauje____________________, has been supervised by me and
has been completed on ________________ according to the plans sanctioned, vide office
communication No _____________ dated ______________. The work has been completed to the
best of my satisfaction. The workmanship and all the materials (type and grade) have been strictly
in accordance with general and detailed specifications. No provisions of the Act or the building
Regulations, no requisitions made, conditions prescribed or orders issued there under have been
transgressed in the course of the work. I am enclosing three copies of the completion plans. The
building is fit for occupancy for which it has been erected/ re-erected or altered, constructed and
enlarged.
I have to request you to arrange for the inspection & grant permission for the occupation of the
building.
Yours faithfully,
Signature and name of Architect /Licensed

Engineer/
Structural Engineer/Supervisor
Encl : As above.
Date :
(Signature of Owner)

November 2018
APPENDIX 'I'
FORM FOR OCCUPANCY CERTIFICATE
To,
i) Owner:
ii) Architect, Licensed Engineer Structural Engineer / Supervisor
Sir,
The part / full development work / erection re-erection / or alteration in of building / part building
No _________________ Plot No _________, Revenue Survey No.____________, City Survey
No. __________ mauje______________, completed under the supervision
of___________________________________________ Architect, Licensed Engineer/ Structural
Engineer / Supervisor, / License No_______________________ may be occupied on the following
conditions-
1. -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
2. -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
3. -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
4. -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
A set of certified completion plans is returned herewith.
Encl : As above.
Yours faithfully,
VC&MD
MSRDC SPA

November 2018
APPENDIX 'J'
FORM FOR REFUSAL OF OCCUPANCY CERTIFICATE

To,
i) Owner
ii) Arhitect, Licensed Engineer Structural Engineer / Supervisor
Sir,
The part / full development work / erection re-erection / or alteration in of building / part building
No_____________ Plot No _________, Revenue Survey No. ____________, City Survey No.
___________ mauje______________, completed under the supervision of
___________________________________________ Architect, Licensed Engineer/ Structural
Engineer / Supervisor, / License No___________ is not allowed to be occupied because of the
following reasons –
1. The construction carried out by you does not conform to the sanctioned plans.
2. -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
--
3. -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
--
A set of completion plan is retained with the Authority and remaining sets are regretfully returned
herewith.
Encl : As above.
Yours faithfully,
VC&MD
MSRDC SPA

November 2018
APPENDIX 'K'
FORM OF INDEMNITY FOR PART OCCUPANCY CERTIFICATE
(On Stamp Paper Of such value as decided by the VC&MD.)
To,
The VC&MD,
MSRDC SPA.
Subject:-
Sir,
While thanking you for letting me occupy a portion of the above building before acceptance of the
Completion Certificate of the whole building for the plans approved in communication No………..,
dated___________ I hereby indemnify the MSRDC SPA / Authority against any risk, damage and
danger which may occur to occupants and users of the said portion of the building and also
undertake to take necessary security measures for their safety. This undertaking will be binding on
me /us, our heirs, administrators and our assignees.
Yours faithfully,
Signature and name of Owner
Witness:
Address:
Date

November 2018
Appendix-L
(Regulation No.25.9 (xlii)
The development along the periphery of the Gaothan shall be allowed subject to following:-
a)The development in the nature of expansion of existing Gaothan for the villages namely i.
Wadgaon, and ii. Asare shall be permitted as per the criteria given below.
Category of Village Development allowed from

Sr. No
(Populations as per latest census) gaothan boundary
1 Up to 5000 750 M
The regulations in respect of residential zone specified in these DCPR shall be applicable.-
Such development may be permitted on payment of premium of the total area of land.
Such premium shall be calculated considering 40 % rate of the said land as prescribed in the
Annual Statement of Rates of the year granting such developments. Such premium shall be
deposited in the concerned Authority.
Provided that, where more than 50% of area of the Survey Number/ Gat Number is
covered within the above peripheral distance then the remaining whole of such Survey number/Gat
number within one ownership shall be considered for development on payment of premium as
above.
Provided further that, the premium charges shall be recovered at the time of tentative
approval of the Development permission. Where tentative development permission is already
granted before publication of this Development Plan and final approval is yet to be granted, then in
such cases premium charges shall not be recovered at the time of final approval.
Provided further that, such payment of premium shall not be applicable in cases where
development permission is already granted or layout is already approved by the authority before
publication of Development Plan. Such premium shall also be not applicable for revision of such
already approved permissions.
However such development should not be permitted on lands which deserve preservation or
protection from Environmental considerations viz. Hills and Hill tops and within the required Buffer
Zone / prohibited Zone from river, lakes and reservoirs of minor and major project of water
resource department.

November 2018
Appendix M
Notification for Matheran Eco-sensitive Zone
(Regulation No: 25.14)

November 2018

November 2018

November 2018

November 2018

November 2018

November 2018

November 2018

November 2018

November 2018

November 2018

November 2018

November 2018

November 2018

November 2018

November 2018

November 2018
Appendix N
Maharashtra Highway (Amendment) Act, 2016
(Regulation No: 26.11)

November 2018

November 2018

November 2018

November 2018

November 2018

November 2018

November 2018

November 2018
APPENDIX O
(Regulation No. 44.0)
Sr.No A)Structural Design & stability for new building B)Structural audit of existing buildings
1 Applicability Structural Design & stability report shall be 1) The periodic structural inspection audit shall be
compulsory for all new buildings. necessary to all existing buildings except, detached
houses, semi-detached houses, apartments which
are used solely as places of residences, mix use
occupancies less than G+1 storey and temporary
buildings.
2)Periodic Duration for structural Audit- The
periodic structural inspection audit shall be carried
out on the following frequency:
a) After every 15 years for buildings of Detached
houses, semi-detached houses, apartments which
are used solely as places of residence, mix use.
b) After every 10 years for all other buildings like
institutional, commercial, hospital, assembly, etc.
and buildings excluded as mentioned in (a).
2 The comprehensive scope of work and the services of
Scope of work The scope of structural investigation/ inspection
the structural of the structural engineer at various
and consists of the following. The structural engineer is
stages are mentioned below. The records for these
Methodology expected to carry out, with reasonable diligence, an
stages shall be created using standardized formats.
inspection of:
i)Planning and structural design – All the structural a)the condition of the structure of the building in
members shall be designed considering the seismic which he has to identify the types of structural
zone factor and based on design that the earthquake defects, to identify any signs of structural distress
is expected to occur at least once during life of and deformation, to identify any signs of material
structure and it shall be carried out in accordance with deterioration:
the Part 6 – Structural Design – Section I – of NBC –
b)the loading on the structure of the building in
2016. To perform well in an earthquake, a building
which he has to identify any deviation from
should possess four main attributes, namely, simple
intended use, misuse and abuse which can result
and regular configuration and adequate lateral
in overloading;
strength stiffness and ductility. For the purpose of
resistant design of building seismic zone and seismic

November 2018
factor shall be taken into consideration.

c)any condition or alteration works affecting the
The basic requirements of a good and efficient structure of the building in which he has to be
structural design are that it should be safe, easy to identify any addition or alteration works which can
construct, functionally and aesthetically good and result in overloading or adverse effects on the
reasonable in cost. The structural engineer must structure.
acquire and record all necessary information prior to
Methodology –
starting the actual design. In case of a subsequent
information/ addition/ modification, the same should Audit Report by Licensed Structural Engineer – A
be recorded with the date on which the information report produced by the structural engineer on
was furnished and the stage or status of work on that above scope of work is expected to be
date. professional, clear and conclusive. The report
should reflect the fact that the structural engineer
Methodology – The structural designer shall acquire
had carried out the inspection in a professional
and record the requirements of the project as a
manner with reasonable diligence expected of him
whole, prepare the ―structural design data‖ sheet, get
as a professional engineer. A well-prepared and
the same confirmed in writing and store it as a
professional report is demonstrated by the
permanent record.
engineering views, assessment, judgment,
 Visit the construction site, if necessary, to get
conclusion and follow-up recommendations put
acquainted with the local conditions and
forth based on the observations. Such a report is
surroundings.
also useful for the owner as a maintenance record
 Advise/ initiate at the client‘s expense soil for any follow-up. The following is the content to be
investigation, if considered necessary to considered by the Structural Engineer for their
decide upon the type of foundation to be scope of the work and for preparation of the report.
adopted. a) General Information of the Building-
 Examine applicable codes and standards for - Name and address of the building
fulfilling his scope of work. - Number of storeys in each block of building
 Prepare, if necessary, preliminary draft - Description of main usage of the building
sketches and notes on structural work for the - Maintenance history of the building, if
understanding of the requirements by the known
client/ architect. b) Structural System of the Building
 Discuss the draft sketches, notes and outline
with the client/ architect and make -Description of the structural forms, systems
modification, if necessary, within the and materials used in different parts of the
framework of the codes and good practice, to building e.g. reinforced concrete, pre-stressed
satisfy the requirements of the work. concrete, steel, etc.

November 2018
 Prepare a sketch scheme and estimate the

-Description of the soil condition and foundation
cost, with sufficient details for the purpose of
system, if known
tender and for proceeding to the stage of
working drawing. Obtain written approval from -Identification critical structures and structures
clients/ architects for the sketch scheme and without redundancies (e.g. transfer girders, slender
the estimation of cost. columns, cantilever structures, long span
structures, cable structures, etc.)
ii) Structural working drawings- Drawings are
a means of communication for transforming c)Diary and Scope of the Visual Inspection
the design concepts and specification into - Dates of inspection for different parts of the
actual work. Hence, the content, organization buildings
and presentation of structural drawing should
preferably be on the following lines - Description of any areas not covered by the visual
inspection, the reasons and an assessment of
Methodology- The set of structural drawings whether such areas are critical to overall structural
should consist of general arrangement (GA) integrity of the building.
drawings and other detailed drawings deriving
reference from the GA drawings with key d)Survey of Loading on the Building Structure
plans. - Records of and comments on the observations on
 The drawings should be prepared in a the loading conditions, indicating the usage at
standardized manner and should have different parts of the building and identifying any
distinctly unique members for reference. misuse, abuse or deviation from intended use.
 As far as possible, the drawings should be Special attention to be paid to industrial buildings
drawn to scale. (e.g. factories and warehouses).
 More intricate details should be depicted in
-State whether existing usage and loading
bigger scale.
condition is compatible with the intended purpose
 The drawings should have adequate notes,
of the structure.
sectional details, brief material specifications
(concrete mixes, etc.), legend, references to - State whether any misuse, abuse or deviation
other relevant drawings and judicious use of from intended use has given rise to excessive
hatching and shading. loading which can adversely affect the building
 Whenever applicable, the drawings may structure.
contain bar bending schedules and bill of - Where there is deviation from its intended use
quantities. resulting in overloading or supporting higher design
 Whenever revisions are incorporated, the imposed load, the need for further design check on
drawings should clearly indicate the revision

November 2018
number near the drawing number. The date structural adequacy and display of allowable
and nature of revision should be listed in the imposed loading signage shall be recommended in
table for revision and changes/ alternations the inspection report.
should be predominantly marked with the
e)Survey of Addition or Alteration Works to Building
revision number.
Structure
 Whenever drawings are released for a certain
purpose, the date of release and the purpose -Records of and comments on the finding of any
should be stamped on the prints. addition and alteration works to the building
structure. Such information can be obtained by
iii)Quality assurance – For quality assurance, the
visual inspection, engineering judgment,
structural engineer may undertake the following
interviewing the management corporation, owners
Methodology – Initially formulate a control and and users, and checking the drawings if available
reporting mechanism for the structural part and also to the engineer.
specify the types of tests for material and items (such
- State whether any addition and alteration works
as concrete cube tests) and stipulate their frequency.
have given rise to excessive loading or other
Insist on continuous superintendence of work and
adverse effect on the building structure.
maintenance of proper records by the contractor.
Check the reports periodically. -Recommendations on any remedial actions to be
taken by the owners e.g. the need for the removal
Hold an educative workshop at the site to explain to
of the addition and alteration works.
the contractors and other agencies the salient
features of the specifications and execution of work, f)Survey of Signs of Structural Defects, Damages,
watch points, the structural drawings, procedures of Distress, Deformation or Deterioration
preparing memos, recording the progress of work, - Records of observations of any signs of structural
etc. defects, damages, Distress, Deformation or
Check and approve shop drawings, scheme and Deterioration e.g. cracks, excessive deflection,
formwork submitted by contractor with respect to connection failure, instability, floor settlement,
special watch points, for example, large span beams foundation settlement, tilt, spalling concrete,
and camber, floors at height, etc. corrosion of steel, termite infestation, dry & wet rot
timber, etc. This could entail judicious removal of
Visit the site, as and when necessary, to inspect if the
plaster or architectural finishes establish the
structural work is being executed in general
underlying structural condition. The seriousness of
accordance with his drawings and specifications.
any structural defects should be assessed.
The important stages for inspection may be:
- Comments on the extent, possible causes and
Approval of foundation strata and founding level assessment of the seriousness of these identified

November 2018
problems.
Typical footings, foundations, stub columns below
ground level plinth beams, lift well and columns in g) Assess whether the identified problems are:
ground/ stilts floor checking of reinforcement for floor
-Defects of no structural significance
slabs/ systems and such important stages inspection
of large span/ heavily loaded beams, tall columns, -Defects requiring remedial action and/or
cantilever staircases, etc. checking of reinforcement monitoring
of water tanks and lift machine room typical members -Suspended defects of structural significance
of structural steel structures such as stanchion, truss, requiring full structural investigation and immediate
gantry, girder, etc. action
Continuous supervision is not a part of the scope -Recommendations on remedial actions and/or
undertaken by the structural engineer and his monitoring necessary to ensure the structural
inspection alone cannot guarantee that the work is stability and integrity of the building.
carried out strictly in accordance with his drawings
and specification. -Where there are signs of termite attack on timber
structures the engineer shall recommend the owner
iv) Quantity control – Whenever quantity estimation or to carry out inspection and treatment by an anti-
cost estimation is included in the scope of his work, a termite specialist and obtain the certificate of
structural engineer should keep in mind the following. termite treatment accordingly.
Methodology: -If there are signs of significant structural problems,
Whenever quantity estimation or cost estimation is the engineer shall make recommendations for a full
included in the scope of his work, a structural structural investigation to be carried out without
engineer should keep in mind the following. further delay.
 The bill of quantities and cost estimates of h)Survey of retaining walls and slope protection
structural and other related items (such as structures (e.g. soil, nails, ground anchors,
excavation, plain concrete bedding under shotcrete slope)
the footings, etc.) only shall be included in
his scope. -Evidence of wall movement, inadequate surface
 His commitment shall be for the quantities drainage, unintended imposed loading behind wall,
rather than their costs since cost can vary corrosion of anchor blockhead, spalling of
with time. shotcrete protection, tension cracks, presence of
 His quantities will be for the structural big trees nearby etc.
design based on the original design i)Survey of safety barriers (e.g. parapets and
parameters and if revisions and deviations railings)

November 2018
are likely to influence the quantities

-Signs of corrosion, excessive deflection, spalling,
significantly, the structural engineer should
cracks, etc. observed on safety barriers particularly
bring this fact to the notice of his client.
those in buildings where large crowds are expected
 Certain quantities are subject to marginal
(e.g. shopping malls, institutional buildings, sport
change during the execution due to their
halls, stadiums, theatres, etc.)
obvious uncertainty at the stage of design,
for example, excavation, pile foundation, j)Other Surveys or Checks carried Out
etc. -Presence of heavy suspended fixtures in crowded
 Certain architectural requirements or other locations, such as heavy false ceilings over high
stipulations (such as elevational features, human-traffic areas like food courts, lobbies etc.
restricting beam widths to match the wall
width and beam depth to match the lintel -Records of and comments on any known
level, disallowing columns at certain maintenance problems and previous rectification
locations, etc.) can have very significant carried out on the building structure. Useful plans,
influence on the structural quantities. The sketches, photographs and tabulations could also
structural engineer should bring this fact to be included to illustrate the finding of the
the notice of his client. inspection;
 The requirements of flexibility (for example, k)Conclusions
combining two neighboring apartments,
-Conclusions on the structural condition shall
converting toilets, etc.) or future extensions
include conclusion on loading conditions; addition
(for example, additional floors) can also
and alteration works; structural defects, damage,
have significant influence on the structural
distress, deformation, deterioration; and overall
quantities. The structural engineer should
structural integrity and stability.
bring this fact to the notice of his client.
I)Sketches, Plans and Photographs
-All sketches, plans and photographs should have
proper titles, explanations and cross-reference to
the main body of the report.
Although photographs are often used by structural
engineer as a record of their inspections, the entire
collection of photographs should not be submitted
indiscriminately, e.g. photographs of non-structural
elements with no defects.

November 2018
m)Structural Engineer‘s Endorsement and

Standard Certification
-the report shall be signed and endorsed on the
first and last page by the Structural Engineer
appointed to carry out the inspection as follows.
3 Responsibilities i) The structural engineer who is appointed by the i) The structural engineer who is appointed by the
building owner is expected to carry out a building owner is expected to carry out a
comprehensive visual inspection that relies largely on comprehensive visual inspection that relies largely
his professional engineering assessment, judgment on his professional engineering assessment,
and advice. He shall exercise reasonable diligence judgment and advice. He shall exercise reasonable
and take active and personal interest in the planning diligence and take active and personal interest in
and carrying out of the inspection of the building. the planning and carrying out of the inspection of
ii) The responsibility of the structural engineer shall be the building.
commensurate with the scope of work agreed ii) The responsibility of structural engineer shall be
between him and his client. The structural engineer commensurate with the scope of work agreed
shall be liable if he fails to exercise all reasonable between him and his client. The structural engineer
skill, care and diligence in the discharge of his duties. shall be liable if he fails to exercise all reasonable
iii)It will be incumbent on every licensed structural skill, care and diligence in the discharge of his
engineer in all matters in which he may be duties.
professionally consulted or engaged to assist or co-
iii)It will be incumbent on every licensed structural
operate with the VC&MD in carrying out provisions of
engineer in all matters in which he may be
MRTP Act, 1966 and of any regulations or rules for
professionally consulted or engaged to assist or co-
the time being in force under this Act.
operate with the VC&MD in carrying out and
iv) The structural engineer shall be responsible for not
enforcing the provision of MRTP Act, 1966 and of
following codes of practice and stipulations, which are
any regulations or rules for the time being in force
mandatory during the stage of structural design. He
under this Act.
will also have the liability towards the safety or
iv) The structural engineer shall be responsible for
stability of the structure for the stipulations which may
not following codes of practice and stipulations,
be mandatory when the structure was designed.
which are mandatory during the stage of structural
v) Every licensed Technical Personnel shall in every
design. He will also have the liability towards the
case in which he may be professionally consulted or
safety or stability of the structure for the stipulations
engaged, be responsible, so far as his professional
which may be mandatory when the structure was
connection with such case extends, for due
designed.
compliance with the provisions of Maharashtra

November 2018
Regional & Town Planning Act, 1966 and of any v)Every licensed Technical Personnel shall in every
regulations for the time being in force under the said case in which he may be professionally consulted
Act. Or such of them as may respectively be or engaged, be responsible, so far as his
applicable to the circumstances of the particular case professional connection with such case extends,
and in particular it will be obligatory on him to satisfy for due compliance with the provisions of
himself that a qualified and competent Maistry or Maharashtra Regional & Town Planning Act, 1966
Inspector of Works is constantly employed and and of any regulations for the time being in force
present on the work to supervise the execution of all under the said Act, or such of them as may
work and to prevent the use of any defective material respectively be applicable to the circumstances of
therein and the improper execution of any such work. the particular case and in particular it will be
vi)In every case in which a Licensed Technical obligatory on him to satisfy himself that a qualified
Personnel is professionally concerned in connection and competent Maistry or Inspector of works is
with any building or work upon any premises constantly employed and present on the work to
designed or intended to be used for any purposes in supervise the execution of all work and to prevent
respect of which the written permission or license of the use of any defective material therein and the
the VC&MD is prescribed by the said Act at a improper execution of any such work.
necessary condition to the establishment or use of vi)In every case in which a Licensed Technical
such premises for such purpose, it shall be incumbent Personnel is professionally concerned in
on such Licensed Technical Personnel, so far as his connection with any building or work upon any
professional connection with such case extends, to premises designed or intended to be used for any
see that all conditions prescribed by the said Act, or purposes in respect of which the written permission
by any rule for the time being in force there under, in or license of the VC&MD is prescribed by the said
respect or premises designed or intended to be Act at a necessary condition to the establishment
applied to such use, are duly fulfilled or provided for. or use of such Licensed Technical Personnel, so
vii) The liability of the structural engineer shall expire far as his professional connection with such case
at thirty years from the date of issue of the stability extends, to see that all conditions prescribed by the
certificate. said Act, or by any rule for the time being in force
viii)The structural engineer shall carry out supervision/ there under, in respect or premises designed or
Checking at every stage of casting of civil work i.e. at intended to be applied to such use, are duly
casting of foundation, plinth, column and beams and fulfilled or provided for.
at the time of every casting of the slab level. During
execution, his commitment shall be for the structural
quantities rather than their costs since costs can vary
with time.
 His liability will be for the design parameters

November 2018
submitted along with the certificate of structural

stability. The liability shall expire in the event of
changes in the parameters thereafter.
ix) The structural engineer shall be responsible for not
following codes of practice and stipulations, which are
mandatory during the stage of structural design. He
will also have the liability towards the safety or
stability of the structure for the stipulations which may
be mandatory when the structure was designed.
x) Unless explicitly laid down in his scope of work, the
structural engineer shall not be responsible for the
safety or stability of the scaffolding/ staging and any
other temporary structures.
xi) He shall not guarantee the work of any contractor.
xii) the structural engineer shall have no liability
whatsoever for any part of the works not designed or
supervised by him or not under his responsibility or
which has been constructed without or contrary to his
specification.
xiii) He shall have no liability whatsoever for any
damage to life and property whatsoever resulting from
any act of client, contractors, suppliers or other
agencies during the execution of work.
xiv)The structural engineer shall have no liability
whatsoever for any violation of legal provisions of
rights of third parties, governments, etc., unless these
provisions or right have been specifically brought to
the notice of the structural engineer well in advance
by the client in writing.

November 2018
APPENDIX – P
(Regulation No. 45.5)
1. SHORT TITLE, EXTENT AND COMMENCEMENT :
This Policy shall be called as Outdoor Advertising Policy of MSRDC SPA. It shall be
applicable to the areas wherein MSRDC is Special Planning Authority. This Policy shall
come into force from the date of publication of Notification of Sanctioned Development Plan in
the official Gazette.
2. NEED OF THE POLICY :
The Policy is based upon careful review of Global studies on the safety of Hoardings.
The premise of the Policy is to protect the traffic safety and also conserve the aesthetic view
of the expressway.
3. DEFINITIONS & TERMINOLOGY
3.1 Signs
3.1.1 Abandoned Sign — A sign structure that has ceased to be used, and the owner
intends no longer to use the same, for the display of sign copy, or as otherwise defined by
state law.
3.1.2 Advertising Sign — Any surface or structure with characters, letters or illustrations
applied thereto and displayed in any manner whatsoever out of doors, for purposes of
advertising or to give information regarding or to attract the public to any place, person, public
performance, article or merchandise whatsoever, and which surface or structure is attached
to, forms part of or is connected with any building, or is fixed to a tree or to the ground or to
any pole, screen, fence or hoarding or displayed in space.
3.1.3 Animated Sign — A sign employing actual motion or the illusion of motion. Animated
signs, which are differentiated from changeable signs, include the following types:
a) Electrically activated (flashing/patterned illusionary movement);
b) Environmentally activated; and
c) Mechanically activated.
3.1.4 Advertisement — means and includes any device of representation in any manner
such as announcement or direction by word, letter, model on sign by means of posters,
hoarding boards, banners, temporary arches, illuminated signs, name boards, direction
boards, balloons etc.
3.1.5 Banner — Means cloth or any other flexible material which contains an
advertisement of announcement or written matter for display in public place.
3.1.6 Banner Sign — A sign utilizing a banner as its display surface.
3.1.7 Board — includes a case, frame of surface of any material whatsoever.
3.1.8 Building Line — The line up to which the plinth of a building adjoining a street, an
extend. It includes the lines prescribed if any, in any scheme.
3.1.9 Carriage Way- Means that part of the road on which vehicles ply.

November 2018
3.1.10 Canopy Sign — A sign affixed to the visible surface(s) of an attached or freestanding
canopy.
3.1.11 Changeable Sign — A sign with the capability of content change by means of
manual or remote input, including signs which are electrically activated and manually activated
3.1.12 Closed Sign — An advertising sign in which at least more than fifty percent of the
area is solid or tightly enclosed or covered.
3.1.13 Combination Sign — A sign that is supported partly by a pole and partly by a
building structure.
3.1.14 Control Line - A line on either side of a highway or part of highway beyond the
building line fixed in respect of such highway by the Highway Authority.
3.1.15 ―Corporation‖ means the Maharashtra State Road Development Corporation Limited
incorporated under the Companies Act, 1956 (1 of 1956) or the Companies Act, 2013 (18 of
2013), as the case may be;
3.1.16 Direction Sign — A sign which is usually included with an arrow and used for
indicating a change in route or confirmation to a correct direction.
3.1.17 Electronic Bill Board — Means electronically operated advertisement on board.
3.1.18 Electric Sign — An advertising sign in which electric fittings, which are an integral
part of the signs, are used.
3.1.19 Exterior Sign — Any sign placed outside a building.
3.1.20 Freestanding Sign — A sign principally supported by a structure affixed to the

ground, and not supported by a building, including signs supported by one or more columns,
poles or braces placed in or upon the ground.
3.1.21 Ground Sign — An advertising sign detached from a building, and erected or painted
on the ground or on any pole, screen, fence or hoarding and visible to the public.
3.1.22 Ground Rent – Rent paid under the terms of Lease by the Owner of Advertisement
Hoarding to the Owner of Land on which it is built.
3.1.23 Guard rail- Means fence of rails supported on upright metal board, fixed on road (along
median footpath, bridges etc.) for guiding movement of traffic.
3.1.24 Hoardings — Means any surface of structure erected on the ground or on any
portion of a roof of a building or above the parapet, with characters, letters or illustrations
applied there to and displayed in any manner whatsoever, out of doors, for purpose of
advertising or to give information with a view to attract the public at any place of persons,
public performance articles of merchandise whatsoever.
3.1.25 Identification Sign — A sign that gives specific location information, identifies specific
items, for example, ‗Parking Lot B‘, ‗Building No. 5‘, ‗First Aid‘, etc.
3.1.26 Illuminated Sign — An advertising sign, permanent or otherwise, the functioning of

which depends upon its being illuminated by direct or indirect light, and other than an electric
sign.
3.1.27 Informational Sign — A sign used for overall information for general organization of a
series of elements, such as campus plan, bus route, building layout and shopping mall plan.

November 2018
3.1.28 International Symbol of Accessibility — The symbol consisting of a square overlaid

with a stylized image of a person using a wheelchair. It is also known as the (international)
wheelchair symbol.
NOTE — The symbol is often provided where access has been improved, particularly for
wheelchair users and other mobility impaired persons. The symbol denotes a barrier free
environment to help older people, parents with prams and travelers with luggage besides
persons with disabilities. The wheelchair symbol is always facing to the right.
3.1.29 License Fee - License fee means a fee to be paid by the advertiser to the Authority as
per the schedule of rates annexed with this policy.
3.1.30 Mansard — An inclined decorative roof-like projection that is attached to an exterior

building facade.
3.1.31 ―Managing Director‖ means the Vice-Chairman and Managing Director or Joint
Managing Director of the Corporation and includes any officer specially appointed by the
Corporation to perform the functions of the Managing Director under these rules;
3.1.32 Marquee Sign — An advertising sign attached to or hung from a marquee canopy or
other covered structure projecting from and supported by the building and extending beyond
the building wall, building line.
3.1.33 Open Sign — An advertising sign in which at least fifty percent of the enclosed area
is uncovered or open to the transmission of wind.
3.1.34 Owner — The person who receives the rent for the use of the land or building or
would be entitled to do so if they were let. It also includes:
a. an agent or trustee who receives such rent on behalf of the owner .
b. a receiver , executor or administrator or a manager appointed by any court of competent

jurisdiction to have the of , or to exercise the rights of the owner .
c. an agent or trustee who receives the rent of or is entrusted with or is concerned with any
building devoted to religious or charitable purpose and
d. a mortgage in possession .
3.1.35 Street Line — the line defining the side limits of a street .
3.1.36 Parapet — A low wall or railing built along the edge of a roof or floor.
3.1.37 Portable Sign — Any sign not permanently attached to the ground or to a building or
building surface.
3.1.38 Poster — Means sheet of paper or any other material used to advertise something
for display in a public place.
3.1.39 Projecting Sign — An advertising sign affixed to any building element and projecting
more than 300 mm therefrom.
3.1.40 Regulatory Sign — Sign that gives operational requirements, restrictions or gives
warnings, usually used for traffic delineation or control, for example ‗Stop‘, ‗No Parking‘, ‗One
Way‘, etc.
3.1.41 Rotary — Means central island on a road junction for regulating movement of traffic .

November 2018
3.1.42 Roof Sign — An advertising sign erected or placed on or above the parapet or any
portion of a roof of a building including signs painted on the roof of a building.
3.1.43 Sign — Any device visible from a public place that displays either commercial or
non-commercial messages by means of graphic presentation of alphabetic or pictorial
symbols or representations. Non-commercial flags or any flags displayed from flagpoles or
staffs shall not be considered as signs.
3.1.44 Sign Area — The area of the smallest geometric figure, or the sum of the combination
of regular geometric figures, which comprise the sign face. The area of any double-sided or ‗V‘
shaped sign shall be the area of the largest single face only. The area of a sphere shall be
computed as the area of a circle. The area of all other multiple-sided signs shall be computed
as 50 percent of the sum of the area of all faces of the sign.
3.1.45 Sign Copy — Those letters, numerals, figures, symbols, logos and graphic elements
comprising the content or message of a sign, exclusive of numerals identifying a street
address only.
3.1.46 Sign Face — The surface upon, against or through which the sign copy is displayed
or illustrated, not including structural supports, architectural features of a building or sign
structure, nonstructural or decorative trim, or any areas that are separated from the
background surface upon which the sign copy is displayed by a distinct delineation, such as a
reveal or border.
3.1.47 Sign Structure — Any structure supporting a sign.
3.1.48 Temporary Sign — An advertising sign, banner or other advertising device

constructed of cloth, canvas, fabric or any other light material, with or without a structural
frame, intended for a limited period of display; including decorative displays for holidays or
public demonstrations.
3.1.49 Temporary arches - Means temporary structures erected across the road for
greeting of personalities or for display of advertisement
3.1.50 Traffic island - means area on a road or junction into definite path.
3.1.51 Tree guards - means fence or rails around the tree used for protection of trees.
3.1.52 Verandah Sign — An advertising sign attached to, posted on or hung from a
Verandah.
3.1.53 Wall Sign — An advertising sign, other than a projecting sign, which is directly
attached to or painted or pasted on the exterior surface of or structural element of any
building.
3.1.54 Window Sign — A sign affixed to the surface of a window with its message intended
to be visible to and readable from the public way or from adjacent property.
3.2 General
3.2.1 Approved — Approved by the MSRDC SPA.
3.2.1a Agency - Means an applicant who may be an individual registered charitable

organization, firm, partnership, or a company incorporated under the Companies Act, 1956.
3.2.2 Area of Special Control — Any area declared an area of special control by the
Authority in respect of the display of advertising signs, where the requirements for such
display are more restrictive than elsewhere in the area controlled by the MSRDC SPA.

November 2018
3.2.3 Authority Having Jurisdiction — MSRDC SPA which has been created by a statute
and which for the purpose of administering the Code/Part, may authorize a committee or an
official to act on its behalf; hereinafter called the ‗Authority‘.
3.2.4 Combustible Material — A material is combustible, if it burns or adds heat to a fire

when tested for non-combustibility in accordance with good practice [10-2(1)].
3.2.5 Owner — A person, a group of persons or a body having a legal interest in land
and/or building thereon. This includes freeholders, leaseholders or those holding a sub-lease,
who will have legal right to occupation and have liabilities in respect of safety or building
condition.
In the case of lease or sub-lease holders, as far as ownership with respect to the structure is
concerned, the structure of a flat or structure on a plot belongs to the allottee/lessee till the
allotment/lease subsists.
NOTE—For the purpose of the Code, the word ‗owner‘ will also cover the generally
understood terms like ‗client‘, ‗user‘, etc.
Street Line — The line defining the side limits of a street.
4.A. PERMITS
4.A.1 Application
4.A.1.1 Conditions for Grant of Permit
No sign shall be erected, altered or maintained without obtaining a permit for the same from
the Authority and shall be subjected to the following conditions:
a) Written permission shall not be granted or renewed at any one time, for a period
exceeding three years from the date of grant of such permission or renewal.
b) Written permission or the renewal granted by the Authority shall become void,
1. if any sign or the part thereof falls either through an accident or any other causes;
2. if any addition is made except for the purpose of making it secure under the
direction of the Authority;
c) if any change is made in the sign or part thereof;
d) if any addition or alternation is made to the building or structure upon or over which the
sign is erected and if such addition or alteration involves disturbance of the sign or any
part thereof; or
e) if the building or structure upon or over which the sign is erected fixed or restrained
becomes demolished or destroyed.
f) Light and ventilation of buildings, if any, situated near the signs and hoardings, shall not
be obstructed in any way;
g) Advertisements displayed shall not be of any objectionable or obscene nature given under
4.3;
h) In the public interest, the Authority shall have the right to suspend the licence even before
the expiry period, upon which the licensee shall remove the signs;

November 2018
i) Licensee shall be responsible for the observance of all the rules and regulations laid
down by the Authority;
j) Signs should not mar the aesthetic beauty of the surrounding area;
k) Signs, other than those pertaining to building, shall not be permitted to come in front of
buildings such as hospitals, educational institutions, public offices, museums, buildings
devoted to religious worship and buildings of national importance;
l) Maintenance and inspection of advertising signs and their supports shall be as given
under ―PERMITS‖ clause.
m) No hoarding sign on the national highways state highways shall be put without the prior
consent permission of the Competent Authority maintaining/ highways/ roads;
n) In addition all signs shall conform to the general requirements given under 6.
o) Signs shall not be nailed or tied to trees or any other woody vegetation.
4.B. PROCEDURE FOR APPLICATION :
4.B. 1. APPLICATION :
a. The applicant has to apply for permission in the prescribed form available at MSRDC
Commercial Department on payment of prescribed fees.
b. All applications for permission and enquiries pertaining thereto are dealt by MSRDC
Commercial Department.
c. Along with the application form duly filled in the applicant has to deposit Rs. 2000/- as
processing fees.
d. Application not duly filled in all respects is liable for rejection. In such case the processing
fee will not be refunded, The applicant is, however, free to make a fresh application.
4.B.2. DOCUMENTS TO BE SUBMITTED WITH APPLICATION :
1. The applications should be submitted along with the following documents:
iNo Objection Certificate from the Landlord of the land / building over which advertisement is
proposed to be displayed.
ii. If the land is given on lease by a public authority, viz. Government, Semi-Government,
LocalBodies etc. and the hoarding is to be erected on such land or building, N.O.C. from
theLessor shall also be necessary. In case of hoardings on buildings of Housing
Societies a resolution in the form of NOC to that effect passed by the Society in their
General Body Meeting shall be submitted along with the application form.
2. No objection certificate from the concerned executive engineer of the PWD / MSRDC in
respect of sites along the side of MPEW / NH / SH. The NOC shall be accompanied with
the exact site plan approved by the concerned Executive Engineer, in the absence of
which the NOC shall be treated as invalid.
3. The structural design of the hoardings, its calculations including drawings along with
structural stability certificate shall have to be submitted through licensed structural
engineer at the time of application.
4. A Joint Indemnity Bond — cum under taking by the premises owner / society and the
advertiser in the prescribed format to include the following:

November 2018
i. That the advertisement does not cause any obstruction to the road as well as traffic.
ii. That they indemnify the Corporation against any claim or litigation by anybody
adversely affected by the hoardings. In the Indemnify Bond it should be further
affirmed that in case of any dispute, the applicant, the premises owner shall
appeal to the appropriate appellate authority prescribed in these regulation for
redressing the grievances.
5. In case of a leased out land, a joint undertaking by the lessee and the advertiser in the
prescribed format to the effect that they will be jointly and severally liable to pay to the
MSRDC, extra ground rent as laid down in this behalf.
6. Three copies of key plans of the location in the scale of 1" : 2500 and Block Plan in the
scale of 1" : 250' .
7. Three copies of the design, color scheme and sketch showing the exact location of the
proposed site in question
8. Three copies of 10" x 8 " size photographs taken from a distance of 60 meters from the
proposed site with marking of the proposed hoarding thereon.
9. Three copies of the location plan indicating presence of any trees or any other hoarding
within 250 meters of location along the same alignment and dimensions there of The
details of the owner is known, may be given.
10. Any other document relevant for consideration for grant of permission for the proposed
advertisement.
11. Structural stability Certificate from Structural Engineer.
4.B.3 Existing Advertising Signs
Advertising signs in existence at the date of promulgation of this Policy and covered by a valid
licence or permit issued by the Authority shall not require to be licensed until such licence or
permit has expired, provided it is maintained in a good and safe condition.
4.B.4 For advertising signs, application shall be submitted through a structural engineer
along with necessary drawings and structural calculations. The wind load taken in
the design calculations shall be in accordance with Part 6 ‗Structural Design,
Section 1 Loads, Forces and Effects‘ of the National Building Code.
4.2 Exemptions
4.2.1 No permit shall be required for signs and outdoor display structures of the following
types:
4.2.2.1 Government building signs
Signs erected on a state or central government building which announce the name, nature of
the occupancy and information.
4.2.2.2 Name plates
Any wall sign erected on a building or structure indicating the name of the occupant of
2
building, which is not more than 0.5 m in area.
4.2.3 Ground Signs
4.2.3.1 Transit directions

November 2018
The erection or maintenance of a sign designating the location of a transit line, a rail track,
2
station or other public carrier when not more than 0.5 m in area.
4.2.3.2 Highway signs
In general, advertisements of the following classes are permissible without permission
a) Class (l) Functional Advertisements
1) Official warning signs, traffic directions, sign posting and notices or advertisements
posted or displayed by or under the directions of any public or court officer in the
performance of his official or directed duties.
2) Direction signs to places of public amenity, such as petrol filling stations, hospitals, first-
aid posts, police stations and fire stations.
3) Signs relating solely to any city, town, village or historic place, shrine, place of tourist
interest.
4) Signs, notices, etc, erected by the Defence Department for information of members of the
armed forces or the public.
2
5) Signs restricting trespass of property, limited to 0.2 m in area or less.
2
6) Signs or notices, 0.2 m in area or less, placed so as to show direction to a residence and
planted sufficiently away from the carriageway.
b) Class (2) Advertisements Relating to the Premises on which these are Displayed
1) Advertisements for the purpose of identification, direction or warning with respect to the
2
land or building on which they are displayed, provided not exceeding 0.2 m in area in the
case of any such advertisement.
2) Advertisements relating to any person, partnership or company separately carrying on a
profession, business trade at the premises where any such advertisement is displayed;
2
limited to one advertisement not exceeding 0.3 m in area in respect of each such person,
partnership or company.
3) Advertisements relating to any institution of a religious, educational, cultural, recreational,
medical or similar character or any hotel, public house, DAK bungalow, block of flats,
2
club, boarding house or not exceeding 1.2 m in area in respect of each such person,
partnership or company.
c) Class (3) Advertisements of Temporary Nature
1) Advertisements relating to the sale or letting of the land on which they are displayed;
2
limited in respect of each such sale or letting to one advertisement not exceeding 2 m in
area.
2) Advertisements announcing sale of goods or livestock, and displayed on the land where
such goods or livestock are situated or where such sale is held, limited to one
2
advertisement not exceeding 1.2 m in area.
3) Advertisements relating to the carrying out of building or similar work on the land on
2
which they displayed exceeding 2 m in area.
4) Advertisements announcing any local event of a religious, educational, cultural, political,
social or recreational character, not being an activity promoted or carried on for
commercial purposes; limited to a display of advertisements occupying an area not
2
exceeding 0.6 m on any premises.
4.2.4 Temporary Signs

November 2018
4.2.4.1 Construction site signs

Construction signs, engineers‘ and architects‘ signs and other similar signs which may be
authorized by the Authority in connection with construction.
4.2.4.2 Special displays signs
Special decorative displays used for holidays, public demonstrations or promotion of civic
welfare or charitable purposes, on which there is no commercial advertising, provided that the
Authority is not held responsible for any resulting damage.
4.3 Unsafe and Unlawful Signs
4.3.1 Notice of Unsafe and Unlawful Signs

When any sign becomes insecure, or in danger of falling, or otherwise unsafe, or if any sign
shall be unlawfully installed, erected or maintained in violation of any of the provisions of
these Regulations, the owner thereof, or the person or firm maintaining the same, shall upon
written notice of the Authority, forthwith in the case of immediate danger and in any case
within not more than three days, make such sign conform to the provisions of this Section or
shall remove it. If within three days the order is not complied with, the Authority shall recover
the expenses incurred from the owner in removing such signs.
4.3.1.1 Notwithstanding the above, it shall be the responsibility of the owner to ensure the
safety of the advertising signs, even without a reference from the Authority. The owner shall
also ensure to remove the remnant structures of the abandoned sign.
4.3.2 Any sign which in the opinion of the Authority is an obscene, repulsive, revolting, or
objectionable character; or prejudicial to the Authority; or savouring undesirable political
propaganda; or of a nature calculated to produce pernicious or injurious effect on public or
any particular class of persons; or is displayed in such a place, in such a manner or by any
such means as, in the opinion of the Authority, could be likely to affect injuriously the
amenities of, or to disfigure any neighbourhood, shall not be permitted under any
circumstances.
4.4 Area of Special Control
4.4.1 Whenever in the opinion of the Authority it is likely that any advertising device otherwise
permitted in terms of these Regulations may affect injuriously or disfigure any particular
area within the jurisdiction of the Authority it may proclaim such area as an area of
special control. Parks and land for public use may also be included as areas of special
control.
4.4.2 Subject to the provisions of 4.4.1 within such area, the erection and display of any
advertising sign shall be prohibited or restricted in any manner deemed necessary by
the Authority. The Authority shall publish its intention of proclaiming such an area in
one or more newspapers circulating in the area of jurisdiction of the Authority. Any
owner of property within such area who may feel aggrieved by such proclamation may
appeal within one month from such publication against proclamation of such an area to
the Authority whose decision shall be final.
4.4.3 The wording on any Verandah sign, permitted by the Authority, in any area of special
control, shall be restricted to the name of the proprietor or firm occupying the premises,
the name of the building or institution, the general business or trade carried on, such as
‗JEWELLER‘, ‗CAFÉ‘, ‗DANCING‘, or information regarding the location of the building
entrance, box office or regarding the theatre programme or similar information. No
Verandah sign in any area of special control shall advertise any particular article of
merchandise nor shall any such sign refer to price or reduction in price.

November 2018
4.4.3.1 Normally no other advertising sign shall, except as for 4.4.3, be within a distance of 30
m from the area of special control.
4.5 Prohibition of Advertising Signs on Certain Sites
Where the Authority is of the opinion that any site is unsuitable for display of advertising signs
by virtue of the general characteristics of the locality in regard to historic, architectural, cultural
or similar interest, or by virtue of its position, the display of such signs is likely to affect in any
way the safety of any form of transport, erection of advertising signs on such a site shall be
prohibited. The negative advertisement should not be permitted to be displayed on outdoor
advertisement. List of negative advertisement is as mentioned below.
Appendix:
 Accident prone areas. (Black spot areas)

 Racial advertisements or advertisements propagating caste, community or ethnic
differences
 Advertisement promoting drugs, alcohol, cigarette or tobacco items
 Advertisement propagating exploitation of women or child
 Advertisement having sexual overtone
 Nudity
 Advertisement depicting cruelty to animals
 Advertisement depicting any nation or institution in poor light
 Advertisement casting aspersion of any brand or person
 Advertisement banned by the Advertisement Council of India or by law
 Advertisement glorifying violence
 Destructive devices and explosives depicting items
 Lottery tickets, sweepstakes entries and slot machines related advertisements
 Any psychedelic, laser or moving displays
 Advertisement of Weapons and related items (such as firearms, firearm parts and
magazines, ammunition etc.
 Advertisements which may be defamatory, trade libelous, unlawfully threatening or
unlawfully harassing
 Advertisements which may be obscene or contain pornography or contain an ―indecent
representation of women‖ within the meaning of the indecent Representation of Women
(Prohibition) Act, 1986
 Advertisement linked directly or indirectly to or include description of items, goods or
services that are prohibited under any applicable law for the time being in force, including
but not limited to the Drugs and Cosmetics Act, 1940, the Drugs And Magic Remedies
(Objectionable Advertisements) Act, 1954, the Indian Penal Code, 1860; or
 No advertisement with the use of name or pictorial representation of any National figure
or emblem prohibited by the law.
 Any other items considered inappropriate by the MSRDC.
5. MAINTENANCE AND INSPECTION
5.1 Maintenance
All signs for which a permit is required, together with all their supports, braces, guys and
anchors shall be kept in good repair, both structurally and aesthetically, and when not
galvanized or constructed of approved corrosion-resistive non-combustible materials, shall be
painted, when necessary to prevent corrosion.

November 2018
5.2 Housekeeping
It shall be the duty and responsibility of the owner of every sign to maintain the immediate
premises occupied by the sign, in a clean, sanitary and healthy condition.
5.3 Inspection
Every sign for which a permit has been issued and every existing sign for which a permit is
required shall be inspected by the Authority at least once in every calendar year.
6. GENERAL REQUIREMENTS FOR ALL SIGNS
6.1 Loads
Every advertising sign shall be designed so as to withstand safely the wind, dead, seismic
and other loads as set out in Part 6 ‗Structural Design, Section 1 Loads, Forces and Effects‘
of the National Building Code.
6.2 Illumination
No sign shall be illuminated by other than electrical means, and electrical devices and wiring
shall be installed in accordance with the requirements of Part 8 ‗Building Services, Section 2
Electrical and Allied Installations‘ of the Code. In no case, shall any open spark or flame be
used for display purposes unless specifically approved by the Authority.
6.3 Design and Location of Advertising Signs
a) Sign should not obstruct any pedestrian movement, fire escape, door or window, opening
used as a means for egress or fire fighting purposes.
b) No sign shall in any form or manner interfere with openings required for light and
ventilation.
c) When possible, signs should be gathered together into unified systems. Sign clutter
should be avoided in the landscape.
d) Signs should be combined with lighting fixture to reduce unnecessary posts and for ease
of illuminating the signs.
e) Information signs should be placed at natural gathering spots and included in the design
of sight furniture.
f) Placement of sign should be avoided where they may conflict with pedestrian traffic.
g) Sign should be placed to allow safe pedestrian clearance vertically and laterally.
h) Braille strips may be placed along sign edges or raised letters may be used for readability
for the blind and partially sighted.
j) No sign shall be attached in anyway to a tree or shrub.
6.4 Use of Combustibles
6.4.1 Ornamental Features

Wood or plastic or other materials of combustible characteristics similar to wood may be used
for mouldings, cappings, nailing blocks, letters and latticing where permitted and for other
purely ornamental features of signs.
6.4.2 Sign Facings
Sign facings may be made of approved combustible materials provided the area of each face
2
is not more than 10 m and the wiring for electric lighting is entirely enclosed in metal conduit
and installed with a clearance of not less than 5 cm from the facing material.

November 2018
6.5 Damage or Defacement by Removal of Advertising Signs

Whenever any advertising sign is removed, whether in consequence of a notice or order
under the Code or otherwise, any damage or defacement to the building or site on or from
which such sign was displayed, shall be made good to the satisfaction of the Authority.
6.6 Alteration to Ground Level
Whenever any alteration is made to the ground level adjacent to any advertising sign, the
owner of the site on which sign is erected, shall be responsible for the alteration of the height
of such sign so as to conform to the requirements of this Section.
6.7 Traffic Control Interference
No advertising sign shall be erected or maintained which interferes with or is likely to interfere
with any sign or signal for the control of traffic. No advertising sign shall be placed particularly
in bends and curves so as to obstruct the view of traffic at intersecting streets.
6.8 Glass in Signs
All glass used in advertising signs, other than glass tubing used in gas discharge or similar
signs, shall be of safety glass conforming to accepted standards [10-2(2)], at least 3 mm
2
thick. Glass panels in advertising signs shall not exceed 6 m in area, each panel being
securely fixed in the body of the sign independently of all other panels. Glass signs shall be
properly protected from the possibility of damage by falling objects by the provisions of
suitable protecting metal canopies, or by other approved means. Use of glass may be
discouraged or avoided wherever possible for signs placed overhead.
6.10 Interference to Fire Hydrants
Advertising signs shall be so placed as not to obstruct the use of the hydrants or other fire
fighting appliances.
6.11 Serving Devices
Ladders, platforms, hooks, rings and all other devices for the use of servicing personnel shall
have safety devices and suitable design loadings (reference may also be made to Part 7
‗Construction Management, Practices and Safety‘ of the Code).
6.12 Animated Devices
Signs which contain moving section or ornaments shall have fail-safe provisions to prevent
the section or ornaments from releasing and falling or shifting its center of gravity more than
450 mm. The fail-safe device shall be in addition to the mechanism and its housing which
operate the movable section or ornament. The fail-safe device shall be capable of supporting
the full dead weight of the section or ornament when moving mechanism releases.
7. TYPES OF SIGNS
a) Electric and illuminated signs;
b) Ground signs;
c) Roof signs;
d) Wall signs;
e) Projecting signs;
f) Miscellaneous and

November 2018
Temporary advertising signs, travelling circus signs, fair signs and decorations
during public rejoicing
7 a) ELECTRIC SIGNS AND ILLUMINATED SIGNS
1 Material for Electric Signs

Every electric sign shall be constructed of non- combustible material except where
the sign is purely a flood-lit sign.
2 Installation of Electric Signs and Illuminated Signs
Every electric sign and illuminated sign shall be installed in accordance with Part 8
‗Building Services, Section 2 Electrical and Allied Installations‘ of the National
Building Code.
3 No illuminated sign in red, amber or green colour shall be erected or maintained
within a horizontal distance of 10 m of any illuminated traffic sign.
4 All advertising signs illuminated by light other than a white light, at height of less than
two storeys or 6 m above the footpath, whichever be the greater height, shall be
suitably screened so as to satisfactorily prevent any interference with any sign or
signal for the control of traffic.
5 No electric sign and illuminated sign shall be installed along Mumbai-Pune
Expressway and NH-4.
6 Intense Illumination
No person shall erect any sign which is of such intense illumination as to disturb the
traffic and residents in adjacent or nearby residential buildings. Notwithstanding any
permission given for such erection, any such sign which after erection is, in the
opinion of the Authority, of such intense illumination as to disturb the occupants of
adjacent or nearby buildings shall, on the order of the Authority, be suitably altered or
removed by the owner of the site concerned within such reasonable period as the
Authority may specify.
7 Hours of Operation
No electric sign, other than those necessary in the opinion of the Authority in the
interest of public amenity, health and safety, shall be operated between midnight and
sunrise.
7b) GROUND SIGNS
1 Material
Every ground sign exceeding 6 m in height together with frames, supports and braces
shall be constructed of non-combustible material except as in 6.4.
2 Dimensions
No ground sign shall be erected to a height exceeding 12.2 mt. (40 feet) above the ground.
Lighting reflectors may extend beyond the top or face of the sign.
No ground sign shall be erected within buffer zone of high tension electric line.
3 Supports and Anchorage
Every ground sign shall be firmly supported and anchored to the ground. Supports and
anchors shall be of treated timber in accordance with good practice [10-2(3)], or metal
treated for corrosion resistance or masonry or concrete.

November 2018
4 Site Cleaning
The owner of any site on which a ground sign is erected shall be responsible for keeping
such part of the site as is visible from the street, clean, sanitary, inoffensive and free of all
obnoxious substances and unsightly conditions to the approval of the Authority.
5 Obstruction to Traffic
No ground sign shall be erected so as to obstruct free access to or egress from any
building.
6 Bottom Clearance
The bottom line of all ground signs shall be at least 3 mt above the ground, but the
intervening space may be filled with open lattice work or platform decorative trim.
7 Ground painted signs shall conform to the requirements of 6 and 7, where applicable.
8 The minimum distance between two hoardings on same side of road / alignment shall not
be less than 100mt.
9 Advertising Sign on Highways and Roads
In general advertisements should not be permitted:
a) At or within 100 m of any road junction, bridge or railway crossing or another crossing.
b) Within 10 m of the edge of a RoW;
c) Within 50 m along the road, of any sign board erected for the regulation of traffic under
the orders of a Public Authority, such as a Traffic Authority, a Public Transport Authority,
or a Local Authority;
d) In such a form as will obscure or hinder interpretation of any sign, signal or other device
erected for traffic control by the Public Authorities. For instance, the advertisements
should not imitate or resemble, in colour or shape, the standard legal traffic signs, or
employ such words as ‗STOP‘ in the same manner as used on traffic signs;
e) On boards, placards, cloth banners or sheets (except traffic signs) hung across a road as
they distract the attention of the driver and are, therefore, hazardous;
f) In such form as will obstruct the path of pedestrians and hinder their visibility at crossings;
g) Within right-of-way of the road; and
10 Hoarding on sides of Foot-over Bridge
Any advertisement allowed on the sides of a foot over bridge or flyover across the
carriage- ways shall be restricted in size and shape such that no part of the advertisement
board projects beyond the top, bottom and sides of the parapet of foot over bridge or
flyover. On foot over bridge or flyover across railway; no objection certificate from railway
authority shall be necessary.
11 Sizes of Hoarding along various roads shall be governed by following Table.

November 2018
Road width Range in Maximum Length of

Sr.no Height of Hoarding
meters Hoarding
(A) Expressway National 3mt 10mt
Highway and classified roads
more than 60mt in width
(B) 18mt to 60mt 3mt 7.50mt
(C) 12mt to 18mt 2mt 5.00mt
(D) Less than 12mt 1mt 2.50mt
Note: No variation in the Height of hoarding shall be permitted. However, variation in the length
shall be allowed in multiple of 2.5mt subject to maximum length permissible as mentioned in
column 4.
7 c) ROOF SIGNS
1 Material
Every roof sign together with its frames, supports and braces, shall be constructed of non-
combustible material, except as in 6.4. Provision shall be made for electric grounding of all
metallic parts; and where combustible materials are permitted in letters or other ornamental
features, all wiring and tubing shall be kept free and insulated therefrom.
2 Dimensions
No roof sign shall exceed the following heights on buildings of heights:
Sr.
Height of Building Height of Sign (Max)
No.
i) Height Not exceeding four storeys or 18 m of 2m
Building
ii) Five to eight storeys or exceeding 18 m but not 3m
exceeding 36 m
iii) Exceeding eight storeys or 36 m, provided that 5m
in calculating the height of such signs, signs
placed one above the other, or on planes at
different levels of the same building shall be
deemed to be one sign, whether or not such
signs belong to different owners
3 Location
a) No roof sign shall be so placed on the roof of any building as to prevent free passage
from one part of the roof to another.
b) No roof sign shall be placed on or over the roof of any building unless the entire roof
construction is of non-combustible material.
c) No roof sign shall be permitted within buffer zone of high tension electric line.
4 Projection
No roof sign shall project beyond the existing building line of the building of which it is erected
or shall extend beyond the roof in any direction.

November 2018
5 Supports and Anchorage
Every roof sign shall be thoroughly secured and anchored to the building on or over which it is
erected. All loads shall be safely distributed to the structural members of the building.
6 For roof signs near the airports, the Directorate General of Civil Aviation should be
consulted.
7 d) WALL SIGNS
1 Material
2
Every wall sign exceeding 4 m in area shall be constructed of non-combustible material
except as in 6.4.
2 Dimensions
2
a) The total area of any wall sign shall not exceed 20 m for every 15 m of building frontage
to the street to which such sign faces; except that in the case of a wall sign, consisting
only of the name of a theatre or cinema, the total area of such sign shall not exceed 200
2
m.
2
b) No wall sign which exceeds 30 m in area shall be located on any wall not directly facing
the road; provided that any such sign or signs shall not exceed 25 percent of the side wall
area visible from the street.
3 Projection
No wall sign shall extend above the top of the wall or beyond the ends of the wall to which it is
attached. At any place where pedestrians may pass along a wall, any wall sign attached
thereto shall not project more than 7.5 cm therefrom within a height of 2.5 m measured from
the level of such place.
4 Supports and Attachment
Every wall sign attached to walls shall be securely attached. Wooden blocks or anchorage
with wood used in connection with screws, staples or nails shall not be considered proper
anchorage, except in the case of wall signs attached to walls of wood.
7 e) PROJECTING SIGNS
1 Material
Every projecting sign and its support and framework shall be constructed entirely of non-
combustible material.
2 Projection and Height
No projecting sign or any part of its supports or frame work shall project more than 2 m
beyond the building; however it shall not project beyond the plot line facing the street; when it
projects into the street it shall be at clear height of 2.5 m from the road (see Part 3
‗Development Control Rules and General Building Requirements‘ of the National Building
Code):
a) The axes of all projecting signs shall be at right angles to the main face of the building.
Where a V-construction is employed for the faces, the base of the sign against the
building shall not exceed the amount of the overall projection.
b) No projecting signs shall extend above the eaves of a roof or above the part of the
building face to which it is attached.

November 2018
c) the maximum height of a projecting sign shall be related to the height of the building to
which it is attached in the following manners:
Height of Sign
Sr.No Height of Building
(Max)
i) Not exceeding four storeys or 18m 9m
ii) Five to eight stroreys or not exceeding 36m 12m
iii) Exceeding eight storeys or 36m 15m
3 Supports and Attachment

Every projecting sign shall be securely attached to a building so that movement in any
direction is prevented by corrosion-resistant metal brackets, rods, anchors, supports, chains
or wire ropes so designed and arranged that half the number of such fixing devices may
safely support the sign under all circumstances.
3.1 Staples or nails shall not be used to secure any projecting sign to any building.
4 Additional Loads
Projecting sign structures which could be used to support an individual on a ladder or other
servicing device whether or not specifically designed for the servicing device shall be capable
of supporting the anticipated additional load but in no case less than 500 kg concentrated
horizontal load and 1 500 kg vertical concentrated load applied at the point of assumed
loading or point of most eccentric loading. The building component to which the projecting
sign is attached shall also be designed to support the additional loads.
7 f) TEMPORARY ADVERTISING SIGNS, TRAVELLING CIRCUS SIGNS, FAIR SIGNS AND
DECORATIONS DURING PUBLIC REJOICING
1 Requirements for Temporary Signs

1.1 All temporary advertising, travelling circus and fair signs and decorations during public
rejoicing shall be subject to the approval of the Authority and shall be subjected to the
approval of the Authority, and shall be erected so as not to obstruct any opening and to
minimize fire risk.
1.2 The advertisement contained on any such sign shall pertain only to the business,
industry or other pursuit conducted on or within the premises on which such sign is
erected or maintained. Temporary advertising signs shall be removed as soon as torn or
damaged and in any case within 14 days after erection unless extended.
1.3 The Authority shall be empowered to order the immediate removal of any temporary
advertising sign or decoration, where, in its opinion such action is necessary in the
interests of public amenity and safety.
1.4 Pole Signs
Pole signs shall be constructed entirely of non- combustible materials and shall conform to the
requirements for ground or roof signs as the case may be. Such signs may extend
beyond the street line if they comply with the provisions for projecting signs.
1.5 Banner and Cloth Signs
Temporary signs and banners attached to or suspended from a building, constructed of cloth
or other combustible material shall be strongly constructed and shall be securely
attached to their supports. They shall be removed as soon as torn or damaged, and in no
case later than 14 days after erection; except, that permits for temporary signs

November 2018
suspended from or attached to a canopy or marquee shall be limited to a period of 10

days.
1.6 Maximum Size
2
Temporary signs shall not exceed 10 m in area.
1.7 Projection
Temporary signs of cloth and similar combustible construction shall not extend more than 300
mm over or into a street or other public space except that such signs when constructed
without a frame may be supported flat against the face of a canopy or marquee or may
be suspended from the lower fascia thereof but shall not extend closer to the footpath
than 2.5 m.
1.8 Special Permits
All temporary banners suspended from building or hung on poles, which extend across streets
or other public spaces shall be subject to special approval of the Authority.
1.9 Bill boards set up by the Authority shall be used for temporary signs, symbols, bills for
entertainment, etc, so that other walls of the city are not defaced.
1.9.a Bills for entertainment and other functions shall not be affixed on to building walls
other than the bill boards. The organization responsible for such bills and posters shall
be held responsible for any such defacement and non-removal of signs.
8. Fee & Charges for Advertisement
8.1 Hoarding‟s Revenue Structure

The following Revenue Structure shall be applicable to the display of outdoor advertisments
within the jurisdiction of MSRDC SPA.
i) On Private Property: License fee.
ii) On MSRDC Property: Ground Rent + License fee
8.2 License Fee : License fee should be collected from the licensee as a financial
compensation to MSRDC SPA.
8.3 Ground Rent
The MSRDC‘s Commercial department will charge a ground rent for allowing advertising
media over property belonging to MSRDC. The amount of this rent will vary from point to point
and it shall be 10% of the land value as mentioned in the Annual Statement of Rates.
8.4 Contract Period
The contract period shall be for three years. The agency shall execute an agreement (in
duplicate) with the Vice Chairman & Managing Director (VC & MD) after getting written
permission for putting up the advertisement as a specific location from the Corporation. The
Renewal of the Advertisement location may be considered on request the agency.
8.5 Renewal of Permit of Existing Hoarding
The renewal of the permit for existing hoarding is subject to submission of structural stability
certificate of the hoarding structure and structural certificate of the building, every three
years, from the structural engineer.
8.6 Mode of Payment
Permission will be granted for a three year period. The License fee, Ground Rent (if any) shall
be collected from the agency as per the rate approved by the Vice Chairman & Managing

November 2018
Director (VC & MD) from time to time and shall be binding on the agency. The agency shall
pay above fees as advance to the Corporation.
8.7Proposed Rates & License Fee
The rate for license fee for various media items proposed under this policy shall be as per the
enclosed schedule and are subject to change with the prior approval of the Board of Directors
of MSRDC.
8.8 Scope of Appeal
8.8.1. To settle the disputes arising among advertisers, by the rejection of their applications
for permit or for the reasons of rejection of incomplete application etc . an appropriate forum
within the system for appeal and redressal shall be created. The Appellate Authority shall be
VC & MD.
8.8.1.1 Appellate Authorities
In the following cases appeal shall lie to the VC & MD/Jt.M.D
i. Rejection of application on grounds of incompleteness.
ii. Disputes among advertiser of neighboring hoardings.
iii. Rejection of application for permit by concerned officer.
iv. Forfeiture of tree deposit or security deposit for breach of condition.
v. Order of revocation of permit.
vi. Appeal against any other order of concerned Engineer, concerning a validly issued permit.
8.8.1.2. Procedure for appeal :
a. An appeal must be filed within 30 days from the date of receipt of the order of a lower
authority or cause of action as the case may be
b. Fees of Rs. 2000/- shall be payable along with the appeal memo.
c. For sufficient reasons, delay of filing of an appeal may be condoned by the appellate
authority at his discretion up to a period of 30 days.
8.8.1.3. Appellate authority will, as far as possible, decide ' the appeal within 2 months.
8.8.1.4. During the appeal period the display on the advertisement hoarding shall have to be
made blank by the advertiser and any display on such hoarding may be considered as
unauthorized and shall invite legal actions against the advertiser.
8.8.1.4. If the applicant simultaneously seeks redressal in a court of law for the same cause of
action, the appeal shall automatically dismissed.
8.8.1.5. The decision of the appellate authority shall be final and binding on the applicant.
8.8.1.6. Jurisdiction of the Court : No suit or other proceeding with respect to display of
advertisement or any matter relating thereto shall be filed or taken in any court of law except
Principal Court of ordinary civil jurisdiction at Mumbai which shall have exclusive jurisdiction to
the exclusion of any outside court.
8.9 Penalty :
If there is any breach of condition by the licensee a penalty as decided by the Authority shall
be levied till such time the breach is rectified.

November 2018
SCHEDULE OF RATES
Part – A: Hoarding along MPEW
Sr. No. Description Scale of fees/per annum Rate in Rs.

1) Hoardings on grounds along a) For space of 1 Sq.m 400
MPEW
b) For every additional Sq.m or less 400
2) Hoardings on sides of a Foot a) For space of 1 Sq.m 450
Over bridge or a flyover across
MPEW & hoardings on toll
plaza
3) Hoardings on buildings adjacent a) For space of 1 Sq.m 400
to MPEW
4) Hoarding in food malls given on a) For space of 1 Sq.m 500
lease by MSRDC along MPEW
5) Advertisement hoarding Lumpsum Rs.3000/
standing “blank” but bearing Month
the name and number of the
advertiser or with the
announcement to be let
displayed there on
Part – B: Hoarding along NH-4
Sr. No. Description Scale of fees/per annum Rate in Rs.

1) Hoardings on grounds along a) For space of 1 Sq.m 350
NH-4
2) Hoardings on sides of a Foot a) For space of 1 Sq.m 400
Over bridge or a flyover across
NH-4
3) Hoardings on buildings adjacent a) For space of 1 Sq.m 350
to NH-4
4) Advertisement hoarding Lumpsum Rs.3000/Month
standing “blank” but bearing
the name and number of the
advertiser or with the
announcement to be let
displayed there on

November 2018
SCHEDULE OF RATES
Part – C: Hoardings for Remaining SPA area excluding Part-A & Part-B
Rate in
Sr. No. Description Scale of fees/per annum
Rs.
1) Illuminated Signages a) For space of 1 Sq.m 300
2) Hoardings on state highways in a) For space of 1 Sq.m 250
SPA area
3) Hoardings on other roads & on a) For space of 1 Sq.m 200
roof tops of buildings
4) Hoardings on Electric Poles 180
a) Display face size 18‖x24‖ a) For 5 poles
b) For every additional 5 poles 180
b) Display face size 12‖x24‖ a) For 5 poles 150
b) For every additional 5 poles 150
5) Commercial signages on medians a) For five signages 100
/ dividers or edges of footpath of
b)For every additional five signages 100
roads upto 1mt height
6) Advertisement through wall per Sq.m. per annum 150
painting
7) Temporary hoarding Lumpsum / per day 100
8) Banners up to 1 Sq.m. per Sq.m. per month 20
Banners above 1 Sq.m. per Sq.m. per month 25

November 2018
APPENDIX „Q‟
URBAN DESIGN CONTROLS
APPLICABILITY
Applicability of Urban Design Controls
Urban design controls have been formulated to arrive at harmonious, coherent and rhythmic
built form responding to the land uses that are envisioned for CBD Zone.
These controls shall apply to all development, redevelopment, erection and/or re-erection of a
building, change of user etc. as well as to the design, construction or reconstruction of, and
additions and alteration to a building only within CBD zone.
The controls are classified into following design elements:
1. Use of the building
i. Purely Commercial
ii. Mixed use with commercial on ground
iii. Any building located at road intersections of 30 M RoW and above
2. Parking
1. Use of the building
i. Purely commercial building:
 Mandatory low height compound wall of maximum 0.45M high along the plot sides
that are facing road as shown in detail X shall be provided along plot boundary.
 No vehicular access or parking on the sides that are facing roads shall be
permissible.
 Mandatory 6.0 M clear open space shall be left from the plot boundary wherein a
bay of minimum 0.5 M width shall be left for soft landscaping and tree plantation
 Mandatory arcade of maximum 3.50 M wide and 7.75 M height maximum without
any permanent or temporary projection above it shall be provided. The arcade shall
be continuous throughout the edges that are facing road.
 Any kind of sign/ billboards/ advertisement boards shall mandatorily be placed either
above arcade or inside the shop line. The detail section is shown in the figure 1
 The commercial usage/ shops will start after the arcade of 3.5 M width
 The building façade facing the roads above arcade shall be of at least 50%
transparent material.
 The architectural design shall be such that there are no ducts and ducts facing road
side.

November 2018
Figure 1
ii. Mixed use with commercial on ground:
 All the clauses above mentioned at 1.1 purely commercial building are applicable
except:
 Height of arcade shall be 4.5 m. as shown in the detail below
 At the ground level, the enclosed structure will start after a setback of 3.5m from
building line and that shall be given for arcade mandatory. The details are shown in
Figure 2
 The finish material of the built structure for mixed use buildings may be that of local
stones, exposed brickwork etc.

November 2018
Figure 2
iii. Any building located at road intersections of 30 M RoW and above
 At corner plots (plots adjacent or abutting road Intersections having 30m. ROW and
above), a radial setback of 15m from the corner of the plot abutting the intersection
shall be provided as mentioned in the figure.
 The built of the corner plot shall follow either the radial setback or the tangential line
to it.
 The other features such as arcades etc shall be as per clause 1.1 purely
commercial buildings.

November 2018
Figure 3: Corner blocks
2. PARKING
No parking shall be allowed in the front setback area.
Multi-level parking
All Multi- level parking (MLP/ Basement/ Stilt Parking) entrance to be highlighted and a clear
signage and guidance path must be provided.
All Multi level Car parking structures shall be located below ground or behind buildings or
vegetation covering at least 50% of the structure without exposing the full structure to the
main streets.
Figure 5: Pedestrian Entry/ Exit vs Figure 4: Location of Parking

Vehicular Entry/ Exit Structure

November 2018

Draft DCPR

Uploaded by

Copyright:

Available Formats

Draft DCPR

Uploaded by

Document Information

Original Description:

Original Title

Copyright

Available Formats

Share this document

Share or Embed Document

Sharing Options

Did you find this document useful?

Is this content inappropriate?

Copyright:

Available Formats

Draft DCPR

Uploaded by

Copyright:

Available Formats

Maharashtra State Road Development Corporation Ltd.

DRAFT DEVELOPMENT CONTROL AND

71 Villages along the Mumbai Pune Expressway

SPECIAL PLANNING AUTHORITY

i|Draft DCPR- SPA MSRDC

Items of operational construction by some authorities to be

ii|Draft DCPR- SPA MSRDC

25.5.1 Conditions for allowing uses in industrial zone 53

iii|Draft DCPR- SPA MSRDC

27.6 Redevelopment of old dilapidated/dangerous buildings 103

iv|Draft DCPR- SPA MSRDC

36.3.5 (C-5) Vehicle servicing garages 132

v|Draft DCPR- SPA MSRDC

41.3.1 Size of kitchen 164

vi|Draft DCPR- SPA MSRDC

41.25.5 Occupant load 173

vii|Draft DCPR- SPA MSRDC

43.19 Housekeeping 196

viii|Draft DCPR- SPA MSRDC

ix|Draft DCPR- SPA MSRDC

4a Means of Access for other than Residential Development 35

Service Industries- Schedule of Permissible Service Industrial

10 Side & Rear marginal distances for buildings of higher heights 83

Permissible Marginal Spaces, Permissible Basic FSI,

x|Draft DCPR- SPA MSRDC

Norms for setting up of ground-based towers and roof-top

17 Size and Dimension of Habitable Rooms 162

28 Flushing storage capacities 201

Sanitation requirements for assembly occupancy buildings- (art

xi|Draft DCPR- SPA MSRDC

i. Title: These Regulations shall be called as ―Development Control and Promotion

1|Draft DCPR- SPA MSRDC

2.6 Advertising Sign

2.8 Accessory Building

2.9 Accessory / Ancillary Use

2.10 Amenity space

2|Draft DCPR- SPA MSRDC

2.13 Architectural projection

Figure 1: Balcony to the exterior of the wall

2.18 Built up Area

2.19 Building Line

3|Draft DCPR- SPA MSRDC

2.20 Building Height

2.23 Carpet Area

2.27 Combustible Material

2.28 Congested Area

4|Draft DCPR- SPA MSRDC

2.29 Control Line

2.30 Courtyard or Chowk

2.32 Convenience Shopping

2.34 Detached Building

2.36 Development Plan

2.38 Dwelling Unit /Tenement

2.40 Enclosed Stair- case

5|Draft DCPR- SPA MSRDC

2.41 Existing Building or Use

2.43 Vertical Exit

2.44 Horizontal Exit